AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

TULLOW OIL PLC

Annual Report Dec 31, 2015

4803_10-k_2015-12-31_559b9db6-6557-4635-bf1d-e72e63816b5a.pdf

Annual Report

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

AFRICA'S LEADING INDEPENDENT OIL COMPANY

Tullow Oil is a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production company. Our focus is on finding and monetising oil in Africa and the Atlantic Margins. Our key activities include targeted exploration and appraisal, selective development projects and growing our low-cost oil production base. We maintain access to diverse sources of funding for our activities and adopt a prudent hedging strategy to mitigate the oil price risk.

Our portfolio of over 120 licences spans 22 countries and is organised into three Business Delivery Teams. We are headquartered in London and our shares are listed on the London, Irish and Ghanaian Stock Exchanges.

ABOUT THE REPORT

Each year, Tullow Oil aims to produce an open, transparent and balanced Annual Report which gives an honest portrayal of our performance, strategy and impacts. Our Corporate Responsibility Report is published concurrently, which gives greater detail on our sustainability performance and objectives. Each year we try to improve our reporting and we welcome feedback on how well we are doing.

Please give us your feedback: [email protected]

You can find this report, our CR Report and additional information about Tullow Oil on our website www.tullowoil.com

Cover: Yaw D. N. Akyea, Technical Support on the Jubilee FPSO, Ghana

"As I look back on 2015, I am satisfied with where we ended the year. It was a challenging year, but we performed well. We did not hesitate to act as the oil price began to fall. We moved early and swiftly and we are ready to benefit from the recovery – when it comes."

Aidan Heavey

Chief Executive Officer

Read the Chief Executive's review on page 8

STRATEGIC REPORT

1

2

3

Overview of our operations 4
Chairman's statement 6
Chief Executive's review 8
Market review 10
Our business model 12
Creating value 14
Our strategy & performance 16
Special feature – On track 22
Operations Q&A and review 34
Finance & Portfolio Management 42
Responsible Operations 46
Governance & Risk Management 48
Principal risks 55
Organisation & Culture 64
Shared Prosperity 66

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors' report 70
Audit Committee report 79
Nominations Committee report 84
EHS Committee report 86
Ethics & Compliance Committee report 88
Directors' remuneration report 90
Other statutory information 107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of Directors' responsibilities 114
Independent auditor's report for
the Group Financial Statements
115
Group Financial Statements 120
Company Financial Statements 154
Five year financial summary 163

Supplementary information

Shareholder information 164
Licence interests 165
Commercial reserves and resources 170
Transparency disclosure 171
Subsidiaries 176
Glossary 178

OUR WEST AFRICA BUSINESS

The West Africa Business Delivery Team focuses on Tullow's production and development projects in West Africa and Europe. In 2015, Tullow celebrated five years of production from the Jubilee field and over 150 million barrels of oil have been produced since the field came on stream in 2010.

1

Overview of our operations 4
Chairman's statement 6
Chief Executive's review 8
Market review 10
Our business model 12
Creating value 14
Our strategy & performance 16
Special feature – On track 22
Operations Q&A and review 34
Finance & Portfolio Management 42
Responsible Operations 46
Governance & Risk Management 48
Principal risks 55
Organisation & Culture 64
Shared Prosperity 66

STRATEGIC REPORT OUR OPERATIONS

HIGH-QUALITY OIL ASSETS AND OPERATIONS

Tullow has a balanced portfolio of high-quality producing fields, areas for future development and exciting exploration acreage.

* West African BDT manages Mauritanian production.

KEY FACTS

OPERATING COUNTRIES

22

Tullow has operations in countries across Africa, Europe, South America, the Caribbean and Asia.

LICENCES 122

Tullow's portfolio of licences is balanced between exploration, development and production activities.

ACREAGE (SQ KM) 307,971

The majority of Tullow's acreage is in Africa, in particular offshore West Africa and onshore East Africa.

TOTAL WORKFORCE 1,403

Tullow's workforce includes full time employees and contractors who work in our corporate offices and Business Delivery Teams.

1

WHERE WE OPERATE

The West Africa Business Delivery Team focuses on Tullow's production and development projects in West Africa. Our European production is also managed by this team.

2015 key activities

  • TEN Project on track and on budget; project progress over 85%; six first oil wells completed, successful conversion of FPSO
  • Strong West Africa production averaged 66,600 bopd, in line with guidance
  • Europe production averaged 6,800 boepd, in line with guidance
  • Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan submitted to the Government of Ghana
  • Resolved Onal licence dispute with the Government of Gabon
  • Completed sale of selected Netherlands production and exploration licences

The East Africa Business Delivery Team is focused on commercialising the significant potential of the region through its onshore exploration campaigns and progressing developments.

2015 key activities

  • Nine successful appraisal wells in South Lokichar Basin in Kenya underpin estimated 600 mmboe gross recoverable resources
  • Etom-2 discovery indicates significant potential in the northern part of the South Lokichar Basin
  • Extended well tests in South Lokichar Basin show good connectivity for production
  • Draft field development plan submitted to Government of Kenya
  • Memorandum of Understanding signed by the Governments of Uganda and Kenya on pipeline routing

West Africa East Africa New Ventures

The New Ventures Business Delivery Team is responsible for Tullow's frontier exploration and appraisal activity largely across Africa and Latin America.

2015 key activities

  • Prospecting of new countries and new licences in core areas, with a number of options in the pipeline
  • Prospect inventory enhanced with new offshore licence awarded in Guyana
  • Successful farm down of licences to reduce equity and gain carries in Suriname and Norway
  • 4,000 sq km 3D seismic programme completed over Block 54, offshore Suriname
  • Completed bathymetry and drop core surveys in Jamaica, ahead of a 2D seismic survey planned for 2016
2015 Group financial results summary 2015 2014
Sales revenue (\$m) 1,607 2,213
Pre-tax operating cash flow (\$m) 967 1,545
Operating loss (\$m) (1,094) (1,965)
Net loss after tax (\$m) (1,037) (1,640)
Basic loss per share (cents) (113.6) (170.9)
Dividend per share (pence) 4.0

CHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT

CONFRONTING CHALLENGES AND ACHIEVING RESULTS

Tullow has undertaken a major restructuring in 2015, which has been difficult for all involved. I commend the loyalty and resilience of our staff during a very tough year.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

Last year I reported on the underlying causes of the sharp reduction in oil prices that started in mid-2014 and has continued ever since. I also reported on the steps taken by your Company to address the new market reality. By acting quickly and decisively, we have successfully reset the business to cope with lower oil prices.

During 2015, Tullow's production remained broadly flat at 73,400 boepd. In mid-2014, the oil price peaked at \$115/bbl. During 2015, it averaged \$52/bbl and at year end stood at \$37/bbl, but the impact of lower prices was significantly mitigated by our prudent hedging strategy, which helped to underpin revenues of \$1,607 million (2014: \$2,213 million). Cash flow also remained relatively strong at \$967 million, but we suffered another significant net loss after tax of \$1,037 million, largely as a result of further write-offs and impairments. However, during one of the most difficult periods ever for the global oil and gas industry, these financial numbers do not do justice to a year of hard work and solid achievement by your Company.

Prioritising cost saving

There has been a relentless focus on cost control during 2015. Exploration expenditure was cut to \$256 million (\$799 million in 2014), while capital expenditure was limited to key projects, such as TEN in Ghana, which will generate strong future cash flow, even at low oil prices. Headcount has been reduced by nearly 40 per cent, and the entire business has been reorganised to become more streamlined, more efficient and more effective. Gross G&A was reduced by \$164 million in 2015 and Tullow is on track to deliver cash savings of around \$500 million over the planned three-year period from mid-2015.

The restructuring of the business has not been achieved without sacrifice. Shareholders have seen their dividend suspended and many respected and valued members of staff have been made redundant, while many of those who remain have seen their responsibilities and workload increase. On behalf of the entire Board, I would like to thank all of our staff for their loyalty, resourcefulness and resilience during a very tough year for Tullow.

Focus on delivery

The changes we have made, while painful, were absolutely necessary in this environment. We have laid strong foundations for Tullow to benefit from the recovery, whenever it occurs. We have protected the core skills and competencies necessary for our future success and built an organisation that is simpler and more cost-conscious, with clearly defined lines of authority, responsibility and accountability for the delivery of our strategy. Despite significant internal and external distractions, the focus on delivery is exemplified by the TEN Project in Ghana – a highly complex, multinational, \$5 billion project, which is currently over 85 per cent complete and remains on time and on budget to produce first oil in July-August 2016.

Maintaining liquidity

The sharp reduction in the oil price in mid-2014 caught Tullow at a particularly unfortunate time, when we were midway through a heavy capital expenditure programme for the TEN Project. In response, we amended the covenants in our debt agreements and strengthened liquidity by increasing the available debt capacity on our RBL and corporate facility. At the end of 2015, net debt stood at \$4.0 billion with undrawn but available credit lines and free cash amounting to \$1.9 billion. Subject to the future development of the oil price,

debt should peak around mid-2016 as the TEN Project comes on stream. It was never our intention to allow our leverage to reach these levels, and it remains our objective to reduce gearing back towards our target level of two times net debt to EBITDAX. However, we firmly believe that it is in the interest of our shareholders to run with a higher than desirable level of debt until such time as we are able to deleverage our balance sheet through internal cash generation or portfolio management activity that enhances the long-term value of the Company.

Managing our performance

As part of the Major Simplification Project, the Board has overseen a significant improvement in our performance management process, aimed at re-invigorating teams to be highly engaged, motivated and results-orientated. The Group scorecard, which tracks key metrics and a set of shorter-term objectives, is used to award Executive Directors' performancerelated pay and a proportion of all staff bonuses. It is tracked on a monthly basis by the Board and Senior Leaders and progress has been proactively communicated to managers and teams across the Group at various times throughout the year. A score of 37.7 per cent has been achieved in 2015, which reflects the challenging year the Group has faced, but also the successful delivery of a number of objectives that were critical in these very tough market conditions. Full details of our performance are set out on pages 17 to 21.

Prudent planning and risk management

Risk management has always been a primary focus of the Board but, with the heightened risks that come with increased debt and highly uncertain commodity markets, we are giving the matter even more attention. On pages 52 to 54, we outline the improvements that we have made to our risk management and assurance processes and on pages 55 to 63 we set out our assessment of the principal risks facing the business and the mitigation measures we have adopted.

In accordance with the requirements of the 2014 Corporate Governance Code, we have included a viability statement on page 55. The practice of reviewing the long-term viability of the Company has always been part of the Group's planning process and continues to be a topic for discussion at every Board meeting.

Uncompromising standards

A 75 per cent reduction in product prices would challenge any industry, and the exploration and production sector has been under intense pressure over the past 18 months. I am therefore particularly proud that, despite the short-term pressures that we face, your Board and the management team have remained focused on our long-term strategy of creating shared prosperity for our shareholders and for the countries where we operate. In common with every other aspect of our business, we have eliminated unnecessary bureaucracy and tried to simplify processes and clarify responsibilities, but we have not compromised our commitment to the highest standards of safety, health and environmental management, social performance and ethical behaviour. Our achievements and the challenges we face in this area are discussed further on pages 46 and 47.

Upholding our responsibilities

The UN climate change conference in Paris at the end of 2015 drew attention to the urgent need for the world to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and Tullow fully recognises its responsibility to play a constructive role in meeting the target to limit global warning to two degrees celsius. We have already taken steps to reduce GHG emissions from our own operations and we now apply notional carbon pricing to test the viability of major capital projects for Full Field Development under a range of scenarios. As an African-focused oil company, we are also conscious of our responsibility to meet the expectations of our host governments, which regard resourceled growth as a critical driver of economic development and poverty alleviation. We will continue to play our part in trying to ensure that the resource revenues that we help to create contribute positively to economic diversification and sustainable, inclusive development in Africa.

1

Board activity and changes

In October, the Board visited Ghana, where we met senior politicians, officials from our partners and regulators, and other business leaders and stakeholders. We visited the FPSO Kwame Nkrumah and Sekondi-Takoradi, where components for the TEN Project development have been fabricated. It was a pleasure to meet so many talented members of the Tullow Ghana team during our visit and to see the high standard of work.

Graham Martin retired as Company Secretary at the end of 2015 and will step down as Executive Director at the AGM. Graham has worked with Tullow for almost 30 years, initially as an adviser and since 1997 as a member of the Board. I would like to thank him for his significant and longstanding contribution to the Group. The Board has appointed Kevin Massie, previously Corporate Counsel and Deputy Company Secretary at Tullow, to the role of Company Secretary and I wish him well as he takes up his new duties.

Future opportunities

Despite the uncertain market outlook, there is much to look forward to in 2016. In West Africa, we have submitted the Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan and expect TEN to come on-stream in July-August. As we head into 2017, Tullow will grow production to around 100,000 bopd net, with an average operating cost per barrel of around \$15, giving us one of the most competitive production bases outside the Middle East.

2015 has been a year of both challenge and achievement for Tullow. It is the firm belief of your Board that with Tullow's new organisational structure, described by Aidan Heavey on pages 8 to 9, our competitive West African production and low-cost East African development projects, our exciting exploration inventory, and our talented and committed staff, Tullow is well placed to weather the storm and, importantly, to prosper when market conditions improve.

Simon R Thompson Chairman

TAKING STEPS TO ADJUST TO A NEW MARKET REALITY

2015 has proved to be one of the most challenging years in Tullow's history but, despite industry pressures, we have delivered exceptional operational progress.

We recognised in early 2014 that the industry was changing; the rise of the US shale industry and the cost of both development and deep water exploration challenged existing models. We recognised that changes needed to be made and started a thorough review of our internal processes and exploration strategy. When the oil price fell in late 2014 we were, as a result, able to act very quickly to start the process of adjusting the Company to a lower price environment.

Re-setting the business

This was the genesis of our Major Simplification Project (MSP), which put us in a strong position to respond rapidly to the precipitous fall in the oil price which started in the autumn of 2014. During this period, five key decisions were made: focusing our capital on high-margin West African oil projects and the generation of cash flow; a cut in exploration expenditure; the suspension of our dividend; a review of all current and future projects and where necessary the write-down of asset values; and a focus on MSP to drive through efficiencies and substantial cost savings. All five of these key decisions have been implemented during 2015 and have helped to protect the balance sheet and funding

position of the business. I can therefore state, with confidence, that Tullow's business is re-set to be resilient to lower oil prices.

Re-shaping the organisation

We have also undertaken major changes to our organisation. Following MSP, Tullow is now managed as three Business Delivery Teams (BDTs) – West Africa (incorporating our non-operated producing assets in the UK and Dutch North Sea), East Africa and New Ventures. Each BDT is led by a highly experienced Vice-President who reports to our Chief Operating Officer, Paul McDade. The BDTs and in-country management teams have significant autonomy and, thus far, have found decision-making and business planning far easier. The corporate centre functions based in London, Dublin and Cape Town provide strategic direction and assurance and provide support to the business as requested. By making these changes, we were able to see what jobs were needed in the new, re-organised Tullow and where we had outgrown our current business needs. Accordingly, the MSP reduced the headcount of our workforce by 37 per cent. A further and significant change was the launch of Tullow's new Integrated Management System (IMS) in late 2015 which took the hundreds of standards, procedures and policies that existed within Tullow and streamlined them down to 50 integrated standards that deal with every aspect of Tullow's operations.

Strong financial base

The thread that binds all these changes is efficiency. However, efficiency is worthless without good assets, the best people and a strong financial base and in 2015 Tullow demonstrated it is well placed not only to survive current market conditions but to thrive when the oil price improves. Financially, we benefit from an ongoing hedging programme which has reduced the impact of lower oil prices on revenue and cash flow. We have had excellent ongoing support from our banks during the routine debt redeterminations with the banks in March and September, which resulted in our available lending capacity increasing over the course of 2015. With the TEN Project in Ghana remaining on schedule and on budget for first oil in mid-2016, we will see a significant decrease in capex in the second half of the year, a decrease that can be maintained if the low oil price persists, and increased cash flows as production begins.

Quality assets and world-class projects

Tullow's strategy is based around our long-life and low-cost assets. In West Africa our non-operated oil assets generate steady cash flow in return for consistent investment. TEN and Jubilee in Ghana provide a solid production base at relatively low operating costs. Jubilee is a world-class oil field which is still in the early stages of its life and the returns it generates will justify continued investment as we target additional recoverable reserves. When TEN comes on stream we will also benefit from additional production and cash flow. In East Africa, we have a major stake in one of the world's major new onshore oil provinces. An endorsement of the quality of these assets was demonstrated by Maersk acquiring a stake in our Kenya project from Africa Oil in the third quarter of 2015. Significant exploration potential remains in Northern Kenya and future basin opening exploration drilling plans are currently being evaluated.

Exploration is not forgotten

While we may be involved in major developments, exploration remains pivotal to our strategy. We found all the fields that we are now developing, or seeking to develop, in Ghana, Uganda and Kenya and I am clear that exploration is the key to continued organic growth. Accordingly, we are building on our exploration portfolio to ensure that, as and when we increase our exploration spend, we have a world-class prospect inventory and we will generate significant shareholder value through the drill bit. In 2015, our exploration team has been operating with a limited budget and this will continue in 2016. They have, however, successfully executed deals to strategically reduce our equities for carries to reduce our capital exposure and are making great progress in identifying and negotiating new opportunities in our core areas of Africa and the Atlantic Margins.

A motivated team

As I look back on 2015, I am satisfied with where we ended the year. It has been challenging, but we have benefited because we did not hesitate to act as the oil price began to fall. We moved early and swiftly. In late 2015, I travelled to our key African offices in Accra, Nairobi, Cape Town and Kampala. In each location – as well as in London and Dublin – I was heartened by the enthusiasm of our staff and their recognition that the organisational changes implemented by MSP were making a difference and their clear understanding and agreement about the direction the Company is taking.

1

Prepared for 2016

Looking ahead, there is much to look forward to in 2016. The TEN Project will come on stream in the middle of the year, Jubilee will continue to play its vital role at the heart of the Group and in East Africa we are poised to make significant progress towards fulfilling the potential of this major new oil province. As for the oil price, I make no predictions except that, having made Tullow fit for lower prices in 2015, we are ready to benefit from the recovery – when it comes.

Aidan Heavey Chief Executive Officer

MORE INFORMATION

Operations 34
Finance & Portfolio Management 42
Risk Management 52
Organisation & Culture 64

RETIREMENT OF GRAHAM MARTIN

Graham Martin retired as Company Secretary at the end of 2015 and will retire as an Executive Director at the 2016 AGM on 28 April 2016. Graham has been a part of Tullow almost as long as I have, as he advised us on our first sales agreement in Senegal in 1986. He continued to be a key adviser to the Company during Tullow's early years, until he officially joined the Board in 1997.

Graham has been instrumental in completing many of the transformational deals and major acquisitions that have made Tullow Africa's leading independent oil company. He has been a constant advocate of Tullow's culture and values, and he will be missed across the Company.

During his almost 30 year career with Tullow he has made an outstanding contribution to the Group and I would like to personally thank him for his loyalty and commitment. I wish him every success and happiness in his very well-earned retirement.

STRATEGIC REPORT MARKET REVIEW

LOWER FOR LONGER

Global oil prices have slipped to 12 year lows, forcing producing economies and oil companies around the world to prepare for and adjust to a sustained period of low oil prices.

Economic and political overview

In 2015, the global economy was shaped by a number of events including a dramatic decline in oil prices, slowdown in China, fears of a Greek exit from the Eurozone and anticipation of a shift in the US Central Bank monetary policy. The US economy benefited from a stronger job market, which contributed to increased incomes and investment. After seven years of near zero rates, the Federal Reserve raised its interest rates by a quarter of a per cent in December 2015 and signalled that moderate adjustments will continue as economic activity continues to expand. In Europe, markets stabilised following initial fears of a possible Greek default, with consumers being the main driver of growth while exports continued to aid the recovery despite emerging market weakness. Elsewhere, emerging markets faced several challenges including the slowdown in Chinese economic growth, the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the emergence of Islamic State extremists in Iraq and Syria.

Equity markets

After a particularly strong first quarter for UK and European equities, stocks in both markets had increased significantly with the EuroStoxx 600 over 20 per cent higher and FTSE 250 over 10 per cent higher by April. This was disrupted in August, when the S&P 500 index suffered its first pullback of more than 10 per cent since the Euro debt crisis in late 2011.

2015 EQUITY MARKETS

This was predominantly due to China's devaluation of the Yuan and predictions of the upcoming US Federal Reserve rate rise. By the end of the year, the focus returned to longer-term economic outlook and Central Bank policy and markets rebounded on encouraging macro data with the FTSE 250 ending the year 8.4 per cent higher.

The FTSE 350 Oil & Gas Producers sector underperformed the wider market, closing the year down 20.6 per cent, predominantly due to the oil price decline. Tullow shares fell by nearly 60 per cent over the course of 2015 to close the year at 165.70p and Tullow left the FTSE 100 in March.

Oil price

Brent crude continued its decline in 2015 and slipped heavily to \$45/bbl by late-August. Oversupply concerns and demand uncertainty weighed on the oil price throughout the second half of the year and OPEC's 'non-decision' in December led to further declines. At year end, Brent crude was selling at \$37/bbl, a fall of 35 per cent since the start of 2015. At the start of 2016, prices fell once again, slipping to under \$30/bbl for a number of days in January. Prices at the end of January 2016 were \$34/bbl, the increase reflecting hopes that both OPEC and non-OPEC producers would take action to tackle oversupply. The World Bank's forecast for oil in 2016 is an average of \$37/bbl, down from a projection of \$51/bbl in October last year.

Realised oil Realised gas Market oil price

"Oversupply concerns and demand uncertainty weighed on the oil price throughout the second half of the year. At year end, Brent crude was selling at \$37/bbl and in January 2016, prices dipped under \$30/bbl."

Competitive landscape of the oil and gas industry

This has been a very tough year for the global oil and gas industry with lower oil prices leading to major cost cutting throughout the sector. Companies reduced their capital expenditure for 2015 and beyond, with exploration budgets being particularly hard hit. Developments have also been impacted and a Wood MacKenzie report issued in August 2015 estimated that 46 major development projects had been deferred, with just six new projects going ahead in 2015 and 10 in 2016.

The mergers and acquisitions market was quiet in 2015 and Royal Dutch Shell's purchase of BG Group announced in April 2015 was the only major deal of note. Throughout the year, Tullow has experienced a relatively healthy farm-in market where the Group has been able to attract new partners to a number of exploration licences.

Industry costs have begun to fall due to lower commodity prices, competition between oil service companies and in line with the demands of contracting companies. The gross cost of Tullow's upstream development in Uganda, for example, was initially estimated at between \$8-12 billion, but it is now clear that a combination of technical improvements and lower service costs should lead to a gross project cost of at least 20 per cent below \$8 billion.

GLOBAL DEMAND FOR OIL

African economic outlook

Whilst growth in 2015 slowed amongst a number of African countries, African economies continue to outperform much of the rest of the world. In October 2015, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) was expecting the Sub-Saharan African economy to grow 3.8 per cent in 2015, accelerating to 4.3 per cent in 2016. These growth estimates were tapered throughout 2015 as a result of a fall in oil prices, declines in other commodity prices and geopolitical tensions, with these themes remaining relevant going into 2016. Within Africa, growth rates vary significantly by country. For example, the IMF expected Côte d'Ivoire and Ethiopia to grow over 8 per cent in 2015 driven by continued external investment. In Ghana, however, power shortages and fiscal consolidation weighed on economic activity with growth projected to slow in 2015 to 3.5 per cent before bouncing back in 2016 to 5.7 per cent. The Ebola outbreak in West Africa was gradually controlled through 2015 with the World Health Organization (WHO) declaring Guinea and Liberia Ebola free in December 2015 and January 2016 respectively.

1

Stranded assets

As in 2014, stranded assets were a major topic for discussion in the oil and gas industry throughout 2015. It has been suggested that, as governments adopt stricter climate change policies, the majority of coal, oil and gas deposits will remain undeveloped as investment in alternative energy sources grows. Climate change legislation is going to become an increasingly important factor in determining the price of all fossil fuels. As previously stated, Tullow recognises the potential risks in light of this issue and the Group will adopt a business strategy that is responsive to legal and regulatory developments designed to address climate change. However, the Group is confident there will be a continuing role for the conventional oil and gas industry for decades to come. Even if governments around the world take decisive action now, it would take years of investment to replace the installed base of assets consuming fossil fuel. Furthermore, Tullow's assets in West and East Africa are low-cost sources of fossil fuels which remain economic, even at lower oil prices, and are close to market and easily accessible.

HOW WE RUN OUR BUSINESS

Tullow is a leading global independent exploration and production company. Our business model shows the parts of the Group that work together to run our business and create value.

How we create value

We create value over the business cycle by finding oil and selling oil. To achieve this we must execute exploration campaigns, deliver selective development projects, maintain our production and ensure we are suitably financed through a mix of diverse funding options and portfolio management. These elements are the basis of our strategy, which is explained on page 16.

WHAT DIFFERENTIATES TULLOW?

The skills, experience and reputation we call upon across the seven elements of our business model are what we believe sets Tullow apart from its peers.

How we run our business

Our business model addresses the fundamentals that we must have in place to manage our risks and help us deliver our strategy. These include: sustainable operations; protecting our people, communities and environment; high standards of governance coupled with strong and effective risk management; an engaged multi-disciplined, diverse and entrepreneurial team; and making a positive and lasting contribution where we operate.

Element of Business Model Our key strengths and activities 2015 progress

Exploration & Appraisal

Execute high-impact E&A programmes. > page 34

Development & Production

Safely deliver selective development projects. All major projects and production operations focus on increasing cash flow and commercial reserves.

> page 34

Finance & Portfolio Management

Continually manage financial and business assets to enhance our portfolio, replenish upside and support funding needs.

page 42

Responsible Operations

Achieve safe and sustainable operations, minimise our adverse environmental and social impacts, and achieve the highest standards of health and safety. > page 46

Governance & Risk Management

Achieve strong governance across all Tullow activities and maintain an appropriate balance between risk and reward.

> page 48

Organisation & Culture

Build a strong, unified team with excellent commercial, technical and financial skills and entrepreneurial flair. > page 64

Shared Prosperity

Create sustainable, transparent and tangible benefits from the development of oil in host countries.

page 66

Our key strengths and activities 2015 progress
In its recent history, Tullow has achieved significant exploration success by opening commercial oil
basins in Ghana, Uganda and Kenya. While recent focus has been on monetising these discoveries, our
E&A team continues to build on our industry leading acreage position as we prepare for increased
exploration activity in future years, subject to market conditions.
• Nine successful appraisal
wells in South Lokichar
Basin in Kenya
Tullow has some of the best low-cost and high-quality oil assets in the world. The Group has a track
record of delivery, with the Jubilee field developed in a record 40 months, and the TEN Project on its way
to first oil on time and on budget by mid-2016. In 2017, the Group will target production of circa 100,000
bopd and significant upside from current and future developments for sustainable long-term cash flow.
• TEN Project on budget
and on schedule
• Met 2015 production
guidance averaging
73,400 boepd
Our business model is underpinned by access to diverse sources of funding and we adopt a prudent
hedging strategy to mitigate oil price risk. The Group negotiated suitable debt capacity to fund the
capital intensive period of the TEN development. However, the Board's primary objective is to de
leverage the Company organically through new production cash flow, but also through portfolio
management opportunities.
• Quality assets secured
additional \$450 million
debt capacity in 2015
Our ambition to be a top quartile oil and gas company on health and safety performance remains
steadfast and we have reduced our Lost Time Incident Frequency (LTIF) for a second year in a row as
we work towards this important goal. Managing our social impacts is critical for keeping our projects
on track and on budget, and meeting our commitment to creating benefits for local communities.
• 48% reduction in Lost
Time Incident Frequency
(LTIF) compared to 2014
Tullow upholds the highest standards of business ethics and has a zero-tolerance approach to breaches
of our Code of Ethical Conduct. Our day-to-day business is governed by a set of policies and standards
which form part of our Integrated Management System (IMS), covering the breadth of our business. Our
policies and standards outline the Group's values, set expectations and define controls against which
we can assure ourselves that all activities, and associated risks, are being effectively managed.
• New Ethics & Compliance
Board Committee
The challenging market in 2015 was a catalyst to the restructuring, streamlining and strengthening
of our organisation. This has resulted in greater efficiency and a culture focused on better cost
management and more regular and rigorous review and challenge of performance. Following the
restructuring our workforce is more empowered, with the Tullow team now clearer on their individual
roles and how they contribute to delivering the Group strategy.
• Planned and executed
the Major Simplification
Project
Our brand and reputation have been built over almost 30 years of operating in Africa. We are long-term
investors and seek to build strong relationships, based on mutual trust, with our host governments.
We aim to leave a legacy of sustainable social and economic benefits in the countries where we operate.
• \$1.1 billion total
socio-economic
contribution

1

STRATEGIC REPORT CREATING VALUE

CREATING VALUE ACROSS THE OIL LIFE CYCLE

This diagram describes the capital investment that oil companies make throughout the life of a project, as well as the production sharing that takes place between oil companies and host governments to allow for up front investment to be recouped. It also shows the added value from jobs and businesses opportunities that are typically created through a project.

2-10 YEAR PERIOD

Exploration and Appraisal

Geological studies and evaluation of risks Capital is invested by oil companies through licence acquisitions, acquiring seismic data and the drilling of exploration and appraisal wells.

Initial opportunities for local jobs and suppliers In the early stages of a project, Tullow invests in community projects and employs local sub-contractors in exploration and appraisal programmes, where possible..

3-10 YEAR PERIOD

Development of discovery

Complex projects and significant investment

During this capital intensive period, an oil company will drill further wells and invest in the necessary infrastructure to extract and produce resources. For onshore projects, this includes transport infrastructure, amenities, processing facilities and pipelines. For offshore projects, this includes production platforms, floating production, storage and offtake vessels (FPSO) and sub-sea equipment.

Increased opportunities for local jobs and suppliers This phase represents the greatest opportunities for local businesses and individuals. Opportunities in the supply chain range from providing engineering expertise and construction, to logistics and catering.

20-50 YEAR PERIOD

Production

Maintaining and extending the life of producing fields Once a field is producing, investment will focus on sustaining and extending plateau production in the most cost-effective way. This involves general maintenance, steps to protect the integrity of the field and additional infill or near-field exploration drilling.

Cost-effective production for high-margin cash flow Once producing, the oil can be marketed and sold to international buyers. Maintaining low operating costs allows the oil company to make greater margins on each barrel sold. The oil company's take is dependent on the oil price, levels of expenditure and agreed licence terms.

Monetary value from production tax and royalties

The main economic value to host countries is from production revenues and income taxes on the oil company's profits. Goods and services from local businesses and expertise from the local workforce are needed to run operations, maintain production and work on potential further development.

INVESTMENT AND RETURNS

1

Tullow aims to create sustainable long-term value across the oil life cycle for our shareholders and also a wider group of beneficiaries including employees, governments, local suppliers and communities.

International oil company investment

An oil company will often carry the host government's share of costs through to first oil. In addition to the capital invested, the oil company pays the host government a number of taxes as well as land rentals, training and ongoing licence costs. The oil company also undertakes capacity building programmes including skills, knowledge and technology transfer to maximise local business and workforce participation in the industry.

An agreement between the oil company and government determines how and when costs can be recovered and how production and revenues are shared. Typically, the oil company's share of production or revenue is higher in the earlier years of production as costs are recovered in the form of allowable deductions against income tax or as an allocation of production, commonly known as 'cost oil'.

In-country value creation

Creating shared prosperity is the key pillar of Tullow's sustainability strategy. The area where we can create the most discretionary value is through foreign direct investment, local procurement, local employment and capacity building through skills, knowledge and technology transfer. The scale of the opportunity for local business contracts and jobs increases as a project moves from the exploration phase through to production.

2015 TOTAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONTRIBUTION

OUR STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

ROBUST STRATEGY FOCUSED ON LONG-TERM VALUE

Tullow's Board is confident that Tullow's strategy and business plans remain effective in steering our Company through challenging market conditions.

Our long-term strategy is to find oil through exploration which we then seek to monetise through production or the sale of assets. We have demonstrated this both in Ghana through the development of the Jubilee and TEN fields and in Uganda with our farm-down to CNOOC and Total in 2012. Exploration success gives us options to monetise assets and maximise value at various points in the cycle. We selectively develop the oil we find, focusing on world-class development projects that are economically viable and will return sustainable future cash flows. As and when surplus cash is generated, a decision is made to either reinvest this cash into additional operational activities, pay down debt or return cash to shareholders.

Due to the significant fall in the oil price since mid-2014, we have reduced our expenditure on exploration substantially; limited our development spend to those projects which maintain or bring onstream substantial new production; focused on cost reduction; made sure our oil production is

substantially hedged; strengthened our banking facilities; and suspended our dividend. Accordingly, although our long-term strategy for creating value for our shareholders remains unchanged, we have made significant changes to its implementation in the current environment.

As and when the sector recovers, and costs within oil services are reduced, Tullow will reconsider its exploration budget in the firm belief that the best oil to develop or sell is oil that we have found ourselves. Meanwhile, our much reduced exploration spend is currently focused on ensuring that Tullow has a balanced and exciting prospect inventory which is ready for any change in market conditions. We recognise that our strategy requires disciplined execution in the short term to deliver a successful, well-funded business for the future and we continue to stress-test both our balance sheet and business plan at very low oil prices to ensure that we can execute our strategy despite the current volatility in the oil and gas industry.

MEASURING OUR PERFORMANCE

The Group's progress against its corporate scorecard is tracked every month to assess the Group's performance and delivery against its strategy.

Tullow's Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are important in assessing the overall health and performance of the business and they make up a Group scorecard that includes a range of operational, financial and non-financial measures.

The KPIs measured in 2015 differ from those reported in 2014 and this is a result of the Major Simplification Project (MSP), which has evolved the Group's approach to ongoing performance management. A single Group scorecard was agreed with the Board for 2015 which included specific strategic targets that were deemed important for the year. Each year, targets within the scorecard may change to reflect the most material strategic objectives and associated risks the Group faces, as well as measures to deliver on the longer-term strategy of the Company. Tullow's performance against the scorecard is tracked and reviewed at monthly performance management meetings, which are attended by Executive Directors and Senior Leaders. The Group's ongoing performance is regularly cascaded to staff through management briefings and internal communications.

The Group scorecard is used to determine Executive Directors' and employees' performance related pay to ensure that all areas of the business are driving towards the same goals. Executive Directors' performance is judged solely on the delivery of the targets set in the Group scorecard, whereas the majority of employees' bonuses are based on a combination of individual and Group performance.

1

Each objective measured has a percentage weighting and financial indicators have a baseline and a stretch performance target. As reflected in the table below, in 2015, Tullow's overall performance was 37.7 per cent. This reflects the challenging year the Group faced and the impact it has had on our Total Shareholder Return (TSR), which accounts for 50 per cent of the total possible score. However, the delivery of the majority of remaining targets reflects strong performance in maintaining liquidity, sustaining cash flows, operating safely, reducing our costs and overall operational delivery. More detailed discussion on each KPI begins overleaf.

2015 GROUP SCORECARD %
available in scorecard
2015
actual performance
OPERATIONAL
(Production, Opex, Net G&A)
10% 6.6%
TEN DEVELOPMENT
(First oil date and cost)
10% 7.2%
SAFE AND SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS
(Lost Time Injury Frequency and safety and sustainability scorecard)
10% 7.3%
STRATEGIC TARGETS
(Liquidity, East Africa progress, Major Simplification Project)
20% 16.7%
RELATIVE TSR 50% 0%
Total* 100% 37.7%

* Due to rounding, column does not add to the total.

STRATEGIC REPORT KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS CONTINUED

OPERATIONAL

PRODUCTION

Relevance to strategy:

Production provides a key source of funding for the Group in the form of highmargin annual cash flow. Production guidance is set as part of the business planning process and meeting these levels is important for ongoing liquidity.

Target

Maintain Group production against a base target of 71,000 boepd, and maintain the integrity and operating efficiency of the Jubilee field.

2015 performance

The Group's working interest production in 2015 was 73,400 boepd, exceeding the base target. This reflects strong performance from the Jubilee field and our non-operated West African portfolio.

OPERATING COSTS

Relevance to strategy:

Operating costs determine how much it costs Tullow to produce each barrel of oil it extracts. The lower the cost, the higher the margin Tullow receives when the oil is sold. Opex is impacted by industry costs, inflation, Tullow's fixed costs and production output.

Target

Deliver Opex/boe base target of \$14.5/boe.

2015 performance

Opex/boe in 2015 was \$15.1/boe, after taking account of the uncontrollable effect of Gabon royalties. This did not achieve the base target of \$14.5/boe, primarily due to unforeseen maintenance on the Jubilee FPSO.

\$46 MILLION

11 12 13 14 15

saving compared to 2014 adjusted net G&A (\$155 million)

NET G&A COST SAVINGS

Relevance to strategy:

Administrative costs are the corporate costs of running the organisation. They should be directly related to our levels of operational activity, efficiency, planning and budgeting.

Target

Reduce activities and related G&A costs that will deliver net G&A cost savings of a \$50 million run rate at the end of 2015.

2015 performance

Net G&A was \$194 million in 2015. There have been significant reductions in headcount, payroll and non-payroll costs during 2015. The adjusted 2015 annualised exit run-rate was \$109 million, which is a reduction of \$46 million compared to 2014 adjusted net G&A of \$155 million, after excluding the effect of the IFRS 2 Share-Based Payments charge.

OVER 85%

of project completed

TEN PROJECT SCHEDULE AND BUDGET

Relevance to strategy:

Delivering the TEN Project on time and on budget will lead to significant production growth and will build on available reserves which underpin debt capacity.

Target

Forecasts on track for delivering TEN first oil in mid-2016 and within budget. This is measured on a sliding scale and the full score of this KPI required the schedule and budget forecasts to meet stretch targets.

2015 performance

The base target for the forecast delivery of the TEN Project was achieved in 2015. The project is forecast to be delivered within budget and is on track for first oil in July / August 2016.

1

SAFE AND SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS

EHS SCORECARD

SAFE AND SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS SCORECARD

Relevance to strategy:

Tullow's safe and sustainable operations scorecard provides a complete view of Tullow's performance and drives towards a sustainable business for the long term.

Target

Demonstrate measurable improvements to performance based on the scorecard, which covers occupational safety, process safety, social performance, social investment, environmental performance and regulatory compliance.

2015 performance

Performance measures in 2015 showed improvements across the majority of categories. Improvements were notably

in the safer management of motor vehicle operations, with significantly fewer Motor Vehicle Collisions (MVC) incidents (75 per cent reduction). The number of private and public security forces trained in compliance with Tullow's Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights requirements has also increased significantly during the year. Areas of declining performance included volume of gas flared and GHG emissions due to a compressor issue on the Jubilee FPSO.

LTI, TRI, MVC 12 MONTH TREND*

Rolling MVCF LTIF 12 Month Avg TRIR 12 Month Avg * Incident frequency Trend

per million man hours

LOST TIME INJURY FREQUENCY

Relevance to strategy:

Lost Time Injury Frequency (LTIF) is a measure of incidents that occur either in Tullow or our contractors' operations that result in a fatality, a permanent disability or a reduction of man-hours worked. They are a direct measure of our safety procedures and the quality of training and have the potential to impact our reputation and ability to operate effectively.

Target

Reduce LTIF by 20 per cent from the 2014 end of year performance.

2015 performance

Tullow reduced LTIF by 48 per cent, with an end of year LTIF of 0.30. Improvements were made through a greater focus on the organisation of land operations and control of work at these locations, in particular in our drilling, completions, and extended well testing activities.

STRATEGIC REPORT KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS CONTINUED

STRATEGIC TARGETS

1,548 1,778 2,034 2,042 1,403 TOTAL WORKFORCE 1,403 11 12 13 14 15

MAJOR SIMPLIFICATION PROJECT (MSP)

Relevance to strategy:

Tullow's strategy is focused on creating long-term shareholder value, supported by efficiency, cost management and a strong culture. The objective of the MSP, which was completed in 2015, was to streamline our business and processes, cut costs and re-focus the Group on key priorities and activities.

Target

Deliver business restructuring and efficient processes focused on value.

2015 performance

The MSP project has successfully adjusted the operating model of the business, clarified key accountabilities, improved culture around value creation and performance management, and simplified the organisational structure – with further work ongoing to simplify internal processes and better manage our cost base. Headcount has been reduced across the business to better reflect Tullow's activities and scope of operations. The new operating model and implementation of an integrated management system has better

defined key accountabilities and responsibilities. Ongoing performance management reviews have evolved to improve discussions around value creation on a more regular basis, with the Group's ongoing delivery against its key objectives regularly communicated to staff. A shift to a more cost-conscious culture has occurred as a result of regular expenditure reviews and improved cross business challenge. Engagement with the Executive, in-country management and peers has been stepped up to help motivate, engage and focus staff on the Group's targets during this period of change and challenging market conditions.

636 mmboe East Africa net contingent resources

EAST AFRICA

Relevance to strategy:

Tullow's basin-opening discoveries in Uganda and Kenya have discovered a new oil province with the potential of circa 300,000 bopd combined gross production. Monetising these discoveries through development and/ or portfolio management is a fundamental part of Tullow's strategy.

Target

Deliver East Africa exploration campaign, demonstrate commercial viability of South Lokichar resource base and maintain ability to accelerate a commercially attractive project into 2016. Progress East Africa development programme though pipeline agreements and resolution of Uganda tax issues.

2015 performance

Nine appraisal wells were drilled in the South Lokichar Basin in Kenya in 2015 and all were largely on prognosis. Extended Well Tests displayed good connectivity at Ngamia and Amosing and provided important data for

development plans. Elsewhere, three potential basin opening exploration wells were drilled in 2015, but none made discoveries. In August 2015, the Governments of Kenya and Uganda issued a joint statement agreeing the Northern pipeline route would be used to export oil, subject to certain conditions. A technical team is working on addressing these conditions to gain unequivocal agreement from both governments. A draft field development plan for the discoveries in the South Lokichar Basin was submitted in December 2015. In Uganda, historic CGT and VAT issues were resolved.

headroom and free cash at year end 2015

LIQUIDITY

Relevance to strategy:

Sufficient liquidity is imperative for a company's survival and it enables the Group to meet its capital commitments and to invest in projects and assets that will bring value in the future.

Target

Take appropriate steps to ensure cost-effective and sufficient liquidity in 2015.

2015 performance

The March 2015 re-determination accessed \$450 million of increased debt capacity, and the strength of our producing assets helped to maintain debt capacity in the October 2015 re-determination despite lower oil

prices. Net debt at year end 2015 was \$4.0 billion and headroom and free cash was \$1.9 billion, ahead of guidance due to a combination of cost savings and deferral of certain capex to 2016. A number of exploration farm-outs were concluded during the year, reducing E&A expenditure through carried costs.

1

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (TSR)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

Relevance to strategy:

Tullow's strategy is focused on building long-term sustainable value growth. Our primary strategic objective is to deliver substantial returns to shareholders.

Target

The baseline target is median TSR performance in relation to a peer group and the stretch target is upper quartile performance.

TSR is based on performance over the 24 months ended 31 December 2015.

2015 performance

Tullow's TSR is measured against a bespoke group of listed exploration and production companies. Tullow was ranked 19 out of 21 peers for TSR performance, resulting in no award for TSR. Over the measured 24-month period, Tullow experienced negative TSR of 77.78%, compared to a median of negative 38.2%.

2016 GROUP SCORECARD

Stretching financial metrics, a strong balance sheet and operational and organisation targets are included in the 2016 scorecard, as well as measures to deliver on the longer-term growth strategy of the Company.

  • A summary of the targets is listed below, and the KPIs will be disclosed in the 2016 Annual Report.
  • Ensuring funding capacity in a downside environment and determining a long-term strategic solution to deleverage and rebase the balance sheet
  • Deliver business development and growth targets relating to the TEN and East Africa Projects and exploration progress
  • Organisation and operational priorities including production, operating costs, capex, net G&A, safety and sustainability targets, improved efficiency and effectiveness, and the progression of the diversity agenda

ON TRACK

On 23 January 2016, following 26 months of fabrication and testing, the FPSO Prof. John Evans Atta Mills left Singapore and set sail for Ghana, achieving a major milestone for the Tullow operated TEN Project.

This milestone was achieved as a result of 17 million man hours of labour at the Sembcorp Marine shipyard. Main contractor MODEC supervised the build and will own and operate the FPSO.

The FPSO conversion was one of the most successful projects of its type ever completed. It was finished on time and on budget with minimal work left to be completed on the voyage to Ghana.

The departure of the vessel on schedule keeps the project on course for its July / August 2016 first oil target.

THE TEN PROJECT

TEN PROJECT PROGRESS

Our operations began in Ghana 10 years ago, and the TEN Project is Tullow's second development following the record delivery of the Jubilee field in 2010. In this annual update of the project's progress, we highlight key milestones achieved and work remaining as we fast approach first oil. The project remains on time and on budget, demonstrating the operating capability of Tullow Oil and its Partners.

Operated by Tullow, the TEN Project takes its name from the three offshore fields under development – Tweneboa, Enyenra and Ntomme – which are situated in the Deepwater Tano block, around 60 kilometres offshore Western Ghana.

First oil is scheduled for July / August 2016. Following start-up, a gradual ramp up in production towards plateau is anticipated during the second half of 2016. The field will add significant low-cost production to Tullow's portfolio.

The TEN Plan of Development was approved by the Government of Ghana in May 2013. Since then, 11 wells have been drilled and the completions campaign is progressing well.

Construction vessels began installing subsea production equipment in the fields in the third quarter of 2015 and the bulk of this work is now complete. When the FPSO arrives in Ghana in the first quarter of 2016, it will be ready for installation, hook-up and commissioning.

Tullow and its Partners are confident the project will remain on schedule and they will deliver the TEN first oil safely and successfully for Ghana.

KEY FACTS

FPSO facility capacity 80,000 bopd

Gas processing Compression capacity 170 MMscf/d

Water injection 132,000 bwpd

Oil reserves being developed 240 mmbo

Gas reserves being developed 60 mmboe

Partners' working interest Tullow (operator) 47.175% Kosmos 17% Anadarko 17% GNPC 15% Petro SA 3.825%

REALISING GHANA'S POTENTIAL

When the TEN fields come onstream, it will be a hugely significant moment for Ghana. With TEN producing alongside the Tullow operated Jubilee field, Ghana will join the select club of nations with two major oil producing fields.

It will also be a proud moment for Tullow Ghana as we move to operating two developments and two FPSOs. This will be a new challenge for Tullow Ghana and one I am certain we will rise to. I am extremely proud that Tullow is at the forefront of unlocking

CHARLES DARKU MANAGING DIRECTOR, TULLOW GHANA LTD.

Ghana's oil resources and delivering on our promise to create shared prosperity. The development of the TEN fields has led to the creation of work for Ghanaian companies and will bring increased revenue to the Government of Ghana.

The team in Ghana has much to look forward to in 2016 and remains focused on creating value for Tullow, our shareholders and for Ghana.

Charles Darku, Managing Director, Tullow Ghana Ltd.

SPECIAL FEATURE

THE TEN PROJECT

PROJECT TIMELINE

2013

May The Government of Ghana approved TEN Plan of Development

October Work began on FPSO conversion in Singapore

2014

Q2 All seismic work completed July – August The FPSO's module support stools – fabricated in Ghana – arrived in Singapore August FPSO entered dry dock

2015

January 11 wells drilled and project 50% complete overall February First subsea christmas tree assembly completed in Takoradi July Construction of the FPSO's mooring piles in Sekondi July First subsea installation vessels arrived in Ghana September FPSO naming ceremony

in Singapore

November FPSO turret testing completed

2016

January FPSO departed from Singapore March FPSO to arrive in Ghana

June Umbilical and riser installation to be completed July – August First oil from the TEN field

2H 2016 Final commissioning and gradual production ramp up

2017

Plateau production reached

Stay up to date with all the latest news on how we're progressing: www.tullowoil.com

A COLLABORATIVE PROJECT

Seeing the FPSO leave Singapore was a huge milestone for us and, crucially, it sailed with minimal carry over.

I would like to recognise the efforts of our major contractors and their subcontractors in keeping the project on schedule. Fabricating the equipment for a complex deepwater development is no mean feat and requires foresight and flexibility to adapt to changing circumstances and new challenges on a weekly basis.

I would also like to commend our contractors for their commitment to

TERRY HUGHES TEN PROJECT DIRECTOR

local content and note the contribution of Ghanaian companies to the project. All of our major contractors have over delivered on their local content commitments and each work package contains equipment built in Ghana.

As we enter the home straight, we must stay focused so Tullow, our contractors and the people of Ghana can celebrate first oil later on this year.

Terry Hughes, TEN Project Director

THE TEN PROJECT

SUBSEA FACTS

Water depth: 1,000 – 2,000 metres

Flowlines: 70 km

Umbilicals: 60 km

Risers: 40 km

Riser Bases: 2

Christmas Trees: 24

Manifolds: 4 oil production manifolds and 1 gas export manifold

Semi-Submersible Drilling Rig

1

2

Enyenra 5

Enyenra Manifold 2

Enyenra Manifold 3

PIPELINE LEGEND

oil production flowline gas production/injection flowline water injection flowline umbilical

SUBSEA DELIVERY

The subsea installation campaign began in July 2015 and is progressing well. In total, 35,000 tonnes of equipment is being installed on the seabed in the TEN fields.

The first equipment to be installed was the FPSO's nine anchor piles, which will hold the FPSO in position. These 21 metre high steel cylinders, fabricated in Ghana, were installed in the seabed by the Normand Installer in July and August 2015.

The bulk of the subsea production equipment is being installed by the TS7 consortium (Technip and Subsea7). The Seven Borealis and Simar Esperanca operated in the fields in the second half of 2015. Their work scope included the installation of three Enyenra manifolds, one Ntomme manifold and the Enyenra and Ntomme oil production riser bases. At the same time, several pipe laying vessels completed the installation of flow lines on schedule.

The project's umbilicals, which will connect the FPSO to the subsea equipment and have a total combined length of over 60 kilometres, arrived in Ghana in November 2015. The installation of the first 10 was completed by the Viking Neptun in January 2016 and the remainder will be installed by the Deep Pioneer by the end of April 2016. The flexible risers, which will carry fluids to and from the FPSO, are being installed by the Deep Energy.

Following its arrival in the field, the FPSO will be hooked up to the subsea production system and commissioned. The final milestone in the campaign, the installation of all umbilicals and risers, is planned to be completed by June 2016.

FPSO NAMING CEREMONY

The TEN Project FPSO was officially named by Her Excellency the First Lady of the Republic of Ghana, Dr. Nana Lordina Mahama at a ceremony in Singapore on 30 September 2015.

The vessel was named FPSO Prof. John Evans Atta Mills after the late President of Ghana who presided over First Oil from the Jubilee Field.

During the ceremony, Her Excellency paid tribute to the contribution of Ghanaian artisans to the construction of the FPSO. Ghanaian companies Seaweld Engineering Ltd and Orsam Ltd fabricated the module support stools which sit on the deck to support heavy equipment. In addition, the FPSO's anchor piles, which will keep the vessel moored in place, were built in Ghana by Group Five Construction Ghana Ltd. The anchor piles were completed on time and are already installed in the seabed in the TEN fields, awaiting the arrival of the FPSO.

The First Lady also met some of the Ghanaians who have been working on the construction of the vessel in Singapore, many of whom will be part of the crew that will operate the FPSO when it begins producing.

Her Excellency commented: "It has been my great pleasure to officially name this magnificent FPSO today in honour of a true Ghanaian statesman, the late Professor Atta Mills."

"I saw the impressive facilities onboard and it gives me great pride to know that this state-ofthe-art FPSO will be producing oil for Ghana for many years to come."

DR. NANA LORDINA MAHAMA GHANA'S FIRST LADY

"During my time here in Singapore I have learnt how to piece the various aspects of a project together to ensure that it is delivered on time, according to design and on budget."

GIDEON AGYEMAN

OPERATIONS READINESS & ASSURANCE ENGINEER, GNPC (ON SECONDMENT WITH TULLOW)

GHANAIAN SECONDEES IN SINGAPORE

The offshore oil business is relatively new to Ghana so, with the exception of those working on the Jubilee field, opportunities for Ghanaians to gain experience have been rather limited. The TEN Plan of Development included commitments by Tullow Oil and its partners to create opportunities for Ghanaians to gain experience and develop skills as integral members of the project team.

Since 2013, a total of 52 Ghanaians from GNPC, the Petroleum Commission of Ghana and Tullow Ghana Ltd have spent time on secondment with the TEN Project team in London, Singapore, Houston and Ghana.

The secondees have worked in a variety of roles including Subsea Engineer, FPSO Commissioning Engineer, Geologist and Project Finance Manager. They have developed skills and experience relevant to a major offshore development project, making them well placed to contribute to future oil developments in Ghana.

In addition, 30 Ghanaian nationals worked on the FPSO conversion with MODEC in Singapore. Fifteen of these trainees completed the Level 3 General Vocational Qualification – Diploma in Process Operations. Ten of these Ghanaian engineers were members of the crew for the vessel's voyage to Ghana and many more will be part of the team that operates the FPSO.

Ghanaian secondees on the TEN FPSO in Singapore www.tullowoil.com 33

STRONG OPERATIONAL PROGRESS

Our Chief Operating Officer, Paul McDade, and Exploration Director, Angus McCoss, discuss Tullow's progress and challenges in 2015 and the Group's plans for the year ahead.

Q Tullow has reacted to lower oil prices by implementing the Major Simplification Project (MSP) to restructure the organisation, reduce costs and increase efficiency. How has this project changed Tullow's approach to operations?

PM: MSP has not fundamentally changed our approach to Development and Production, but it has certainly made our teams more efficient and cost conscious, which was a major objective of the project. We now have three Business Delivery Teams (BDTs), West Africa, East Africa and New Ventures, and these groups have been more empowered by the shift in the organisational design. Each of the BDTs has a clear purpose and work programme to deliver and, through a more rigorous approach to performance management, the BDTs are continually challenged by the Senior Leaders across the Group to ensure these activities are being delivered in a safe and efficient manner. We have not compromised on any of our Safety, Sustainability and External Affairs (SSEA) standards, and this remains a focus of every aspect of our operations.

MSP was not only about people, it was also about reducing and simplifying processes and we have now implemented a new, simpler Integrated Management System (IMS) which more clearly sets out all our Policies and Standards which all staff can access online. The IMS houses all the documents which define how we go about our operations and sets appropriate standards and accountabilities.

AM: As Aidan mentioned in his statement, exploration continues to be key to Tullow's organic long-term growth. MSP has impacted all teams across Tullow but it has not changed the fundamentals of finding oil. Given where Tullow is in its business cycle, with our focus on creating value from our oil discoveries and in the context of the industry downturn, we have proactively reduced our nearterm exploration drilling investments. We have been working hard to do more with less and we continue to build on our exploration portfolio and execute strategic deals to bring in good partners and share our capital exposures and risks. While it's been hard to say farewell to members of the team, we retain some of the best minds and talent in the industry, who are focused and driven to be leading explorers, using cutting-edge technology and scientific methods to discover a low-cost supply of oil.

"We retain some of the best minds and talent in the industry, who are focused and driven to be leading explorers, using cutting-edge technology and scientific methods to discover a low-cost supply of oil."

In exploration and development geosciences, our priorities are capturing material new acreage positions through the New Ventures Business Delivery Team, supported by seasoned functional experts. We are also focused on maturing 'drill-worthy' prospects and leads and discovering and appraising valuable oil.

Q Capital allocations were adjusted in 2015, what activities have you prioritised?

PM: Development of the TEN field in Ghana has been a priority in 2015, and this past year was the most capital intensive period of the project, with around \$0.9 billion invested. In 2016, the capital outlay on the development of TEN will be around \$0.6 billion. I am pleased that this important project remains on track and on budget, with first oil due in July or August 2016. Keeping this deepwater project on schedule and within budget is a testament to Tullow's project delivery skills, and this ability to deliver is very important to the Company as it will see us steadily increase Group net production to around 100,000 bopd, supporting the cash flow generation of the business.

Tullow also allocated capital to Jubilee where we have maintained gross production levels averaging 102,600 bopd (36,400 bopd net to Tullow), exceeding guidance. This low-cost production means we can generate positive cash flows, even at these low oil prices. In 2016, we expect production costs to reduce further and we will continue to scrutinise every dollar of capital allocated as we manage this world-class asset in the current low oil price environment. We continued to invest capital in our portfolio of non-operated assets in West Africa, maintaining production in 2015 at 30,200 bopd. As we go into 2016, we expect the level of capital allocation on these assets to be reduced significantly.

AM: We prioritised the E&A programme in East Africa to fully underpin the estimated 600 mmbo gross recoverable resources discovered in the South Lokichar Basin in Kenya. This saw us drill nine successful appraisal wells and complete extended well tests at the Ngamia and Amosing fields which enabled us to gain useful data to support development planning. We also continued to explore further undrilled basins in our Kenyan acreage. We drilled three wildcat wells, and although we did not make any commercial discoveries, there have been encouraging signs of working petroleum systems which keep us very interested in the region's oil potential. We have also progressed our initial studies in the Caribbean-Guyanas, completing a seismic survey offshore Suriname and bathymetric and drop core studies in Jamaica. Our New Ventures team remains very encouraged by the studies being undertaken in this underexplored region and this is reflected through farm-ins by reputable industry partners and additional acreage we have picked up in Guyana.

1

Q Is East Africa still a priority?

PM: East Africa is a very significant project for Tullow with estimated gross resources of around 2,300 mmbo and the low development cost of the project very much suits the current low oil price environment. We remain fully committed to progressing this development and continue to work closely with the Governments of Uganda and Kenya to ensure that all parties will benefit from a combined East African development of the Lake Albert (Uganda) and South Lokichar (Kenya) discoveries. In Kenya we have now completed the planned appraisal programme of the South Lokichar Basin and this enabled us to submit a draft field development plan to the Government of Kenya in December 2015. We expect to be in a position to finalise the development plan with the Government in 2016. In Uganda, the development plans have already been submitted and we are now discussing the award of the Production Licences with the Government.

The next milestones towards achieving a Final Investment Decision (FID) include agreeing pipeline routing, completing FEED for the pipeline and upstream developments and finalising the commercial agreement.

AM: We have previously stated that we see the exploration potential of a billion barrels of oil in the South Lokichar Basin and we still stand by this. The Etom-2 appraisal well in December 2015 opened up a new area in the far north of the basin. This area has an unrisked potential of around 350 mmbo. Due to the completion of a 3D seismic survey in the area, we have a much clearer picture of how we can build on the already discovered resources. We are considering how we can incorporate this important area into our development plans and will be reviewing our 2016 exploration programme to see if we can test some of the undrilled prospects in the north of the basin.

STRATEGIC REPORT OPERATIONS Q&A CONTINUED

Q How has the exploration market changed?

AM: There's been a lot less exploration around the world and in turn fewer barrels discovered as companies, like Tullow, have reduced exploration and appraisal capex and focused on near-term cash flow. We drilled three wildcats and nine appraisal wells in Kenya, a single exploration well in Gabon, Pakistan and Suriname and we participated in three wildcats in Norway. Additionally, three non-operated low-equity appraisal wells supported our gas production from the Netherlands. From 20 wells, 10 were commercially successful, with the Pakistan well result pending flow testing in 2016. From our experience in 2015, the exploration industry remains buoyant in terms of farm-outs and farm-ins and it is clear that our existing exploration acreage is highly valued within the industry. Tullow has successfully reduced its equity levels in a number of licences, in order to reduce its exposure to costs and gain carries for exploration

activities. We're focused on refreshing and high grading our portfolio and concentrating on seismic interpretation in order to identify and prepare the best drill-ready prospects for when the cycle turns and capital becomes available for our team of explorers.

"It will be good to see our teams continue to capably adapt to this changing oil price environment, whilst not compromising our high operating standards and ensuring that we continue to reduce costs and maximise revenue."

Q Has the oil price decline resulted in Tullow's operating costs falling?

PM: In our operated assets in Ghana, we are starting to see our underlying operating costs (opex) reduce, due to the impact of both market deflation and increased efficiency post the implementation of MSP. The market deflation is industry wide as service providers adjust to the low oil price environment we are currently in and this will lead to continued downward pressure on opex in our operated and non-operated assets. We are taking the opportunity to renegotiate many of our contracts, where appropriate, to take advantage of this market deflation. In addition, as we start up production from the TEN fields, we will benefit from the significant synergies from the shared resources that will service the increased production volume. In addition to the reduction in operating costs, we are seeing very significant

deflation in development costs. Independent studies indicate that our East African development could benefit from an overall capital cost reduction of over 20 per cent, further reducing the development cost of this attractive development.

Q What are you looking forward to in 2016?

AM: Despite a highly focused budget in 2016, we continue to be excited about our Kenyan acreage and a series of prospects being prepared for drilling in the South Lokichar Basin. We are also encouraged by the opportunities in the market for new acreage, and the team is busy looking into all these opportunities in Africa and South America. We hope to be in some new licences by the end of 2016 and we will be preparing for drilling operations in 2017, where we plan to drill some key 'trigger wells' looking for basin opening success.

PM: Delivery of first oil at TEN in July or August will be a very special event for Ghana, Tullow and our Partners. We are all focused on safely completing the final stages of this project on time and on budget, and achieving this will be a testament to our teams' capability, our contractors' delivery and the

Partnership's ongoing commitment to Ghana. In addition to TEN, it will be good to see our teams continue to capably adapt to this changing oil price environment, whilst not compromising our high operating standards and ensuring that we continue to reduce costs and maximise revenue.

MORE INFORMATION

TEN special feature 22
Operations review 37
Responsible Operations 46

FOCUS ON OPERATIONAL DELIVERY

Tullow's operations are managed by three Business Delivery Teams for West Africa, East Africa and New Ventures. The Group has delivered strong operational performance in 2015 across its portfolio of exploration, development and production assets.

* West Africa BDT manages Mauritanian production

Ghana

Jubilee

The Jubilee field exceeded its gross production target during 2015, averaging 102,600 bopd (net: 36,400 bopd). A stable rate of gas offtake has been achieved following final commissioning of the onshore gas processing plant in March 2015, averaging around 90 mmscfd in the fourth quarter of the year. This strong gas export performance significantly reduced the requirement for gas reinjection at the field. Tullow is forecasting Jubilee 2016 average production to be around 101,000 bopd gross (net: 36,000 bopd). This reflects the impact of a planned two week FPSO

maintenance shutdown scheduled for March 2016 and a period of reduced water injection capacity during the first half of the year which is currently being addressed.

During the year, Jubilee Phase 1A drilling and completions continued with two oil producers coming on stream in September and December and a water injector which has yet to be completed. With the Phase 1A investment programme nearing completion, Tullow and partners submitted the Greater Jubilee Full Field Development (GJFFD) Plan in December 2015 and discussions are ongoing with the Government regarding its progress. This project, to extend field production and increase commercial reserves, has been redesigned given the current environment to reduce the overall capital requirement and allow flexibility in the timing of the capital investment. During 2016 and beyond, a continued focus on cost reduction opportunities and the careful balancing of future capital investment initiatives, including infill drilling as part of the GJFFD, will be key as Tullow seeks to ensure maximum return on investment from this world-class oil field.

TEN

The TEN Project continues to make excellent progress, is over 85 per cent complete, and remains within budget and on schedule for first oil between July and August 2016. To date, all the key milestones of the project have been met, including the sailaway of the TEN FPSO from Singapore to Ghana on 23 January 2016. The vessel sailed with almost zero 'carry over', which means that only 2,000 man hours out of a total 17 million man hours of work remain to be completed during the vessel's journey to Ghana, a very significant industry achievement. Arrival in Ghana is expected to be in early March and the vessel will move directly to the installation phase where it will be fixed to the seabed using pre-installed anchor chains and piles. This is followed by the hook-up of subsea facilities to the FPSO via flowline risers and control umbilicals, much of which has also been pre-installed. The 11 pre-drilled wells are now being completed with the sixth completion under way. The integrated facilities will undergo final commissioning and testing during the second quarter and following start-up, a gradual ramp up in production towards plateau is anticipated during the second half of 2016. Tullow estimates that TEN average production in 2016 will be around 23,000 bopd gross (net: 11,000 bopd).

OPERATIONS REVIEW CONTINUED

Tullow operative on the Jubilee FPSO, offshore Ghana TEN FPSO in Singapore, prior to sailaway

The overall gross capex cost of the development remains at around \$5 billion, without FPSO lease costs. Total gross capex to first oil is expected to be around \$4 billion after which the remaining capex is largely associated with the drilling and completion of an additional 13 wells. The export of associated gas from the TEN field is scheduled to start up one year after first oil. Tullow is guiding 2016 net capex for the development to be around \$600 million with approximately 75 per cent being spent in the first half of the year in preparation for first oil.

In April 2015, the Special Chamber of the International Tribunal of the Law of the Sea (ITLOS) in Hamburg rejected Côte d'Ivoire's request that Ghana be ordered to suspend all oil exploration and exploitation in the disputed zone including the TEN Project. ITLOS ordered a number of provisional measures which both Ghana and Côte d'Ivoire are required to comply with, including continued cooperation and 'no new drilling' until ITLOS gives its decision on the maritime boundary dispute, which is expected in late 2017. It is therefore assumed that development drilling will not recommence until the ITLOS proceedings have completed.

West Africa non-operated portfolio

Working interest oil production from Tullow's non-operated West African portfolio was in line with guidance in 2015, averaging 30,200 bopd net. The region still generates important operating cash flow for the Group with a low average operating cost of \$15.0/bbl. Production from the region is expected to be around 29,500 bopd net in 2016. Capital investment on development activities in 2016 will be reduced to around \$100 million net to Tullow versus spend in 2015 of around \$200 million. The strategy across the portfolio is to target investment decisions on activities that limit the decline rates of these mature fields.

In Côte d'Ivoire, the first five wells of the Espoir Phase 3 infill campaign have successfully been completed. Around 14,000 bopd gross have been added to the Espoir field's production since the start of the drilling programme. Up to a further six wells are due to be drilled in 2016 which will continue to support strong production from the field.

In Congo (Brazzaville), additional infill wells were drilled across the M'Boundi field during 2015. The rig was released in July and the partners are reviewing field performance before a rig returns to drill a further three wells in the second half of 2016.

In Equatorial Guinea, activity during 2015 focused on improving operating efficiencies and asset integrity at the Hess operated Ceiba and Okume fields. A subsea workover on an existing Ceiba well will be completed in the second quarter 2016. The Joint Venture is currently reviewing the new 4D seismic shot over the Okume Complex to prepare an infill inventory to restart drilling on Elon and Oveng in 2017.

In Gabon, the drilling programmes on the Perenco operated fields finished in late 2015. Field performance reviews are taking place with the hopes of restarting drilling late 2016. The Etame infill drilling programme yielded good results at the new Etame and SEENT wellhead platforms. Focusing on driving down operating costs remains a key objective ahead of a potential resumption in drilling operations in late 2016 or early 2017. During the year, Tullow regained its 7.5 per cent stake in the Onal Complex producing fields and the Ezanga block (formerly the Omoueyi exploration block). In addition, Tullow has been granted licence extensions in the Onal Complex fields until 2034 and has gained access to two small oil discoveries made within the Ezanga block in 2014. In return for access to these discoveries, it was agreed that the effective date of the new licence would be 1 August 2015.

Kenya

In 2015, Tullow's activities in Kenya largely focused on completing the appraisal of the South Lokichar Basin discoveries, gaining important reservoir data for the field development plans. Nine appraisal wells were drilled and five Extended Well Tests (EWTs) were successfully completed at the Ngamia and Amosing fields.

Successful appraisal wells drilled included Ngamia-7, 8 and 9, Amosing-3, 4 and 5, Twiga-3, Ekales-2 and Etom-2. In December, Etom-2, the most recent well drilled in the South Lokichar Basin, discovered 102 metres of net oil pay in high quality reservoir sands in an untested fault block identified on new 3D seismic. The results of these appraisal wells have significantly advanced the subsurface definition of the main South Lokichar discoveries.

The EWTs conducted at the Amosing and Ngamia fields have demonstrated production rates and reservoir continuity over distances suitable for field development. In the Amosing EWT, five separate zones were completed in the Amosing-1 and 2 wells. The five zones produced at a cumulative average constrained rate of 4,300 bopd oil under natural flow conditions and good pressure communication was observed between the wells. For the Ngamia EWTs, five separate zones were completed in the Ngamia-3, 6 and 8 wells. The five zones produced at a cumulative average constrained rate of 2,400 bopd and all except the lowest zone produced under natural flow conditions. During the EWTs, approximately 68,000 barrels of oil were produced into storage.

Completion of the appraisal drilling and testing campaign in the South Lokichar Basin underpins an estimated gross contingent recoverable resource base of 600 mmbo. The new 3D seismic, which was used to locate the Etom-2 well which encountered the best oil reservoir quality to date, indicates significant remaining exploration prospectivity in the greater Etom area. This supports an upside potential of 1 billion barrels of oil in the South Lokichar Basin. Plans for further exploration drilling to test this upside will be evaluated during the first half of 2016.

1

Outside of the South Lokichar Basin, frontier exploration activity continued in 2015. Three potential basin opening exploration wells were drilled across Tullow's extensive Kenyan acreage in the North Kerio (Epir-1), North Turkana (Engomo-1) and North Lokichar (Emesek-1) Basins. While none of the wells were discoveries, they have provided valuable data to assess the wider prospectivity of the basins. There is significant remaining exploration potential in the basins outside of South Lokichar and future basin opening exploration drilling plans are currently being evaluated.

The Cheptuket-1 exploration well in Block 12A spudded on 28 December. The well will test a basin bounding structural closure in the undrilled Kerio Valley Basin, in a similar structural setting to the successful Ngamia and Amosing discoveries in the South Lokichar Basin. Cheptuket-1 will likely complete drilling in late February after which the PR Marriott Rig-46 will demobilise, marking the end of the current drilling campaign.

In November, Tullow agreed to farm down 25 per cent of its 65 per cent operated working interest in Block 12A to Delonex for a carry. This farm-down was completed on 28 January 2016.

PR Marriott Rig-46 at the Etom-2 well site, Kenya

STRATEGIC REPORT OPERATIONS REVIEW CONTINUED

Uganda

In Uganda, all appraisal activities and pre-FEED studies have been completed. Significant progress has been made on several fiscal matters and in June 2015, the Government of Uganda announced that it had amended the VAT Act to exempt oil exploration and development from VAT. Later in June, Tullow announced that it had agreed to pay the Uganda Revenue Authority \$250 million in full and final settlement of its CGT liability for the farm-downs to Total and CNOOC completed in 2012. This sum comprises \$142 million that Tullow paid in 2012 and \$108 million to be paid in three equal instalments. The first of these was paid upon settlement and the remainder will be paid in 2016 and 2017. These decisions are important steps towards the sanction of the Lake Albert development. In July 2015, Tullow prequalified for the upcoming Uganda exploration bid round and evaluation is currently under way ahead of the 26 February bid deadline.

East Africa development

Good progress continues to be made on development planning in Kenya. A draft Field Development Plan was submitted to the Government of Kenya in December and will inform discussions as we progress towards potential FID of both the Kenya and Uganda upstream development projects and preparation for FEED is under way in both countries. Scoping studies and terms of reference for the detailed upstream environmental and social impact assessments were submitted to the regulatory authorities in both countries.

In August 2015, a bilateral agreement was reached between the Presidents of Uganda and Kenya adopting the Northern Kenya route for the regional crude oil pipeline, subject to certain conditions. These conditions, which include ensuring that this is the lowest cost route, are being worked on by both Governments in conjunction with the Kenyan and Ugandan upstream parties.

NEW VENTURES

Over 2015, Tullow has undertaken a strategic review of its New Ventures portfolio to determine how it can best use this period of reduced industry exploration activity to prepare for future growth. The focus has been on enhancing Tullow's licence and prospect inventory in preparation for increasing drilling activity in future years. The Group has also been actively managing its current equity positions and exposure to drilling costs across the portfolio through various transactions for carried interests. A number of farm-downs are under way across the portfolio and this work will continue in the coming year. In 2016, our main focus will be to continue to selectively replenish and high grade the exploration portfolio for future growth.

Africa

In Mauritania, 2D seismic was acquired in the Block C-3 licence during the first quarter of 2015. Tullow is hopeful of acquiring a new 3D survey across the shelf prospectivity in Blocks C-3 and C-10 during the next 12 to 24 months, to determine the exploration potential of both licences and areas for future exploration activity. In June 2015, the Group agreed to farm down a 13.5 per cent interest in Block C-10 to Sterling Energy.

In Guinea, discussions have been ongoing with the Government and our Partners regarding the resumption of petroleum operations. SCS Corporation, a subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation, has unilaterally declared these discussions to be at an impasse and has commenced legal Drilling at Amosing discovery, Kenya action against the other members of the joint venture.

In Gabon, further 3D seismic data was acquired during Q1 2015 in the Arouwe block, the results of which are currently under review. In Namibia, interpretation of the 3D survey across the PEL30 and PEL37 licences has yielded significant prospectivity in shallow water in close proximity to the Wingat well in the adjacent licence which encountered oil in the Cretaceous.

South America and Caribbean

Tullow has been active in the South America and Caribbean region in 2015, an area the Group considers to have great potential. In Suriname, a 4,000 sq km 3D seismic programme of the Tullow-operated offshore Block 54 completed in September 2015. This was followed by a 20 per cent farm out of Block 54 in October 2015 to Noble for a carry, leaving Tullow with a 30 per cent interest and retained operatorship. Tullow and its partners are reviewing the very encouraging results of the seismic programme ahead of selecting future drilling prospects. In the neighbouring Block 47, a two-year licence extension has been granted and a drop core survey is planned to be completed in 2016. The Spari-1 well in offshore Block 31 was completed in August 2015 and was subsequently plugged and abandoned. Despite the presence of targeted Campanian turbidite sands in the well, no significant hydrocarbon shows were encountered.

In Guyana, Tullow and its Partners continue to evaluate and map prospectivity in the offshore Kanuku licence and an 18 month extension has been requested to allow a new 3D survey to be acquired. In early 2016, Tullow was awarded a 60 per cent operated interest in the Orinduik licence, a 1,801 square kilometre block offshore Guyana. Both of Tullow's Guyana licences sit close to Exxon Mobil's 'Liza' oil discovery which was announced in 2015.

In Jamaica, a 2D seismic survey is under way over the 32,056 sq km Walton Morant licence and will be completed in the first quarter of 2016 to delineate potential plays in shallow water. In Uruguay, good progress has been made in mapping the large 3D dataset and a number of prospects have been identified.

BGP Challenger at quayside prior to 2D seismic survey in Jamaica

1

South American Exploration team members, Dublin

Europe

Exploration activity continued offshore Norway in 2015 with the non-operated Bjaaland, Zumba and Salander wells. All three wells were unsuccessful and were plugged and abandoned. Tullow actively managed its equity position and exposure to drilling costs in Norway and the Group reduced its equity in the Zumba well from 60 per cent to 40 per cent (paying 32.5 per cent) and farmed out its remaining 20 per cent interest in the unsuccessful Hagar well in PL650, ahead of drilling for a cash payment.

In Norway, the Group made applications in the 23rd licensing round and was recently awarded eight licences in the 2015 APA licence round. In 2016, four wells are planned to be drilled to test the Cara prospect adjacent to the Gjoa field, the Rovarkula prospect adjacent to the Ivar Hansen field, the Rome well adjacent to the Johan Sverdrup field and a recently spudded horizontal well in the Wisting Discovery.

Asia

The Kup-1 well in the Kalchas block in Pakistan, in which Tullow has a 30 per cent non-operated stake, reached total depth in December 2015. Over 400 metres of weak gas shows were encountered in fractured sandstone reservoirs and a drill stem test programme has commenced to establish hydrocarbon presence and productivity. In January 2016, Tullow agreed to sell a 20 per cent interest in the Bannu West licence in Pakistan to Mari Petroleum. The deal is subject to Government approval.

MAINTAINING LIQUIDITY AND MAXIMISING CASH FLOW

Tullow continues to focus on driving down costs and capital expenditure to maintain liquidity and deliver our operational commitments.

The challenging business environment that the oil and gas sector is experiencing and the requirement to fund the capital intensive TEN Project, have meant that maintaining strong liquidity has been a key priority for Tullow in 2015. The combination of our excellent hedging programme, the suspension of our dividend, expanding the capacity of our debt facilities, cutting exploration capital expenditure and going through a significant cost cutting exercise has enabled Tullow to maintain liquidity.

Maximising our cash flow has been key and we have benefited significantly from our hedging programme, which has contributed some \$365 million to the revenue of the business in 2015. The hedging programme will continue to provide future cash flow benefits to the business and the mark-to-market value of the hedges looking forward at the end of 2015 was \$623 million.

A focus on cost savings and improving efficiency has also positively benefited our cash flows. We initiated the Major Simplification Project at the end of 2014 and forecast that over the next three years from mid-2015, we will generate around \$500 million in cash cost savings. In addition to cost savings incurred through headcount reductions and associated costs, our contract and procurement teams are working hard with suppliers to deliver savings on current and future contracts, which will reduce expenditure in the years to come and improve the profitability of our business.

At the end of 2014, we made a decisive shift in our capital allocation to prioritise key development projects that generate current and future high margin production for the business. I am pleased to say that our West Africa portfolio of oil producing fields met their production targets for the year and were largely responsible for the \$1 billion of pre-tax operating cash flow that the Group generated in 2015. The largest single element of our 2015 \$1.7 billon capital expenditure was the \$900 million investment in the TEN Project. This development has been expertly executed and remains on schedule and on budget for first oil in July/August 2016. The completion of the TEN Project will end the current capital intensive period and this is reflected in our lower 2016 capital expenditure forecast of up to \$1.1 billion, with work ongoing to potentially reduce this to \$0.9 billion.

Having ensured we maximise our current and future cash flows, the final element of our strategy of maintaining a strong liquidity position has been ensuring our lending banks continue to support the business. I am once again pleased to report that we completed the two routine re-determinations in 2015 and, due to the long-term, high-quality oil assets in the portfolio, we were able to increase the debt capacity of the RBL and Corporate Facility in March by \$450 million. As a result we have exited 2015 with headroom facility capacity and free cash of around \$1.9 billion, providing sufficient headroom to take the TEN Project to first oil in mid-2016. Whilst net debt at the year end was \$4.0 billion and our net debt to EBITDAX ratio was 4 times, it is not our intention to continue at this high gearing level. The longterm aspiration of the Group is to run the business at around 2 times net debt to EBITDAX and that target remains. We intend to achieve this organically over time through our high-margin West Africa oil production and continued disciplined capital allocation. We can decrease our capex if market conditions fail to improve and our portfolio will generate free cash flow even at very low oil prices. We intend to accelerate de-leveraging through strategic portfolio management, which has always been a key part of Tullow's strategy and will remain so in the coming years.

Financial results summary

2015 2014 Change
Working interest production volume (boepd) 73,400 75,200 -2%
Sales volume (boepd) 67,600 67,400 0%
Realised oil price (\$/bbl) 67.0 97.5 -31%
Realised gas price (p/therm) 41.8 51.7 -19%
Sales revenue (\$m) 1,607 2,213 -27%
Cash operating costs (\$per boe) 15.1 18.6 -19%
Exploration write-off (\$m) 749 1,657 -55%
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (\$m) 406 596 -32%
Operating loss (\$m) (1,094) (1,965) 44%
Loss before tax (\$m) (1,297) (2,047) 37%
Loss after tax (\$m) (1,037) (1,640) 37%
Basic loss per share (cents) (113.6) (170.9) 34%
Cash generated from operations (before working capital) (\$m) 967 1,545 -37%
Operating cash flow (before working capital) per boe (\$/bbl) 35.9 56.1 -36%
Dividend per share (pence) 4.0
Capital investment (\$m) 1,720 2,020 -15%
Net debt (\$m) 4,019 3,103 30%
Gearing (net debt/net assets plus net debt) (%) 56 44 12

Production and commodity prices

Working interest production averaged 73,400 boepd, a decrease of 2% for the year (2014: 75,200 boepd). Growth in low cost West Africa oil production was offset by the end of field life declines in UK gas production, the partial farm-down of the Schooner and Ketch gas fields in October 2014 and the disposal of the Netherlands Q&L blocks in April 2015. Sales volumes for West Africa oil and European gas averaged 60,000 bopd and 7,600 boepd respectively.

On average, oil prices in 2015 were lower than in 2014 due to the oil price falling significantly since the third quarter 2014. Realised oil price after hedging for 2015 was US\$67.0/bbl (2014: US\$97.5/bbl), a decrease of 31% versus a 47% decrease in Brent oil prices over the period. European gas prices in 2015 were lower than 2014. The realised European gas price after hedging for 2015 was 41.8 pence/ therm (2014: 51.7 pence/therm), a decrease of 19%.

Operating costs, depreciation, impairments and expenses

Underlying cash operating costs, which exclude depletion and amortisation and movements in underlift / overlift, amounted to \$406 million; \$15.1/boe (2014: \$512 million; \$18.6/boe). The decrease of 19% in underlying cash operating costs per barrel is principally due to increased West African production combined with ongoing cost savings and the impact of the farm-down and disposal in the UK and Netherlands which have higher than average cash operating costs per barrel.

DD&A charges before impairment on production and development assets amounted to \$551 million; \$20.5/boe (2014: \$572 million; \$20.8/boe). The Group recognised an impairment charge of \$406 million (2014: \$596 million) in respect of lower forecast oil and gas prices and an increase in anticipated future decommissioning costs, offset both by impairment write backs in Gabon due to increased reserves and by lower forecast decommissioning costs in the UK. The impairment charge net of tax amounted to \$357 million. The Group recognised an impairment in relation to goodwill of \$54 million (2014: \$133 million).

1

Administrative expenses of \$194 million (2014: \$192 million) include an amount of \$48 million (2014: \$38 million) associated with IFRS 2 – Share-based Payment accruals. The MSP was undertaken during 2015, is on track to deliver cash savings of around \$500 million over a three-year period and has resulted in a workforce reduction of 37% to date.

During 2015, the Group recognised a provision for restructuring costs of \$45 million. After recharges to JV partners the net restructuring cost included in the income statement is \$41 million. This has been presented separately from administrative expenses in the income statement.

Exploration costs written off

2015 2014
Total costs written off \$m \$m
Exploration costs written off (749) (1,657)
Associated deferred tax credit 277 398
Net exploration costs written off (472) (1,259)

During 2015, the Group spent \$256 million, including Norway exploration costs on a post-tax basis, on exploration and appraisal activities and has written off \$130 million in relation to this expenditure. This included write-offs in Suriname (\$28 million), Norway (\$11 million), Kenya (\$28 million) and new venture costs (\$19 million). In addition, the Group has written off \$343 million in relation to prior years' expenditure as a result of a review of future work programmes based on capital relocation to focus on the Group's key development projects and the impact of the current low oil price environment. This included write-offs in the Netherlands (\$186 million), Guinea (\$54 million), Greenland (\$39 million), Ethiopia (\$35 million), Gabon (\$9 million) and Madagascar (\$11 million).

STRATEGIC REPORT FINANCE & PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Provision for onerous contracts

At the end of 2015, Tullow has provided \$186 million for onerous service contracts due to the reduction in planned future activity.

Derivative financial instruments

Tullow undertakes hedging activities as part of the ongoing management of its business risk to protect against volatility and to ensure the availability of cash flow for reinvestment in capital programmes that are driving business growth.

At 31 December 2015, the Group's derivative instruments had a net positive fair value of \$623 million (2014: positive \$471 million), net of deferred premium (\$101 million). While all of the Group's commodity derivative instruments currently qualify for hedge accounting, a pre-tax charge of \$59 million (2014: credit of \$51 million) in relation to the change in time value of the Group's commodity derivative instruments has been recognised in the income statement for 2015.

Hedge position 2016 2017 2018
Oil hedges
Volume – bopd 36,511 23,000 9,500
Average floor
price protected
(\$/bbl) 75.14 72.94 62.09

Net financing costs

The net interest charge for the year was \$145 million (2014: \$134 million). The increase in finance costs is associated with an increase in net debt but partially offset by an increase in capitalised interest on the TEN development. The 2015 net interest charge includes interest incurred on the Group's debt facilities and the decommissioning finance charge offset by interest earned on cash deposits and borrowing costs capitalised principally against the Ugandan assets and the TEN development.

Taxation

The net tax credit of \$260 million (2014: \$408 million, credit) relates to a tax charge in respect of the Group's North Sea, Gabon, Equatorial Guinea and Ghanaian production activities offset by the tax credits arising from Norwegian exploration and deferred tax credits associated with exploration writeoffs and impairments. After adjusting for disposals, restructuring costs, exploration write-offs and impairments, the related deferred tax benefit in relation to the exploration write-offs and impairments and profits/losses on disposal, the Group's underlying effective tax rate was 29% (2014: 24%). The increase in underlying effective tax rate is primarily a result of lower PSC income and the tax credit recognised on the derivative financial instruments in 2014.

Loss after tax from continuing activities and basic earnings per share

The loss from continuing activities for the year amounted to \$1,037 million (2014: \$1,640 million loss). Basic loss per share was 113.6 cents (2014: 170.9 cents loss).

Dividend per share

In view of the fall in the oil price, the Board suspended the dividend in early 2015. At a time when Tullow is focusing on capital allocation, financial flexibility and cost reductions, the Board believes that Tullow and its shareholders are better served by investing these funds into the business.

Operating cash flow

Operating cash flow before working capital movements decreased by 37% to \$1.0 billion (2014: \$1.5 billion) as a result of reduced sales volumes and lower realised commodity prices partially offset by lower cash operating costs. In 2015, this cash flow together with increased debt facilities helped fund the Group's \$1.7 billion of capital expenditure in exploration and development activities and \$232 million servicing the Group's debt facilities.

PROFIT AFTER TAX VERSUS 2014

2016 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

44 Tullow Oil plc 2015 Annual Report and Accounts

Reconciliation of net debt \$m
Year-end 2014 net debt (3,103)
Revenue 1,607
Operating costs (406)
Operating expenses (234)
Cash flow from operations 967
Movement in working capital 349
Tax paid 35
Capital expenditure (2,112)
Disposals 56
Other investing activities 4
Financing activities (232)
Foreign exchange gain on cash and debt 17
Year-end 2015 net debt (4,019)

Capital expenditure

2015 capital expenditure amounted to \$1.7 billion (2014: \$2.0 billion) (net of Norwegian tax) with \$1.5 billion invested in development activities and \$0.2 billion in exploration and appraisal activities. More than 80% of the total was invested in Kenya, Ghana and Uganda and over 90%, more than \$1.6 billion, was invested in Africa. Based on current estimates and work programmes, 2016 capital expenditure is currently forecast to be up to \$1.1 billion (net of Norwegian tax), with \$100 million allocated to exploration and appraisal activities and work ongoing to potentially reduce 2016 capital expenditure to around \$0.9 billion.

Portfolio management

On 30 April 2015, Tullow completed the sale of its operated and non-operated interests in the L12/15 area and Blocks Q4 and Q5 in the Netherlands to AU Energy. The consideration was €64 million, producing a profit after tax of \$7.4 million and a loss before tax of \$46.3 million. On 5 June 2015, Tullow completed the farm-down to GDF Suez E&P Nederland of 30% interests in, and the operatorship of, Exploration Licences E10, E11 (including Tullow's Vincent discovery), E14, E15c and E18b.

Balance sheet

In the first half of 2015, Tullow increased its commitments under the Revolving Corporate Facility from \$0.75 billion to \$1.0 billion and commitments under the Reserve Based Lending Facility increased from \$3.5 billion to \$3.7 billion. Furthermore, amendments to the financial covenants on the Reserve Based Lending Facility and Revolving Corporate Facility were agreed to address the risk of any potential covenant breach during a period of oil price volatility and investment in production and development assets in West Africa. At 31 December 2015, Tullow had net debt of \$4.0 billion (2014: \$3.1 billion). Unutilised debt capacity and free cash at 31 December 2015 amounted to approximately \$1.9 billion. Total net assets at 30 December 2015 amounted to \$3.2 billion (2014: \$4.0 billion) with the decrease in total net assets principally due to the loss during 2015 from continuing activities.

Liquidity risk management and going concern

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion of debt liquidity headroom and free cash at the end of 2015. The Group's forecasts, taking into account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

1

Notwithstanding our forecasts of liquidity headroom throughout the 12-month period, there remains a risk, given the volatility of the oil price environment and its impact on operating cash flows and facility availability, that the Group's liquidity position may deteriorate and/or the Group may become technically non-compliant with one of its financial covenants at the end of 2016.

To mitigate this risk, we will continue to maintain our long-term banking relations and will monitor our cash flow projections and, if necessary, take mitigating actions well in advance to maintain our liquidity and compliance with covenants. Actions available to the Group include further rationalisation of our cost base, cuts to discretionary capital expenditure, portfolio management and other funding options.

Based on this analysis, the Directors have adopted the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

2016 principal financial risks and uncertainties

The principal financial risks to performance identified for 2016 are:

  • Oil price and overall market volatility
  • Operational performance and project delivery
  • Maintaining capital and operating cost discipline
  • Execution of financial strategy to maintain appropriate liquidity

Events since year-end

In January 2016 Tullow completed the farm-down of 25% of its interest in block 12A to Delonex and Tullow also agreed to sell a 20% interest in the Bannu West licence in Pakistan to Mari Gas. Tullow was awarded a 60% operated interest in the Orinduik licence in January 2016, a 1,801 square kilometre block offshore Guyana. On 23 January 2016, the TEN FPSO set sail from Singapore to Ghana with arrival expected in early March 2016.

Subsequent to the balance sheet date there has been a deterioration in the spot price of Brent crude. Sensitivity analysis on the impact of a reduction in Brent crude prices on the carrying value of PP&E is provided in note 10.

RESPONSIBLE OPERATIONS

IMPROVING OUR SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE

As a responsible operator, Tullow manages non-technical, and above-ground, risks with the same rigour and focus with which it manages the technical challenges of exploring for and producing oil and gas.

We drive continuous improvement in process and occupational safety, environmental and social performance, health management, security, and the protection of human rights, through clear policies, standards and guidelines. These are reinforced by structured assurance activities and ongoing performance management.

Our non-technical risk performance is measured through a KPI made up of our Lost Time Incident Frequency Rate and 14 measures covering occupational and process safety, asset protection, health, environment, social performance and regulatory compliance.

This KPI accounts for 10 per cent of Tullow's Group scorecard for determining Executive Directors' and employees' performance related pay. See pages 17-21 for more information. In 2015, we achieved an overall performance of 7.3 per cent out of a possible 10 per cent for 2015.

Occupational health

For a second year in a row Tullow has reduced its Lost Time Incident Frequency (LTIF). In 2015, we achieved a LTIF of 0.30, which represents a 48 per cent improvement on our 2014 performance.

During 2015, two contracted drilling rigs – one operating in Ghana and the other in Kenya – achieved two years without a Lost Time Incident (LTI). This is a good achievement given that both rigs are in challenging operating environments. This performance reflects the combined efforts of Tullow, our rig contractors, and all service providers.

Notwithstanding these improvements, we regret to report the tragic death of two sub-contractors at the year end and start of 2016. The first involved a sub-contractor temporarily working on the Jubilee FPSO who had contracted malaria. The second involved a TEN FPSO sub-contractor working for the main contractor responsible for the construction and commissioning of the TEN FPSO in the shipyard in Singapore. In-depth investigations into both fatalities have been carried out and specific actions have been identified and implemented to further improve the accurate diagnosis and effective management of malaria symptoms and our oversight of control of work.

Process safety

In 2015, Tullow carried out improvements to the management of asset integrity on the Jubilee FPSO to ensure we were operating the facility in line with our commitment to the standard of the UK safety case regulatory regime. We reviewed the physical facility, the processes and procedures used to run the FPSO, the organisational structure and the professional competencies of our staff, as well as our approach to maintenance planning.

We had a particular focus on the identification and operation of safety critical elements on the FPSO. We found that in early 2015, we were taking too long to formally assure compliance with operating specifications for a number of these safety critical elements, creating a backlog. To address this, we improved our planning and accelerated work to manage the backlog.

During routine inspection activities a worker was exposed to carbon monoxide levels that resulted in hospitalisation. This was a high potential and IGP Tier 1 Process Safety Incident. The investigations identified many lessons including improved focus on planned sequencing of jobs, risk assessment and toolbox talks, the use of non-standard isolations and gas test requirements.

The Board EHS Committee commissioned an audit of asset integrity during 2015 and found that many of the areas requiring improvement had been identified within the Business Unit and that plans were already being developed to rectify those weaknesses. There were, however, areas requiring additional focus, including how we manage change on the facility and document management for safety critical elements. Action plans are now in place, which are monitored monthly by Senior Management.

Climate change

Tullow acknowledges the global threat posed by climate change and recognises the need to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Our activities and products contribute to climate change and we accept our responsibility to comply with emerging climate change legislation and regulation, and to reduce our GHG emissions as far as is reasonably practical through appropriate voluntary initiatives.

Demand for energy is forecast to grow, and we expect fossil fuels to continue to play a role in the global energy mix over

the coming decades. We also expect new policies, laws and regulations aimed at reducing emissions of GHGs, and we will adopt a business strategy that responds to these developments. As an Africa-focused company, we will continue to support our host Governments and communities as they seek to use oil revenues to fight poverty and to promote sustainable, inclusive economic development.

Tullow will aim to minimise GHG emissions both in project design and in our operations, and adopt a business strategy that is responsive to legal and regulatory developments

designed to address climate change. We will also maintain transparency in our performance reporting and align our activities with the actions that our host Governments take to manage climate change.

"We made significant progress in 2015 in our performance in Responsible Operations with a reduction in our Lost Time Incident Frequency Rate and improvements across a range of sustainability metrics."

Tullow's Group total scope 1 emissions, which in 2015 included gas and diesel from

our offices as well as emissions from our operations, were 752,539 tonnes CO2 e (2014: 799,5511 tonnes CO2 e) and 122.07 tonnes of CO2 e per 1,000 tonnes of hydrocarbon produced (2014: 123.84 tonnes CO2 e). Total scope 2 emissions were 4,631 tonnes of CO2 e (2014: 4,173 tonnes of CO2 e) and 0.75 tonnes of CO2 e per 1,000 tonnes of hydrocarbon produced (2014: 0.64). Full details of our Basis of Reporting can be found online.

Water use in East Africa

Securing the water we need for development in East Africa will be a challenge for Tullow, especially in the Turkana region of Kenya. The design figure for the maximum amount of water needed for full field development is 24,000 m3 /day. As part of pre-development planning for our projects in Turkana, we are considering a number of options, both underground and surface, for water sourcing and management, with more detailed planning due to take place in 2016. We are committed to working with national, county and local government and all stakeholders in coming up with the best sourcing option for the development.

Human rights

Tullow is committed to respecting internationally recognised human rights, as set out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the ILO Declaration across our operations.

At the end of 2015, Tullow Kenya conducted an externally-led review of our performance in Kenya against the requirements of the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPSHR), which Tullow works to meet across our global operations. The audit reviewed Tullow's

arrangements with private security providers, who do not carry firearms, as well as the Kenya National Police Service (KNPS).

1

The audit found there had been good progress in efforts to train both private security providers and KNPS staff on the requirements of the VPSHR and concluded

that the training was delivering results. Several opportunities for improvement were noted in the review, including the reporting of security related community grievances. We have also been working towards a formal Memorandum of Understanding covering how Tullow and the Kenyan Government will jointly implement the VPSHR for some years, but this has not yet been achieved. Getting this in place remains a priority as the project approaches the development phase.

Emergency and crisis management

Tullow conducted tests of its three tier Crisis Management System during 2015. The system was also tested in real time in Ghana this year when our Accra offices were flooded during some extreme weather. Despite challenges across the city, Tullow was able to resume full operations within 24 hours. A number of lessons were learned from this emergency and our approach to business continuity planning will be a focus area for 2016.

  1. Group total air emissions breakdown has been restated because of a previously understated proportion of methane in vented gas from the Jubilee FPSO.

LOST OR REDUCED MAN HOURS RESULTING FROM COMMUNITY RELATED OPERATION STOPPAGES

• % lost/reduced man hours compared to total man hours – Group

CO2 E EMISSIONS PER 1,000 TONNES OF HYDROCARBON PRODUCED

% lost/reduced man hours compared to total man hours – Kenya

MANAGING RISKS AND UPHOLDING GOVERNANCE

In 2015, Tullow overhauled its risk, assurance and performance management processes to better support the delivery of our strategic objectives.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER,

In response to the 2014 amendments to the Corporate Governance Code (the 'Code') relating to risk management, long-term viability and remuneration, your Board believes that we have taken appropriate steps to remain fully compliant with the Code. Our revised approach to risk management is discussed in this section of the report. The long-term viability statement can be found on page 55. We believe that our remuneration policy (set out on page 92), which was approved by shareholders at the AGM in 2014, remains fully compliant. A full review of our compliance with the Code and the Board's activities and performance against its objectives during the year can be found in the Directors' Report on pages 70 to 78.

Consolidating our policies and standards

During 2015, the Board oversaw a major overhaul of Tullow's risk, assurance and performance management processes as part of the Major Simplification Project (MSP). The key objectives were to streamline and simplify decision-making, to clarify roles and responsibilities, and to create clearer accountabilities for enterprise risk management and the delivery of our strategic objectives. An important part of the

MSP was the development of a new Integrated Management System (IMS). The IMS now holds all of Tullow's consolidated mandatory policies and standards in a single, integrated online management system. It represents a systematic way of putting our strategy and values into practice, and it provides a clear and consistent framework that sets out expectations and defines the controls and assurance necessary to ensure that our activities and associated risks are effectively managed. The IMS was formally launched in November 2015 and will continue to evolve and develop during the course of 2016 and beyond.

As part of the overhaul of risk management and assurance processes, the Board approved a new policy and standard that defines an integrated 'top-down' and 'bottom-up' approach to identifying, assessing and managing enterprisewide risks. The governance and reporting of risks is now fully embedded as part of the quarterly business reviews, forms a key element of the Group's performance management, and informs decision-making about internal audit and other assurance priorities. The Board of Directors has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Company, including those that would threaten

BOARD COMMITTEES
Audit Committee
Responsible for
ensuring our
Financial
Statements give a
true and fair view of
the business.
Nominations
Committee
Ensures the
balance of skills
and expertise of the
Board remains
appropriate to meet
the needs of the
Company.
EHS Committee
Responsible for
monitoring and
advising on the
Group's EHS
policies and
performance.
Ethics &
Compliance
Committee
Responsible for
promoting good
ethical behaviour
and ensuring
compliance with
relevant legislation.
Remuneration
Committee
Responsible for
determining and
agreeing the
Executive Directors'
remuneration
policy.
> page 79 > page 84 > page 86 > page 88 > page 90

our business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity. Details of the process and our principal risks are on pages 52 to 63.

Culture and ethical behaviour

The MSP, the new IMS, and the revised risk and assurance framework are fully aligned with our core values of focusing on results, entrepreneurial spirit, teamwork, integrity and respect. However, they will only become fully effective when they are thoroughly embedded within our operations and become simply part of the way we do business. The implementation of the MSP and IMS has therefore involved a high level of staff engagement and discussion. Early indications that the new approach is gaining acceptance and approval within the business are encouraging.

During 2015, as part of our ongoing monitoring efforts to improve our compliance processes, and to reflect best practice and lessons learnt from internal investigations, we also updated a number of our IMS standards relating to ethics and compliance. We replaced the existing executive Compliance Committee with a formal Board Committee, chaired by Ann Grant, the Senior Independent Director. The formation of this Committee underlines our commitment to uphold the highest standards of integrity and recognises that ethical behaviour, like safety, must be an area of constant focus. In November, the launch of our revised and improved Code of Ethical Conduct was accompanied by a Companywide communication campaign and training programme, which will continue throughout 2016. So far, approximately 40 per cent of employees and contractors attended fraud risk assessment workshops during the year, to raise awareness of the risk and encourage early detection.

Tullow's reputation as a fair, ethical and responsible company is dependent upon our employees' and contractors' behaviour and the values they exhibit in their day-to-day work. Any member of staff, contractor or supplier can raise concerns about inappropriate behaviour via internal channels or our independent, confidential reporting line,

Safecall. Concerns raised during exit interviews and via Safecall are also investigated and any recommendations arising, for updates and improvements to our internal processes and procedures, are applied across the Group. Notwithstanding these efforts, 19 members of our workforce and sub-contractors left the Group and had their contracts terminated as a result of investigations carried out during the year. Whilst it is clearly regrettable that such actions should be necessary, they underscore Tullow's commitment to comply with our Code of Ethical Conduct.

1

Stakeholder engagement

During 2015 we continued to engage with Governments, international development agencies, international think tanks, academia and civil society to identify and discuss policy issues relevant to the sustainability of Tullow's business model. These initiatives have built upon established themes of transparency, natural resource revenue governance and capacity-building, as well as new initiatives seeking to better understand the relationship between resources-led economic growth and climate change in our countries of operation. Tullow has sought to gain a better understanding of the issues in order to develop a strategic response that meets the requirements of our shareholders and our broader responsibilities to other stakeholders.

We have continued to focus on the development of technical and vocational training for the oil and gas industry in East Africa by supporting the scoping stages of the Skills for Oil and Gas in Africa (SOGA) project, initiated by the UK's Department for International Development in Kenya and Uganda. In Kenya, we also helped to establish the Turkana Focus Forum, which brings together industry, NGOs, development partners and other bodies with the aim of coordinating the many initiatives that are under way to manage the impact and to maximise the social and economic benefits arising from resources-led development in the country.

Simon Thompson

Chairman 9 February 2016

INTEGRATED GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

1 SIMON THOMPSON CHAIRMAN

Simon Thompson (age 56, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in 2011 and as non-executive Chairman in January 2012. Simon worked for investment banks N M Rothschild and S. G. Warburg before joining the Anglo American group in 1995, where he held a number of senior positions and became an Executive Director in 2005. Since leaving Anglo American, he has served as a non-executive Director of Amec Foster Wheeler plc, AngloGold Ashanti Ltd, Newmont Mining Corporation and Sandvik AB.

Committee membership

Nominations Committee (Chair), Remuneration Committee and EHS Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Simon is Chairman of 3i Group plc and a non-executive Director of Rio Tinto plc.

2 AIDAN HEAVEY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Aidan Heavey (age 62, Irish) is the founder of Tullow Oil and has been Chief Executive Officer since 1985. He has played a key role in Tullow's development as a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production group.

3 IAN SPRINGETT CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Ian Springett (age 58, British) is a Chartered Accountant and was appointed to the Board of Directors in 2008. Prior to joining Tullow, Ian worked at BP for 23 years where he gained extensive international oil and gas experience. Ian has held a number of senior positions at BP, including Vice-President of BP Finance, CFO for the United States and also served as a Business Unit Leader in Alaska.

Committee membership

Ethics and Compliance Committee.

4 GRAHAM MARTIN EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Graham Martin (age 61, British) is a solicitor (admitted in England and Wales) and joined Tullow as Legal and Commercial Director in 1997. Graham served as Tullow's General Counsel from 2004 to 2013 and as Company Secretary from 2008 to 2015. Graham has over 30 years' experience in international corporate and energy transactions.

Graham retired as Company Secretary in December 2015. He will retire as an Executive Director and leave the Company following the Annual General Meeting on 28 April 2016.

5 PAUL McDADE CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

Paul McDade (age 53, British) was appointed to the Board of Directors in 2006, having joined Tullow in 2001. Paul was appointed Chief Operating Officer following the Energy Africa acquisition in 2004, having previously managed Tullow's UK gas business. An engineer with over 25 years' experience, Paul has worked in various operational, commercial and management roles with Conoco, Lasmo and ERC. He has broad international experience having worked in the UK North Sea, Latin America, Africa and South East Asia. Paul holds degrees in Civil Engineering and Petroleum Engineering.

Committee membership EHS Committee.

6 ANGUS McCOSS EXPLORATION DIRECTOR

Angus McCoss (age 54, British) was appointed to the Board of Directors in 2006 following 21 years of wide-ranging exploration experience, working primarily with Shell in Africa, Europe, China, South America and the Middle East. Angus held a number of senior positions at Shell, including Regional Vice President of Exploration for the Americas and General Manager of Exploration in Nigeria. He holds a PhD in Structural Geology.

Other directorships and offices

Angus is a non-executive Director of Ikon Science Limited and a member of the Advisory Board of the industry-backed Energy and Geoscience Institute of the University of Utah.

7 ANN GRANT SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Ann Grant (age 67, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in May 2008 and Senior Independent Director in April 2014. Ann was Vice Chairman (Africa) at Standard Chartered Bank from 2005 to 2014. Her earlier career was as a British Diplomat, from 1971 to 2005. From 1998, she worked at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office in London as Director for Africa and the Commonwealth. From 2000 to 2005, Ann was the British High Commissioner to South Africa.

Committee membership

Ethics and Compliance Committee (Chair), Audit Committee and Nominations Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Ann is a Board member of the Overseas Development Institute and a council member of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine as well as the Rift Valley Institute. She also chairs the Serious Music Trust.

8 TUTU AGYARE NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Tutu Agyare (age 53, Ghanaian) was appointed as a non-executive Director in August 2010. He is currently a Managing Partner at Nubuke Investments, an asset management firm focused solely on Africa, which he founded in 2007. Previously, he had a 21-year career with UBS Investment Bank, holding a number of senior positions, most recently as the Head of European Emerging Markets, and served on the Board of Directors.

Committee membership

Audit Committee, Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Tutu is a director of the Nubuke Foundation, a Ghanaian-based cultural and educational foundation. Tutu is also a Senior Advisor to Power Africa, an initiative launched by the Obama administration to increase access to electricity in Africa.

9 STEVE LUCAS NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Steve Lucas (age 61, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in March 2012. A Chartered Accountant, Steve was Finance Director at National Grid plc from 2002 to 2010 and previously worked for 11 years at Royal Dutch Shell and for six years at BG Group, latterly as Group Treasurer.

Committee membership

Audit Committee (Chair), Nominations Committee, Remuneration Committee and Ethics and Compliance Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Steve is a non-executive Director of Acacia Mining plc (UK) and is the Senior Independent Director (non-executive) of HTN Towers plc.

10 ANNE DRINKWATER NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Anne Drinkwater (age 60, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in July 2012. Anne's appointment followed a long career at BP, where she held a number of senior business and operations positions, including President and Chief Executive Officer of BP Canada Energy Company, President of BP Indonesia and Managing Director of BP Norway.

Committee membership

EHS Committee (Chair), Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Anne is a non-executive Director of Aker Solutions ASA (Norway) and is an oil and gas advisor to the Government of the Falkland Islands.

11 JEREMY WILSON NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Jeremy Wilson (age 51, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in October 2013 following a 26-year career at J.P. Morgan where he held a number of senior positions, most recently Vice Chairman of the Energy Group.

Committee membership

Remuneration Committee (Chair), Nominations Committee and Audit Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Jeremy is a non-executive Director of John Wood Group PLC (UK).

12 MIKE DALY NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mike Daly (age 62, British) was appointed as a non-executive Director in June 2014 following a 28-year career at BP where he held a number of senior roles. Most recently, he was Executive Vice President Exploration, and a member of BP's Group executive team until January 2014.

Committee membership

Audit Committee, Nominations Committee and EHS Committee.

Other directorships and offices

Mike is a visiting Professor at the University of Oxford and a Senior Director at Macro Advisory Partners. Mike is also a nonexecutive Director of CGG, an integrated geoscience company based in France, which is listed on the Euronext and New York Stock Exchanges.

KEVIN MASSIE COMPANY SECRETARY

Kevin Massie was appointed Company Secretary on 1 January 2016, following Graham Martin's resignation as Company Secretary. Kevin was previously Corporate Counsel and Deputy Company Secretary at Tullow.

MORE INFORMATION

Audit Committee 79
Nominations Committee 84
EHS Committee 86
Ethics & Compliance Committee 88
Remuneration Committee 90

STRENGTHENING HOW WE MANAGE RISKS

Strong and effective risk management is an integral part of running our business. Over the past year, Tullow has adopted a more rigorous and consistent approach to managing risks across the Group and rolled out an enhanced integrated enterprise-wide risk management process.

Managing risk is an integral part of our everyday business and we believe that risk management should be embedded in our processes and procedures that we use to run our business. Effectively managing risk across the Group is a competitive necessity and fundamental to creating and maintaining shareholder value. An effective and joined up risk management framework enhances Tullow's ability to achieve its strategic objectives, and helps to protect our business, people and reputation.

The Board, as part of its role in providing strategic oversight and stewardship of the Company, is responsible for maintaining a sound risk management and internal control system. As part of that system, the Board determines principal risks and sets respective risk tolerance/appetite levels. The Executive Team, Group Functional Heads and Business Delivery Teams (BDTs) are responsible and accountable for monitoring and managing the risks that fall under their remit. It is then every leader's and manager's job

TULLOW'S RISK UNIVERSE

STRATEGIC RISKS

  • Internal
  • External

About these risks

• Internal risks associated with inadequate strategy and external risks associated with external competitive, political and social business environment

Oversight

• Board

Responsibility

• Aidan Heavey, Chief Executive Officer, Paul McDade, Chief Operating Officer, and Ian Springett, Chief Financial Officer

FINANCIAL RISKS

  • Information/reporting
  • Funding, Strategy & Planning

About these risks

• Financial risks arising from adverse market conditions and reporting risks from unreliable or inaccurate information and reporting procedures

Oversight

• Board, Audit and EHS Committees

Responsibility

• Ian Springett, Chief Financial Officer

to manage the day-to-day risks the Group may face. They are responsible for identifying the risks, assessing their impact and determining their consequence for the business. Appropriate actions are then taken to manage the risk to an acceptable level defined by the Board.

Historically, Tullow has always managed its risks and this has not changed. However, in the past year the Board has implemented a number of actions to re-assess and further improve Tullow's risk management framework. These actions were part of the Group's overall organisational design review that took place during the Major Simplification Project (MSP) and, as a result, the following enhancements have been made:

  • Developed a risk management policy and risk management standard to mandate a consistent approach to managing risk for all activities across all parts of the business;
  • Adopted a more rigorous and consistent approach to managing risks across the Group and rolled out an enhanced integrated risk management process, with strengthened governance and reporting requirements;
  • Driven a 'top-down and bottom-up' approach to risk management to ensure fully integrated risk management processes to enable decision making;

• Defined its risk appetite to clearly communicate the level of risk the Board is willing to take in pursuit of its strategy;

1

  • Risk management embedded into business planning and performance management to mandate accountability and responsibility for risk management to all employees at all levels of the Group; and
  • Developed a Group Assurance Standard and integrated assurance plans to monitor risks and to obtain assurance over effective risk management and operation of internal controls.

Our inherent risk universe

In order to ensure complete and systematic identification of risks and to ensure commonality of risk definitions across the Group, the Group maintains a 'Risk Universe', which holds an extensive collection of potential risks that could impact the Group's performance. These risks are separated into four broad categories: Strategic, Financial, Operational and Compliance. Executive Directors are assigned responsibility for these categories, and assurance and oversight responsibilities are assigned to the Board and respective Board committees. A summary of our risk universe is detailed below.

OPERATIONAL RISKS

• Organisation & Human Resources, Health & Safety, Information systems, Technical and Exploration

About these risks

• Operational risks that ultimately impact our business delivery, performance, stakeholders and reputation

Oversight

• Board, Audit, EHS and Remuneration Committees

Responsibility

• Aidan Heavey, Chief Executive Officer, Paul McDade, Chief Operating Officer, and Angus McCoss, Exploration Director

COMPLIANCE RISKS

• Legal, Ethics & Compliance

About these risks

• Legal & Compliance risks arising from unethical behaviour or violation of applicable laws and regulations.

Oversight

• Ethics & Compliance Committee

Responsibility

• Aidan Heavey, Chief Executive Officer, Ian Springett, Chief Financial Officer

STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

Risk management process

The Group's risk register continues to be the core element of the risk management process. Each layer of the organisation is responsible for maintaining a risk register at their business level, which is formally reviewed on a quarterly basis at their business performance review. The risk register identifies all key inherent risks facing the Group, taken from the Tullow Risk Universe. These inherent risks are then assessed at both an inherent and residual level, to determine the strength of existing controls and mitigating actions and the required treatment action for each risk. Tullow recognises that risk cannot be totally eliminated and that there are some risks the Board will choose to accept. These decisions will come down to experience and after consideration of the Group's defined risk appetite.

Risks are assessed on two scales: a) according to their likelihood and b) by their potential impact on the Group, not just financially, but also in terms of safety, reputation and regulatory impact. The risk registers are consolidated upwards to the Group who then prepare a Group risk register, identifying the 'principal' risks facing the Company. The risk register, its method of preparation and the operation of key controls are periodically reported to the Executive and the Audit Committee.

The risk management process is an integral part of the annual business planning process and ongoing business performance management. A key component of the process is not just risk identification, but also the 'top-down and bottom-up' discussions that occur to agree mitigation plans and evaluate actions.

Risk appetite

The Board is responsible for setting the Group's risk appetite, acceptable risk tolerance levels and putting in place a mechanism to monitor compliance with these agreed tolerances. A number of enterprise-wide risk workshops attended by the Executive Directors, BDT VPs and Group Functional VPs were undertaken in 2015, to agree the principal risks and discuss and set the right risk tolerances for each risk.

In considering the Group's risk appetite, the Board has reviewed the risk process, assessment of principal risks, and the existing controls and mitigating actions that drive towards residual risk. The risk appetite has been adopted by the Board of Directors, and is going to be kept under regular, at least annual, review to reflect the current external and market conditions.

RISK HIERARCHY

VIABILITY STATEMENT

In accordance with provision C2.2. of the 2014 revision of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has assessed the prospects and the viability of the Group over a longer period than the 12 months required by the 'Going Concern' provision.

The Board conducted this review for a period of three years taking into account the Group's current position and potential impact of its principal risks. The three-year period was selected for the following reasons:

  • i. The Group's strategic plan, which considers the Group's facility and free cash headroom, debt:equity mix, and other financial ratios, is undertaken over a three-year rolling period;
  • ii. Full development of Tullow's TEN Project will be principally complete within the three-year period, leading to significant reductions in committed capex and increases in levels of production; and
  • iii. All of Tullow's material exploration licence commitments fall within the next three years.

Based on these factors, the Directors consider that a three-year assessment period appropriately reflects the underlying prospects and viability of the Group, and the period over which the principal risks are reviewed.

In order to make an assessment on the Group's viability, the Directors have made a detailed assessment of the Group's principal risks, as described on pages 55 to 63, and the potential implications these risks would have on the Group's liquidity and its business model over the assessment period. This assessment included, where appropriate, detailed cash flow analysis, and the Directors also considered a number of reasonably plausible, but severe scenarios, and combinations thereof, and associated summaries / documents provided by the Group's Finance and Treasury teams. The assessment has assumed that capital markets continue to operate under normal market conditions.

1

The Directors have also identified mitigating actions which the Group already has in place, such as hedging and insurance, and additional mitigating actions that are available to the Group, such as reductions in operating and capital expenditure, portfolio management and other funding options. Based on the results of the analysis the Board of Directors has a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period of their assessment.

Notwithstanding the Board's assessment, there remains a risk, given the volatility of the oil price environment and the crystallisation of a combination of the Group's principal risks, that the Group's liquidity position may deteriorate and the Group may become technically non-compliant with one of its financial covenants during the assessment period. To mitigate this risk, the Group will continue to monitor our cash flow projections and, if necessary, take appropriate action with the support of our long-term banking relationships.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Tullow's principal risks are listed in the following tables. Internally, the Group monitors and mitigates a more substantive list of risks, but those listed are the risks currently considered to be the most important because of their likelihood, the magnitude of their potential impact, frequency on the Executive's agenda, or a combination of these reasons.

STRATEGIC

    1. Strategy not fully achievable in sustained low oil prices
    1. Inability to progress major portfolio management options
    1. Impact on TEN expected value due to border dispute between Ghana and Côte d'Ivoire
    1. Impact on TEN expected value due to delayed delivery
    1. Failure to adequately manage stakeholder relationships

FINANCIAL

    1. Insufficient liquidity and funding capability
    1. Failure to manage oil price risk

OPERATIONAL

    1. Loss of production revenue from Jubilee field
    1. Major operational incident
    1. Inability to replenish exploration portfolio
    1. Major cyber or information security incident
    1. Failure to retain or develop key staff

COMPLIANCE

  1. Major breach of business or ethical conduct standard
Risk and Executive responsibility
STRATEGIC
Link to business model Potential impact
1
Strategy not fully achievable in sustained
low oil prices
Aidan Heavey,
Chief Executive Officer
Sustainable long-term
value growth
• Tullow may be unable to deliver value
growth during a period of sustained
low oil price
• Inability to deleverage the business
2
Inability to progress major portfolio
management options
Ian Springett,
Chief Financial Officer
Finance & Portfolio
Management
• Inability to execute strategic farm
downs or divest non-core assets
• Potential over concentration of
risk in some areas
• Increased exposure to capex and
decommissioning costs
• Write down on acquired assets,
over-investment in mature assets
for low returns, using capital that
could be better invested elsewhere
• Reputational harm
3
Impact on TEN expected value
due to border dispute between
Ghana and Côte d'Ivoire
Paul McDade,
Chief Operating Officer
Development & Production • Loss of some of TEN reserves/
facilities and contractual rights if
ITLOS decision moves maritime
border and part of the field is in
Côte d'Ivoire waters
4
Impact on TEN expected value
due to delayed delivery
Paul McDade,
Chief Operating Officer
Development & Production • Delay in production start up and
revenue build up which impacts
financial performance and reputation
Mitigation and assurance 2015 outcomes and ongoing actions
• Tullow may be unable to deliver value
growth during a period of sustained
• Robust planning of strategy and business plan which is reviewed
and approved by the Board
• Improved Group capital allocation
process and reporting
• Inability to deleverage the business • Business plan includes options/alternatives for lower oil prices
that underpin the agreed strategy
• Continued review of cost structure
post MSP
• Strict capital allocation process in line with agreed business plan
• Rigorous monthly performance management and reporting
to track delivery
• Test and retain options for increased
EBITDA delivery
• Focus on deleveraging options
• Regular investor meetings with Executive to gain feedback
and challenge
• Inability to execute strategic farm
downs or divest non-core assets
• Potential over concentration of
• Maintain a highly competent transaction capability
• Conduct regular portfolio assessments with the Board as part of the
annual strategy review
• Adhere to relevant commercial and investment appraisal standards,
• Initiated bi-annual portfolio reviews
with Business Delivery Teams
• Portfolio review is part of the
Board's agendas
• Increased exposure to capex and
• Write down on acquired assets,
over-investment in mature assets
for low returns, using capital that
could be better invested elsewhere
and review of all major acquisition or divestment proposals
• Follow approval process with the Executive Directors and the Board
for any major decisions and new country entry to ensure a suitable
amount of screening, challenge and justification
• Conduct post-transactions reviews, whether completed or aborted
• Improve quality of portfolio analysis
• Execute current strategic
portfolio plan
• Progress and operate current
operations efficiently in order
to gain maximum value
• Regularly monitor the ITLOS case, analysing claims with expert
counsel assistance
• Case progressed in line with
schedule defined by ITLOS
facilities and contractual rights if
ITLOS decision moves maritime
border and part of the field is in
• Work closely with the Government of Ghana to fully understand
the potential impacts of movement in border and encouraging
continued dialogue between both countries
• Providing technical support and materials as requested
• Identifying other uses for rigs to avoid periods of inactivity
• Scenario analysis
• Alternative projects for planned
rig usage
• Delay in production start up and
revenue build up which impacts
financial performance and reputation
• Effective project management driven by execution plan and
competent professional project team
• Assurance plans and stage gated project delivery system in
place, including delivery of independent operations readiness
and assurance audits
• Regular project meetings with Tullow leadership and
major contractors
• Project over 85% complete in
February 2016, on track and on budget
• Continued tracking of project plan
progress with necessary interventions
• Series of workshops with TEN
team and major contractors
• Continually identifying and
mitigating new risks if they occur
• Bi-monthly project steering
group meetings
• Business transition plan
Risk and Executive responsibility Link to business model Potential impact
5
Failure to adequately manage
stakeholder relationships
Aidan Heavey,
Chief Executive Officer
Responsible Operations
Shared Prosperity
• Restrictions to operations,
leading to significant variances
in financial forecasts
• Contractual or regulatory change
could impact the viability of projects
• Portfolio of assets affected by licence
withdrawals or expropriation
• Reputational damage and loss
of social licence to operate
• Fines, penalties or criminal
prosecution
FINANCIAL
6
Insufficient liquidity and funding capability
Ian Springett,
Chief Financial Officer
Finance & Portfolio
Management
• Excessive leverage could lead to
the Group being unable to meet
its financial obligations
• Constrains ability to raise further debt
7
Failure to manage oil price risk
Commodity price volatility could reduce
cash flow and asset value by reduced:
Ian Springett,
Chief Financial Officer
Finance & Portfolio
Management
• Revenues
• EBITDA
• Debt capacity
• Funding to support investment
programme
OPERATIONAL
8
Loss of production revenue from Jubilee
Paul McDade,
Chief Operating Officer
Development & Production • Loss of some or all of Jubilee
production revenue for an extended
period of time due to the failure of
critical equipment
Mitigation and assurance 2015 outcomes and ongoing actions
• Restrictions to operations,
leading to significant variances
• Non-Technical Risk Standard sets minimum requirements
for stakeholder management
• Fully embedded Non-Technical Risk
Standard
• Contractual or regulatory change
could impact the viability of projects
• A quarterly political risk driver analysis is completed in partnership
with the Business Units
• Develop 'landscape level solution'
plans that map and articulate
• Portfolio of assets affected by licence • Country Strategy Papers, alongside stakeholder engagement plans,
provide context and a framework
integrated solutions for complex risks
• Develop an approach and plan to
withdrawals or expropriation
• Reputational damage and loss
• Skilled, experienced and competent staff are embedded in
Business Units and the Corporate Centre provides strategic
advice and assurance
obtain agreements with communities
• Develop a system to manage Group
Regulatory and non-Supply Chain
• Fines, penalties or criminal • Safety, Sustainability and External Affairs (SSEA) scorecard monitors
certain leading and lagging indicators of effectiveness such as work
stoppage man hours/total man hours, % closure of grievances
(SC) agreement compliance aligned
to the Non-SC Agreement
Management Standard
• Excessive leverage could lead to
the Group being unable to meet
• Prudent approach to diversified debt and equity, with
a balance maintained through business planning and
• \$450 million additional bank
commitments secured in 2015
• Constrains ability to raise further debt performance management processes
• Finance standard in place to ensure debt funding is optimised
• Strength of assets retained debt
capacity despite fall in oil prices
for all assets and projects
• The Board reviews and approves the financial strategy, the funding
• 2015 year end facility headroom
and free cash of \$1.9 billion; net
position and policy targets
• Short-term and long-term cash forecasts are reported to Senior
Management and to the Board on a regular basis
debt of \$4 billion
• Mark-to-market value of hedging
instruments \$623 million at end 2015
• Regular monitoring of maturities of facilities, and relationships
with lending banks and debt capital investors continually developed
• 2016 financing initiatives in progress;
discussions under way with
• Significant hedging policy adopted to protect against oil price volatility commercial banks to consider
possible refinancing/amendments
to the RBL and RCF facilities
• Capital allocation process
implemented to meet funding targets
• Board approved hedge programme to protect against low oil prices
• Programme is monitored monthly and communicated to the Board
• Mark-to-market value of hedges
at the end of 2015 was \$623 million
• Hedging programme must be executed in accordance with the policy,
with approvals sought ahead of execution
• Approximately 52 per cent
(64 per cent post-tax) of 2016
entitlement oil production hedged at
an average floor price of \$75/bbl
• Funding to support investment • Value of hedges support EBITDA
and contribute to debt capacity
under the RBL
• Loss of some or all of Jubilee
production revenue for an extended
• Ongoing Production Loss Reporting and Root Cause Analysis
to identify actions and prevent issues reoccurring
• 2015 gross production averaged
102,600 bopd
period of time due to the failure of • Integrity, operations and competency systems in place, supported
by critical spares and strategy and competency certification for all
• Ongoing analysis of FSPO systems
to strive for top quartile reliability
core crew
• External and internal assurance programme
• Jubilee Asset Integrity Audit
completed in 2015
• Appropriate standards and plans in place • Implementation of Asset Integrity
Improvement Plan
• Weekly review of maintenance, fortnightly Asset Integrity Improvement
Steering Committee, monthly Asset Integrity Management meetings
and analysis by both Business Unit and Group Operations
• Improvements to Competency
Assessments
• Purchase of critical spare equipment
as per agreed spares strategy
Risk and Executive responsibility Link to business model Potential impact
9
Major operational incident
Paul McDade,
Chief Operating Officer
Development & Production Major failure in Tullow operated asset
results in:
• multiple fatalities or serious injuries
• environmental damage or pollution
• asset damage or remediation
• mitigation costs and compensation
• reputational damage
10
Inability to replenish exploration portfolio
Angus McCoss,
Exploration Director
Exploration & Appraisal Failure to replenish exploration acreage
or fund new ventures results in:
• poor or no queue of drill-ready
prospects
• failure to deliver key element
of growth strategy
11
Major cyber or information security
incident
Angus McCoss,
Exploration Director
Governance & Risk
Management
A compromise could lead to:
• disruption to or halt of
critical business systems
• loss or theft of confidential
information, competitive
advantage and intellectual property
• financial and/or reputational harm
Mitigation and assurance 2015 outcomes and ongoing actions
During exploration and appraisal: • Jubilee Asset Integrity Audit
• Early well design and planning screening for new
exploration opportunities
completed in 2015
• Group-wide Well Delivery Process
• Well risk profiles reviewed by Senior Management
• Well design, process and equipment in accordance with Well
Design and Operations Standard, Well Control Standard and
associated procedures
During development and production:
• Minimum asset integrity, maintenance and planning
requirements mandated through Production Operations
Standard and associated procedures
• Use of computer-based maintenance systems and leading
corrosion management application system
• Independently verified Safety Case and Cases to Operate procedure
Audit completed
• Ongoing compilation of Asset
Integrity Action Plans
• Competency reviews and regular
monitoring of key data and procedures
to identify gaps or losses
• Identify and action improvements
to Competency Assessments
• Ongoing audit of implementation and
effectiveness of mitigation controls
and actions
Overall:
• Vigorous assurance processes both internally and externally
• Operations risk insurance coverage
• Jubilee Asset Integrity Project Improvement Steering Committee
meets fortnightly
• In case of incident, contingency/containment plans e.g. emergency
response procedures, with contracts in place for third-party support
• New opportunities are considered against existing portfolio
to maintain diversity of prospects
• Funding is limited and exploration portfolio reviewed annually
• BDTs, in particular New Ventures, tasked with actively seeking
and pursuing opportunities
• Exploration and Appraisal Values Controls Standard in place
• Exploration and Development Geosciences Executive team work
with BDTs and Commercial team on portfolio planning
• Corporate Centre assurance programme and central store of
all exploration data
• Twice-yearly review of exploration prospect inventory and tracking
of net prospective risked resources
• New licence granted in Guyana
• Farm-down of licences in Suriname,
Norway, Mauritania
• Review of New Ventures strategy
• Geoscientists focused on
seismic interpretation to
decipher best prospects
• Ongoing farm-downs to reduce
Tullow equity earlier in licence
cycle to gain carries and reduce costs
• Advanced Security Operations Centre (ASOC) provides global
monitoring, analysis, alerting and incident response
• Bespoke advanced security equipment is used at key operations
sites which are continually updated with relevant intelligence
• Active member of Cyber Information Sharing Partnership (CISP)
and maintain key government relationships which provide alerts
or response to hidden threats
• Third-party specialists analyse potential areas of weakness and
provide network assurance activities
• Group-wide awareness training, aligned with Information Security
Standard, conducted across Tullow's business and operations
• Ongoing Group-wide awareness
training, with additional bespoke
training for higher risk areas
• Ongoing improvement of network
infrastructure resilience
• Specialist external assurance of TEN
and Jubilee industrial control systems

1

Risk and Executive responsibility Link to business model Potential impact
12
Failure to retain or develop key staff
Aidan Heavey,
Chief Executive Officer
Organisation & Culture • Key skills and experience are not
available internally, impacting delivery
of the business plan
• Staff turnover increases resulting
in recruitment costs and possible
buy-in of short-term contractors
• Disengaged workforce not aligned
with culture of efficiency, performance
management and cost consciousness
• Localisation and organisational
plans may not be delivered,
affecting relationships with
national governments
• Competitors recruit Tullow staff
COMPLIANCE
13
Major breach of business or ethical
conduct standards
Aidan Heavey,
Chief Executive Officer
Ian Springett,
Chief Financial Officer
Governance & Risk
Management
• Unethical behaviour breaches
anti-corruption laws
• Investigations result in reputational
damage
• Cost impact through investigation
costs and fines
• Senior Officers liable under UK
Bribery Act
Mitigation and assurance 2015 outcomes and ongoing actions
career progression
Operations Committee meetings
management meetings
• Annual Employee Engagement Survey
• Annual review of reward package
• Nominations Committee focus on diversity plan
• Monthly reporting to Executives of HR analytics
and Executives, with key deliverables set each year
• Bi-annual performance and development cycle, with functions
and BDTs responsible for their employees' development and
• Succession planning, localisation and diversity objectives are
set and being actively progressed and key targets monitored
• Organisation structure designed for HR Business Partner to
report key staff data including resignations through the line
to BDT and functional discipline and to the HR function
• Organisation Strategy & Effectiveness (OSE) VP attends weekly
• Key people data reported to monthly and quarterly performance
• A staff engagement plan is agreed with HR, Communications
• Revised organisation design
with clear accountabilities
• Embedded performance
management framework
• Increased focus on staff
engagement to embed culture
• Implementation of employee
engagement plan
• Re-structured HR Delivery &
Reward team to ensure higher
level of capability and experience
• Review of total reward for all
employees planned in 2016 and
one-off Exceptional Share Award
made in 2015
• Diversity plan defined with actions
in place for 2016
certification process carried out with all staff
with online G&H register available to all staff
procedures in place, adhered to and maintained
• Implementation of the Tullow Code of Ethical Conduct, with annual
• Gifts and Hospitality (G&H) Standard adhered to and maintained,
• Other relevant Ethics & Compliance standards, policies and
• Leadership leading by example and advocating good behaviour
• Dedicated Ethics & Compliance Advisors in key Business Units
• Updated Code of Ethical Conduct
• Established Ethics & Compliance
Board sub-committee
• Ongoing development of a monitoring
and assurance plan to be used by
Business Units
• Planned development of an e-learning
solution to continue to promote the
contractors and other counter-parties • Appropriate anti-bribery and corruption provisions in agreements
with service providers, contractors and other counter-parties
• Appropriate due diligence carried out in relation to service providers, Code of Ethical Conduct
• Fraud Risk Awareness provided
to 591 staff
• Achieved 100 per cent completion of
the self-certification of compliance

with the Code of Ethical Conduct

1

CREATING A FIT FOR PURPOSE TULLOW

Despite the challenges of the downturn for Tullow and the industry, we ended 2015 with a new organisational structure that makes us more efficient, providing clearer lines of responsibility and accountability inside the business.

Tullow and the industry faced a year of significant challenge during 2015. Initiated ahead of the fall in oil price in 2014, work on our Major Simplification Project (MSP) dominated much of the year, leading to a restructuring aimed at driving efficiency and simplicity across the business, with clearer lines of accountability. The ultimate aim of the programme was to enhance shareholder value; make Tullow a more engaging and rewarding workplace for our staff; and over a three-year period, we expect to secure \$500 million in cost savings.

While there is more work to be done to embed the changes, it has already resulted in greater efficiency and a culture focused on better cost management and more regular and rigorous review and challenge of performance.

We have implemented a new three-pillar organisational operating model, comprised of three Business Delivery Teams (BDTs), a corporate centre and a team which delivers services requested by the BDTs across the whole organisation. Now, we have clearer lines of

Total workforce in 2015 was 1,403 (2014: 2,042) with 1,156 permanent staff (2014: 1,595) and 247 contractors (2014: 447). While Tullow's workforce has been reduced, we have also focused on engaging, reinvigorating and motivating our staff to help them focus on delivering our business objectives.

Employee engagement

Our 2014 annual employee survey, 'engageTullow', highlighted communication and organisational efficiency as areas for improvement. During the MSP, engagement with staff was a high priority. We held a series of focus groups with a cross-section of staff on why the MSP was needed and how it could have positive outcomes for the Company. In addition, we set up an internal confidential e-mail address

"Establishing a new organisation with clearer lines of responsibility and accountability was a key achievement in 2015. While there is more work to do, we are already a more efficient and performance focused business."

to encourage ideas and suggestions for organisational effectiveness from staff, and this platform became a critical and well-used feedback tool.

In light of the amount of change in the organisation and how frequently employees have been asked

to give feedback this year, we decided to postpone the annual employee survey until 2016.

Reward

Tullow's integrated reward strategy is designed to attract, retain and motivate the best talent in our industry. We aim to offer a transparent, competitive reward package of base salary, incentives and benefits, which reflects market practice and is fully compliant with the regulations in each of the countries where we operate. Our incentive plans are linked to the Company's financial and operational performance, as well as to individual achievement measured through Tullow's annual employee performance management process.

All permanent employees have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus and a share award based on how well they perform against their set objectives for the year. Our employee share award plans are intended to provide employees with a longer-term stake in the success of our business.

accountability for delivery in the Business Delivery Teams; the corporate centre is better positioned to provide the advice and direction, governance, and assurance expected by our stakeholders; and employees are clearer about their roles and what is expected of them.

This work and everything we do is underpinned by our values, which set the framework for our organisational culture. The behaviour we expect of our employees is set out in our Code of Ethical Conduct. We also work to create a consistent culture that embraces, understands and integrates the diverse set of international cultures and subcultures that make up our workforce.

The new operating model has also helped to create a more streamlined organisation that is appropriate for the level of work in our exploration, development and production portfolio. In addition to managed headcount reduction, there was a natural turnover of 6 per cent across the Group. In recognition of this year's challenging environment and employees' commitment to the Company, a one-off Exceptional Share Award was granted to permanent employees.

People plan

Our approach to attracting, developing and retaining people starts by identifying our requirements through business plans and resource planning activities. Although the reduction in headcount and the pressures in the industry have been challenging, we worked to ensure that talent management and any recruitment was aligned with current business needs and anticipated future requirements. We also continued to develop a succession pipeline for Executive leaders, senior managers and other critical roles.

We have now identified a pool of possible successors for 100 per cent of senior roles. During 2016, a robust assessment and development programme will be introduced to help develop future leaders. We have also looked at other critical roles and will ensure we have robust succession plans in place.

An inclusive workforce that enables employees to reach their full potential is crucial to our business success, and we strive to create an environment where all employees are treated fairly, equally and with respect. We have 57 nationalities in our workforce. Women made up 28 per cent (396/1,403) of our total workforce in 2015 and 22 per cent (76/338) of our managers and 17 per cent (2/12) of our Board of Directors.

Each of our key African Business Units is headed by African nationals, and 83 per cent of our Ghanaian Leadership Team is now represented by African nationals. Kenyan and Ugandan nationals make up 67 per cent of those respective Business Unit's leadership teams.

In 2014, we reported on our plans to develop and meet clear diversity targets, but in light of the focus on the reorganisation and the reduction in headcount during the year, we deferred this work. Our 2016 Diversity Plan, which is on the Board's agenda, will focus on setting nationality and gender targets with proactive monitoring and reporting against these goals.

1

Tullow employees in the Accra office, Ghana

The plan is aimed at being proportionate and with a nationality mix representative of our asset geographies, as well as seeking gender diversity particularly in senior leadership teams. Our local offices will primarily employ local nationals, and expatriate employees will have personal objectives committing them to training and development of local staff to support the Group's localisation strategies, succession targets and our commitment to shared prosperity.

Our recruitment practices will change and broaden to proactively seek out, attract and encourage stronger nationality and gender diversity in our workforce to deliver our Diversity Plan.

Training and development

There was a decrease in the amount of staff training that took place during 2015 as a direct result of the reorganisation. Some notable initiatives introduced were the in-house Passport to Manage course for new and inexperienced managers and team leaders, and the launch of Fundamentals of the Oil and Gas Industry – an interactive training and e-learning tool available on Tullow's intranet.

Tullow continued its support of the Chartered Engineering Council-accredited Well Engineering Development Programme, achieving an 88 per cent retention rate of those who participated since the programme started in 2012.

During 2016, we plan to implement a 70:20:10 Development Framework that supports learning through experience, mentoring and formal training.

SHARED PROSPERITY

CREATING A POSITIVE LONG-TERM LEGACY

As Africa's leading independent oil company, Tullow has a role to play in creating shared prosperity and leaving a legacy of sustainable social and economic benefits. We aim to do this by paying fair and appropriate amounts of tax, being transparent in the payments we make to governments, creating local employment, and building capacity to enable local businesses to bid successfully for contracts.

Tax transparency

Our payments to governments, including payments in kind, amounted to \$391 million in 2015 (2014: \$518 million).

Total payments to all major stakeholder groups including employees, suppliers and communities, as well as governments, brought our total socio-economic contribution to \$1.1 billion (2014: \$1.4 billion). This included \$309 million spent with local suppliers, \$359 million in payroll globally and \$8 million in discretionary spend on social projects.

Our total payment made to the Ghanaian Government in 2015 was \$237 million (2014: \$314 million). The reduction in income taxes paid was partly offset by an increase in our carried interest of approximately \$30 million and withholding tax of \$20 million. Other tax payments such as Value Added Tax and PAYE & national insurance were broadly consistent with 2014.

Lower oil prices and continued investment in the TEN Project will continue to have an impact on our likely payment of taxes to the Government of Ghana in 2016.

Opportunities for local businesses

Local content expenditures by contrast have increased by 37 per cent across the Group and have almost doubled in Ghana. This is largely due to the ongoing concerted effort of the government, Tullow and our Joint Venture partners to identify contracts where local businesses can tender for the supply of goods and services locally. In 2015, in Ghana we spent \$226 million (2014: \$124 million) with local businesses. This expenditure also does not include the significant sums that our international suppliers spend with local businesses, which is as a direct result of our contracting strategy, which requires our international suppliers to maximise opportunities for local businesses within their contracts with Tullow.

Full disclosure under the UK Regulations of taxes and other payments to governments of our host countries can be found on page 171.

Operationally, our contracting and procurement processes are critical to delivering Local Content and we structure our contracts to optimise the amount of goods and services that can be sourced locally. We ensure that local companies are given the opportunity to prequalify for contracts and that our international suppliers submit Local Content Development Plans as part of contract tenders. These plans are part of our selection and award process and are continually reviewed throughout the life of the contract to ensure commitments are met.

Local job creation

We aim to align our local hiring policies with our host governments' priorities, and we work to ensure that local staff make up the majority of our skilled workforce. Our localisation programmes focus on training and skills transfer through mentoring and job shadowing. Most contracts during the exploration and appraisal phase tend to be short term, making the recruitment and training of local staff problematic. This becomes easier during the development and production phases, when there is a clearer business case for the investment in required training programmes.

In Ghana, Tullow meets the requirements of the Local Content and Local Participation Bill (2013) and we have a target of employing local nationals in more than 90 per cent of positions for the Jubilee Field Phase I Development.

NATIONALS IN COUNTRY AND BUSINESS UNIT (%)

  • ∙Local nationals as a % of in country workforce
  • ∙Local nationals as a % of business unit staff
  • ∙Local nationals as a % of business unit workforce

Local nationals as a % of in country staff

This year, in our Ghana Business Unit, the proportion of our expatriate staff marginally increased, reflecting the need to secure expertise for the TEN and the Jubilee Field Full Development Projects that was not available in Ghana. Once all operational phases of these projects are under way, the proportion of expatriates will decrease.

Although we have made progress in employing more local staff across all functions in Ghana, they remain underrepresented in technical and engineering roles. Overall, permanent staff who are Ghanaian nationals make up 67 per cent of our Ghana-based workforce and 83 per cent of our permanent Ghana-based staff. However, the number of nationals as a proportion of our technical staff lags behind our target.

In Kenya, as the Government prepares for the development of its oil and gas resources, its draft national content legislation is expected to come before parliament in 2016. This will build on the Petroleum Act that already requires Tullow to prioritise the employment and development of Kenyan nationals. Currently, Tullow Kenya has 194 permanent employees and contractors working in our Nairobi offices and in the field, 61 per cent of whom are Kenyan nationals. Permanent staff who are nationals working in Tullow Kenya, represent 78 per cent of our employee base. We are committed to increasing the proportion of local staff and developing sector-specific skills and we continue to coordinate this effort with our partners and the Government. Improving this performance will be an area of focus in 2016.

Our Kenyan operations have created a number of local supply chain opportunities for businesses in Turkana. For example, Kapese Transporters specialise in providing light and heavy vehicles to transport personnel and materials to drill locations. Over the last five years, Kapese have increased the number of vehicles in their fleet and have been able to strategically diversify their business to include the supply of spare parts.

Invest in Africa

Invest in Africa (IIA) was founded in 2012 by Tullow Oil with the vision of partnering with companies across sectors to create thriving African economies.

LOCAL CONTENT (\$ MILLION)

In Ghana, IIA is working to empower local enterprise and increase links to international companies with West Africa's first online business platform – the African Partner Pool (APP). The APP allows Ghanaian small to medium sized enterprises to better promote their services and helps investors choose the best local businesses to partner with.

1

For example, prior to joining the APP, one of the major challenges faced by Adentiti, a Ghanaian IT supply company, was identifying and responding to tenders from larger companies in a quick and easy way. According to Business Development Manager Kafui Bokor: "The decision to join the APP was the solution that completely simplified Adentiti's search for tenders."

Adentiti now has access to opportunities from some of the biggest buyers in Ghana such as General Electric, Newmont Mining, Ecobank and others. After winning a tender posted on the APP, Adentiti has established a profitable business relationship with UT Bank. Adentiti is just one of over 1,000 companies registered on the APP and Kafui concluded: "Adentiti has received so many benefits from being a member. I urge my fellow local SMEs to register to enjoy the many benefits it offers."

Social investment

We support investment in education and training programmes to develop the future pipeline of expertise required by the oil and gas industry in the medium and long term. We try to ensure that our technical and vocational skills training programmes provide both relevant and transferable skills that will enhance long-term socioeconomic stability and boost growth in our host countries and communities.

Tullow Group Scholarship Scheme

Tullow's flagship social investment project remains the Tullow Group Scholarship Scheme. It is administered by the British Council and aims to build capacity in our host countries. \$24 million has been invested over five years and students are sponsored to take academic and vocational courses at leading institutions. Over 400 students have benefited to date and 227 students have completed their courses. Participants have a 93 per cent employment rate following their studies.

This Strategic Report and the information referred to herein have been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin Massie Corporate Counsel and Company Secretary

OUR EAST AFRICA BUSINESS

Tullow has a large onshore acreage position in Uganda and Kenya and considers this region to have great potential. To date, the Group has discovered a total of 2.3 billion barrels of oil in the Lake Albert Basin in Uganda and the South Lokichar Basin in Kenya. Tullow is focused on its continued exploration in Kenya and progressing the regional development.

CORPORATE 2 GOVERNANCE

2

Directors' report 70
Audit Committee report 79
Nominations Committee report 84
EHS Committee report 86
Ethics & Compliance Committee report 88
Directors' remuneration report 90
Other statutory information 107

DIRECTORS' REPORT

APPLYING THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

The UK Corporate Governance Code

Tullow Oil plc is required, under the UK Listing Rules, to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the 'Code') published by the Financial Reporting Council (the 'FRC') in September 2014, for the year ended 31 December 2015. A copy of the Code is available at www.frc.org.uk. In 2014, the FRC published the Code which applies to financial reporting periods commencing on or after 1 October 2014 and which replaced the previous UK Corporate Governance Code published in September 2012. The Code contains a number of new provisions, including requiring companies to: make greater disclosures of their strategic approach to risk and risk management; make a statement about the long-term viability and prospects of the company; ensure that remuneration policies are designed to deliver long-term benefits to the company and include measures for claw-back on variable pay; and, in cases where a significant proportion of shareholders oppose any particular measure, explain the actions the company intends to take to understand the reasons for this opposition.

This corporate governance report describes how the Company has applied the principles and standards set out in the Code during the year and sets out our activities relating to the main sections of the Code: Leadership, Effectiveness, Accountability, Remuneration and Relations with Shareholders.

The Company is also required to disclose whether it has complied with the more detailed provisions of the Code during the year and, to the extent it has not done so, to explain any deviations from them. It is the Board's view that the Company has fully complied with all of the provisions of the Code during the year ended 31 December 2015.

Leadership

The long-term success of the Company is the collective responsibility of the Board.

The role of the Board

The Board is accountable to shareholders for the creation and delivery of strong, sustainable financial performance and long-term shareholder value. It meets these aims through setting the Group's strategy and ensuring that the necessary resources are available to achieve the agreed strategic goals. The Board also sets the Company's key policies and reviews management and financial performance. The Board operates within a framework of controls and these clear procedures, lines of responsibility and delegated authorities allow risk to be assessed and managed effectively. These are underpinned by the Board's work to set the Group's core values and standards of business conduct and ensure that these, together with the Group's obligations to its stakeholders, are widely understood across all its activities.

Board meetings and visits

The Board and its Committees deal with its core activities in planned meetings throughout the year. Matters which require decisions outside the scheduled meetings are dealt with through additional ad hoc meetings and conference calls. During 2015, the Board met eight times. A programme of strategy presentations covering a wide number of operational and other issues is made to the Board in June each year. During the year, each of the Regional Vice Presidents and other heads of functions presented a strategic overview of their respective area to the Board for endorsement. In particular, the Board reviewed and endorsed non-technical risk strategies for its major areas of operations.

The Board normally holds one Board meeting at a principal overseas office of the Group. These meetings ensure that the Board has a clear knowledge of the Company's overseas operations. During the trip, Senior Management from across the Group present to the Board and have an opportunity to meet its members informally. In addition, the Board meets a broad cross-section of staff, assesses Senior Managers and reviews in depth operational matters and, in particular, matters relating to non-technical risks. In October 2015, the Board travelled to Accra.

The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer maintain frequent contact with the other Directors in addition to the regular Board meetings. This ensures that all members of the Board have an opportunity to discuss any issues of concern and to be fully briefed on the Group's operations.

Matters reserved

The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved that can only be decided by the Board. This schedule is reviewed by the Board each year. The key matters reserved are the consideration and approval of:

  • The Group's overall strategy;
  • Financial Statements and dividend policy;
  • Borrowings and treasury policy;
  • Material acquisitions and disposals, material contracts, major capital expenditure projects and budgets;
  • Entry into new countries;
  • Risk management and internal controls (supported by the Audit Committee);
  • Succession planning and appointments (supported by the Nominations Committee);
  • The Group's corporate governance and compliance arrangements; and
  • Corporate policies.

Summary of the Board's work in the year

During 2015, the Board considered all relevant matters within its remit, with a particular focus on the following issues:

  • Strategy and resource allocation;
  • Non-technical risks in major areas of operation;
  • Portfolio management;
  • Finance and treasury;
  • Governance and compliance;
  • Assurance, risk and internal audit; and
  • Organisational design, capacity and succession planning.

Attendance at meetings

The attendance of Directors at the eight scheduled meetings of the Board held during 2015 was as follows:

Director No. of meetings attended
(out of a total possible)
Tutu Agyare 8/8
Mike Daly 8/8
Anne Drinkwater 8/8
Ann Grant 8/8
Aidan Heavey 8/8
Steve Lucas 8/8
Graham Martin 8/8
Angus McCoss 8/8
Paul McDade 8/8
Ian Springett 7/8
Simon Thompson 8/8
Jeremy Wilson 8/8

In addition to the Board members, a number of Senior Managers attend relevant sections of Board meetings by invitation.

Division of responsibilities

The Chairman, Simon Thompson, is primarily responsible for the effective working of the Board, whilst the Chief Executive Officer, Aidan Heavey, is responsible for the operational management of the business, for developing strategy in consultation with the Board and for implementation of the strategy. This separation of responsibilities is clearly defined and agreed by the Board.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

DIRECTORS' REPORT CONTINUED

The Chairman

The Chairman leads the Board, setting the agenda and ensuring that the meetings provide adequate time for discussion. From the time of his appointment as Chairman on 1 January 2012, Simon Thompson met the independence criteria set out in the Code and continues to do so.

Non-executive Directors

The non-executive Directors have a broad range of business and commercial experience. They provide independent and constructive challenge to the Executive Management and monitor the performance of the management team in delivering the agreed objectives and targets. At the end of every scheduled Board meeting, the Chairman holds a discussion with the non-executive Directors without the Executive Directors. These are supplemented by informal meetings between the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the non-executive Directors.

The non-executive Directors receive regular briefings on the more technical and operational aspects of the Group's activities. These include major offshore development projects (e.g. TEN). Non-executive Directors with particular expertise in these areas also meet the Chief Operating Officer and the Exploration Director to discuss operations in more detail.

Non-executive Directors are initially appointed for a term of three years, which may, subject to satisfactory performance and re-election by shareholders, be extended by mutual agreement.

Senior Independent Director

The Senior Independent Director, Ann Grant, is available to meet shareholders if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through discussion with the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer or for matters where such contact would be inappropriate. During the year, she met with the other non-executive Directors without the Chairman to discuss the Chairman's performance.

Board Committees

The Board has delegated matters to five Committees: the Audit Committee, the EHS Committee, the Ethics & Compliance Committee, the Nominations Committee and the Remuneration Committee and the Board is satisfied that the Committees have sufficient resources to carry out their duties effectively. Their terms of reference are reviewed and approved annually by the Board and the respective Committee Chairs report on their activities at the next Board meeting. Details of Committee membership, roles and work are set out later in this report: the Audit Committee on page 79, the EHS Committee on page 86, the Ethics & Compliance Committee on page 88, the Nominations Committee on page 84, and the Remuneration Committee on page 90.

Individual delegations

In addition to delegating certain matters to Board Committees, the Board has also delegated certain operational and management matters to the Executive Directors. In line with ICSA guidance, the Board approved formal terms of reference for the Executive Directors' Committee in December 2015.

Effectiveness

Composition of the Board

The Board currently comprises the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, four other Executive Directors and six independent non-executive Directors. Their biographical details are set out on pages 50 and 51.

The Directors believe that the Board and its Committees consist of Directors with an appropriate balance of skills, experience, independence and diversity of background to enable them to discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively. The composition of the Board did not change during the course of 2015.

BOARD TENURE

2015 BOARD TIME

∙Strategy & Stakeholder Management 24%
∙Financial management 28%
∙SSEA 12%
∙D&O 14%
∙E&A 7%
∙Governance/Risk Management 15%

Independence

The Board considers each of the non-executive Directors to be independent in character and judgement. The Board is fully satisfied that Ann Grant demonstrates complete independence and robustness of character and judgement in her capacity as Senior Independent Director. The Board is of the view that no individual or group of individuals dominates decision making.

Appointments to the Board

The Nominations Committee reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board and makes recommendations to the Board about any changes required. As part of the appointments process, candidates disclose any other significant time commitments they may have and are required to inform the Board of any subsequent changes to such commitments.

Commitment

All Directors have disclosed their other significant commitments and confirmed that they have sufficient time to discharge their duties effectively.

Training and development needs

Induction

All new Directors receive an induction programme when they join the Board. This reflects their background, experience and knowledge and their understanding of the upstream oil industry and Tullow in particular. The programme includes one-to-one meetings with Senior Management, functional and Business Unit heads and, where appropriate, visits to the Group's principal offices and operations. New Directors also receive an overview of their duties, corporate governance policies and Board processes.

Familiarisation and development

All members of the Board have access to appropriate professional development courses to support them in meeting their obligations and duties. During the year, Directors attended external seminars on relevant topics relating to the business. They also receive ongoing briefings on current developments, including updates on governance and regulatory issues.

Information and support

Independent advice

Directors have access to independent professional advice, at the Company's expense, on any matter relating to their responsibilities.

The Company Secretary

The Company Secretary is Kevin Massie, who is also the Company's Corporate Counsel. He is responsible for ensuring compliance with all Board procedures and for providing advice to Directors when required. The Company Secretary provides company secretarial services to the Board and the Group. He acts as secretary to the Audit, Ethics & Compliance, Nominations and Remuneration Committees and has direct access to the Chairs of these Committees.

Board evaluation

In 2015 the Board undertook an internal evaluation of its own performance and effectiveness and also that of its Committees and individual Directors. The evaluation was facilitated by Lintstock Ltd and each of the Directors was required to submit responses to a series of questionnaires designed to the specific circumstances of the Company and, in particular, to pick up on themes identified in the 2014 exercise, including the composition and expertise of the Board, strategic oversight, risk management and internal control, succession planning, human resource management and a review of past decisions. In addition, the Chairman conducted a process of interviews between himself and each of the individual Directors.

The results of the survey determined that the performance and composition of the Board and its Committees were adequate and found a strong alignment within the Board on the key strategic priorities in the year to come. The Board determined that its allocation of time and priorities and particularly its focus on strategy had improved in 2015. Discussions at Board meetings continued to display a positive balance of support and healthy challenge of management exercised by the non-executive Directors. The review noted a recent improvement in the presentation of information with a focus on the need for clearly articulating any decisions sought. The time management by the Board and each of its Committees was improved following a review and restructuring of its annual rolling agenda and meetings schedule. Finally, the review noted that the Board would need to continue to review: the size and composition of the Board and its Committees; the diversity and succession planning for Executive Directors and Senior Management; the utilisation of the non-executive Directors' expertise; and the Board's focus on strategic priorities and the market environment. The Board objectives for 2016 (set out on the next page) reflect the action plan and priorities agreed by all the Directors as part of the 2015 Board evaluation.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

DIRECTORS' REPORT CONTINUED

The internal Board evaluation carried out in 2015 followed the independent and interview-driven Board evaluation conducted by Lintstock in 2013 and the subsequent internal evaluation facilitated by Lintstock in 2014. This completes a three-year cycle of Board evaluation and it is envisaged that, in accordance with the requirements of the Code, the Board will commission a new external facilitation of the Board evaluation in 2016. Lintstock have no other connection to the Company.

Board objectives

We remain confident that the Board and the wider leadership team have the experience and track record to meet the Company's aims of delivering long-term growth and successfully managing the challenges of an expanding international company. The Board sets its specific future objectives at the end of each year and they reflect the particular focus of the Company in the year ahead. Progress against each objective is tracked by the Company Secretary and reviewed with the Chairman at the mid-year point.

The following table shows how the Board performed against the 2015 objectives and also details the priorities and rolling agenda items the Board will focus on in 2016.

Re-election

All Directors seek re-election every year and accordingly all Directors will stand for re-election in 2016 (with the exception of Graham Martin who the Company has already announced will retire at the end of the AGM in April 2016). The Board has set out in the Notice of AGM its reasons for supporting the re-election of each of the Directors at the forthcoming AGM.

2015 Board objectives
Strategy and
execution
• Regularly review strategy in light of market,
political and socio-economic developments.
• Deliver the TEN Project on time and on
budget.
• Progress development plans for Kenya/
Uganda.
• Reduce expenditure and ensure high-grading
of exploration opportunities.
• Reduce costs, maximise cash flow from
operations and manage business within
prudent funding constraints.
Risk
management
Continue to strengthen processes for
identification, management and assurance of
financial, technical and non-technical risks,
with a particular focus on:
• Safety, health and environment;
• Reserves and resources management;
• Capital project management;
• Community relations and social performance;
• Government relations;
• Liquidity management; and
• Improving performance management.
Governance
and values
• Maintain and enhance Tullow's culture
and values throughout the re-shaping
of the business.
• Update the Code of Business Conduct
to reflect trends and best practices
and reinforce compliance with it.
Organisational
capacity
• Redesign, streamline and simplify
organisational structure to deliver
revised strategy.
• Continue to strengthen Human
Resource function.
• Continue to strengthen Commercial function.
• Progress Senior Executive development
plans and strengthen succession planning
for key positions.
• Further increase diversity of talent pipeline.
Stakeholder
engagement
• Ensure that shareholders, staff and other
major stakeholders understand and are
aligned with the revised strategy.
• Further enhance engagement with
governments and Civil Society Organisations
(CSOs) in our principal countries of operation.
2015 Performance 2016 Board objectives
• The strategy was debated at the Board's annual strategy offsite in June
and regularly reviewed throughout the year, as market conditions evolved.
• The Board received regular updates on the TEN Project and travelled to
Ghana in October to be briefed by the project team. The Ghana trip also
allowed Directors to visit key facilities, including the FPSO.
• In Uganda, CGT and historic VAT issues were resolved. The Government
of Kenya and Uganda issued a joint statement agreeing the Northern
pipeline route in August. A draft field development plan for discoveries
in the South Lokichar Basin in Kenya was submitted to the Government
of Kenya in December.
• The exploration budget was reduced to \$200 million.
• The Major Simplification Project resulted in significant headcount and
cost reductions across the Group. Headroom and liquidity were actively
monitored throughout the year, amid a rapidly declining oil price. Tullow's
prudent hedging policy helped to maximise cash flow and the business
was managed within funding constraints.
Test Tullow's strategy against evolving market and
socio-political conditions to ensure that we:
• Reduce costs, maximise cash flow from
operations and manage the business
to deleverage the balance sheet;
• Pursue portfolio management options;
• Deliver the TEN Project on time and on budget;
• Create options for future growth, and continue
to high-grade prospects, while minimising
exploration expenditure; and
• Eliminate non-core activities and focus
on core value-creation opportunities.
• A revised enterprise risk management process was implemented, which
maps Tullow's key risks, potential impacts, mitigation strategies and
assurance processes.
• A new Integrated Management System has been launched across the
Tullow Group to centralise and simplify corporate policies and standards.
• The Board receives regular reporting of project specific technical and
non-technical risks.
• The Board receives quarterly political risk reports highlighting emerging
issues in the countries and regions where Tullow is active.
• Performance management has been added as a key component of
the strategic people plan and is subject to regular Board review.
Ensure the effective implementation of the revised
enterprise risk management process. Maintain
focus on:
• Liquidity management;
• Operational and project risk;
• Safety, health and environment;
• Community relations and social performance;
• Reserves and resources management; and
• Government relations.
• The Major Simplification Project involved extensive staff engagement
aimed at establishing a more cost-conscious, entrepreneurial culture with
clearer lines of responsibility and accountability for the delivery of the
agreed strategy.
• A revised Code of Ethical Conduct was approved by the Board and is
currently being rolled-out across the Group.
• Maintain and enhance Tullow's culture and
values under challenging market conditions.
• Ensure the new Code of Ethical Conduct is
embedded and encourage all levels of
management to champion the new Code.
• Ensure that the Integrated Management
System is embedded and that Tullow's policies,
standards and procedures are consistently
followed and result in efficient, safe and
responsible operations.
• The Major Simplification Project was completed during the year
resulting in a significantly smaller and more streamlined organisation.
Efforts are ongoing to enhance performance management and
accountability in the business.
• A new Group Head of Reward has joined the HR team along with key
hires in a strengthened commercial function.
• Succession planning, diversity and talent management were regularly
discussed at Board level with an acknowledgement that improvement
is required in these areas. Processes to expedite the identification
and development of a more diverse talent pool are under preparation.
A new diversity KPI will be introduced in 2016.
• Monitor and assess the new organisational
design. Continue to look for ways to improve
efficiency, effectiveness and accountability.
• Continue to develop effective succession
planning for the Executive Directors and
Senior Management.
• Develop detailed plans to enhance the
diversity of the leadership pipeline.
• Both Executive and non-executive Directors engaged with shareholders,
staff, CSOs and other major stakeholders throughout the year.
• Internal communications were enhanced as part of the Major
Simplification Project.
• Ensure that shareholders, staff and other
major stakeholders understand and are aligned
with the Tullow strategy.
• Engage with shareholders and other key
stakeholders to develop an appropriate
remuneration policy for approval by
shareholders in 2017.
• Further enhance engagement with
governments and CSOs in our principal
countries of operation.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

Communication and dialogue

Exploration and production companies have faced yet another challenging year. Oil prices falling to unexpected lows has impacted both companies and investors, and the sector, as a whole, continues to experience some negative shareholder sentiment.

Tullow recognises that it is important to maintain open and transparent communication with shareholders and potential investors, especially in these difficult times. We do this through meetings, presentations, investor conferences and ad hoc events with institutional investors and sell-side analysts. Over the year, the Investor Relations (IR) team and Senior Management met some 380 institutions and the Group participated in approximately 40 roadshows and investor conferences around the world. Executive Directors and Senior Management met institutional investors in the UK, Europe, Ghana, Asia Pacific, South Africa and North America.

Tullow also participated in a roadshow for Socially Responsible Investors (SRI) following the release of our 2014 CR Report in April 2015. These meetings provided an opportunity to discuss topics including health and safety, the environment, corporate governance, bribery and corruption, country and political risk and other operational matters. The meetings were hosted by our Vice President of SSEA and Head of IR.

Tullow's fourth Ghana Investor Forum took place in May 2015 in Accra. The event gave key institutional shareholders the chance to hear presentations and question the Executive Directors and Senior Managers from the Ghana Business Unit. The Group recognises the importance of continued shareholder engagement with our 9,000 Ghanaian shareholders, and Tullow plans to give a 'Facts Behind the Figures' presentation to investors and brokers at the Ghana Stock Exchange in the second half of 2016.

Meetings with Board members

Outside these formal events, institutional shareholders are offered the opportunity to meet the Chairman to discuss any issues and concerns in relation to the Group's governance and strategy. Non-executive Directors are also available to attend meetings with major shareholders if requested to do so.

The Board is kept in touch with market developments following major operational announcements through regular summaries from the Investor Relations team. They also receive a monthly Board Report which includes shareholder analysis, shareholder feedback and Tullow's performance against our peers.

Keeping shareholders informed

We ensure shareholders can access details of the Group's results and other news releases through the London Stock Exchange's Regulatory News Service. In addition, these news releases are published on the Media section of the Group's website: www.tullowoil.com. Updates and details of the

∙ Other 17%

SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS BY GEOGRAPHY

∙ UK 55%
∙ Europe 19%
∙ North America 20%
∙ Rest of the world 6%

SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS BY CATEGORY

∙Mutual Fund Manager 29%
∙Pension Fund Manager 18%
∙Asset Manager 12%
∙Insurance Fund Manager 11%
∙Private Banking 7%
∙Other 23%

status of exploration and development programmes are also available on the website. Shareholders and other interested parties can subscribe to email news updates by registering online on the website. The Group continually looks for ways to improve how we use online channels to communicate with our stakeholders. As part of this work Tullow launched a new corporate website in the first half of 2015. Among the improvements, the new site provides a consistent experience for all desktop, tablet and mobile devices. Since its launch in April, the new corporate website has had just under 200,000 unique visitors and around one million page views.

We are also responding to the growing use of social media by shareholders and the media. The Group has circa 16,700 followers on its corporate Twitter account, circa 12,000 on Facebook, circa 65,800 on its LinkedIn account and the films provided on YouTube have received circa 124,000 views.

Another important way we keep shareholders informed is through regular formal reporting and Tullow's Annual and Corporate Responsibility Reports are available on the corporate website.

Communicating with bond holders

Tullow has two corporate bonds and the IR and Group Finance teams have continued their engagement with our bond investors through a number of High Yield conferences and one-on-one meetings throughout the year.

2016 KEY SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENTS

January

Trading Statement and Operational Update

February Full Year Results

March Full Year Results roadshows

April

Annual General Meeting Annual General Meeting Trading Update

July

Trading Statement and Operational Update Half Year Results

September Half Year Results roadshows

November November Trading Update

WWW.TULLOWOIL.COM

Financial results, events, corporate reports, webcasts and fact books are all stored in the Investor Relations section of our website www.tullowoil.com/investors.

2015 Annual Report and Accounts www.tullowoil.com/reports

Accountability

This Report provides shareholders with a clear assessment of the Group's position and prospects supplemented, as required, by other periodic financial and trading statements.

The Board's arrangements for the application of risk management and internal control principles are detailed below. The Board has delegated oversight of the relationship with the Group's external auditors to the Audit Committee. Their work is outlined in the Audit Committee report on page 79.

Going concern

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion of debt liquidity headroom and free cash at the end of 2015. The Group's forecasts, taking into account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

Notwithstanding our forecasts of liquidity headroom throughout the 12-month period, there remains a risk, given the volatility of the oil price environment and its impact on operating cash flows and facility availability, that the Group's liquidity position may deteriorate and/or the Group may become technically non-compliant with one of its financial covenants at the end of 2016.

To mitigate this risk, we will continue to maintain our long-term banking relations and will monitor our cash flow projections and, if necessary, take mitigating actions well in advance to maintain our liquidity and compliance with covenants. Actions available to the Group include further rationalisation of our cost base, cuts to discretionary capital expenditure, portfolio management and other funding options.

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

Internal controls

The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the Group's systems of internal control, which are designed to safeguard the assets of the Group and to ensure the reliability of financial information for both internal use and external publication and to comply with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Overall control is ensured by a regular detailed reporting system covering both technical progress of projects and the state of the Group's financial affairs. The Board has put in place procedures for identifying, evaluating and managing principal risks that face the Group. Principal risks are regularly reported to the Board.

Tullow recognises that any system of internal control can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that material financial irregularities will be detected or that the risk of failure to achieve business objectives is eliminated. However, the Board's objective is to ensure that Tullow has appropriate systems in place for the identification and management of risks.

In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board of Directors is required to monitor the Company's risk management and internal control systems and, at least annually, carry out a review of their effectiveness, and report on that review in the Annual Report. At Tullow, the Board has delegated responsibility for this assessment to the Audit Committee, and results of the assessment are described on pages 82 and 83.

Remuneration

The Board has delegated responsibility for agreeing the remuneration policy for the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Executive Directors and senior executives to the Remuneration Committee. Its role and activities are set out in the Directors' Remuneration Report on page 98.

Constructive use of the AGM

At the AGM held on 30 April 2015, shareholders received presentations setting out the key developments in the business and put questions to the Chairman, the Chairmen of the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees and other members of the Board. A business presentation was held in Dublin on 1 May 2015 following the AGM.

A poll was used to vote for all resolutions at the 2015 AGM, and the final results (which included all votes cast for, against and those withheld) were announced via the London Stock Exchange and on the Company's corporate website. Notice of the AGM is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting.

On behalf of the Board

Simon R Thompson

Chairman

9 February 2016

MORE INFORMATION

Risk Management 52
Long-term viability statement 55

AUDIT COMMITTEE

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

Strong corporate governance and risk management is a key part of Tullow's business model and the Board and Audit Committee continue to be focused on maintaining high standards of governance and risk management across the Group. The Audit Committee oversees the financial reporting process in order to make sure that the information provided to the shareholders is fair, balanced and understandable and allows assessment of the Company's position, performance, business model and strategy. The Audit Committee also oversaw the risk management and internal control system and we were pleased that during 2015 the risk management process has been considerably enhanced and internal controls have been further improved following the finalisation of SAP roll-out and formalisation of the fraud risk management framework, both of which strengthen control over accounting and reporting practices.

A key agenda item for the Audit Committee in 2015 was implementation of the changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code and the revised Financial Reporting Council (FRC) guidelines, which were published in the second half of 2014. Following the Board review of our risk management processes across the Group, the new risk management policy and standards have been approved which introduce a consistent enterprise-wide process of managing risk at Tullow. The Audit Committee plays an active role in that process by making sure it meets business needs and remains fit for purpose.

Steve Lucas

Chairman of the Audit Committee

9 February 2016

Governance

Steve Lucas has been Audit Committee Chairman since May 2012. Steve, who is a Chartered Accountant, was finance director at National Grid plc from 2002 to 2010. It is a requirement of the UK Corporate Governance Code that at least one Committee member has recent and relevant financial experience and Steve Lucas therefore meets this requirement. The other members of the Audit Committee are Ann Grant, Tutu Agyare, Anne Drinkwater, Jeremy Wilson and Mike Daly. Biographies of the Committee members are given on pages 50 and 51. Together the members of the Committee bring a broad range of industry, commercial and financial experience which is vital in supporting effective governance. The Company Secretary serves as the secretary to the Committee.

The Chief Financial Officer, the Group Internal Audit Manager, the Vice President – Finance and Commercial and representatives of the external auditors are invited to attend each meeting of the Committee and participated in all of the meetings during 2015. The Chairman of the Board also attends meetings of the Committee by invitation and was present at all of the meetings in 2015. The external auditors and the Group Internal Audit Manager have unrestricted access to the Committee Chairman.

In 2015, the Audit Committee met on four occasions. Meetings are scheduled to allow sufficient time for full discussion of key topics and to enable early identification and resolution of risks and issues. Meetings are aligned with the Group's financial reporting calendar.

The Committee reviewed and updated its terms of reference during the year. These are in line with best practice and reflect the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the FRC's 2012 Guidance on Audit Committees, the FRC's 2014 Guidance on Risk Management and Internal Control, and the Competition and Markets Authority's The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. The Audit Committee's terms of reference can be accessed via the corporate website. The Board approved the terms of reference on 8 December 2015.

Summary of responsibilities

The Committee's detailed responsibilities are described in its terms of reference and include:

  • Monitor the integrity of the Financial Statements of the Group, reviewing and reporting to the Board on significant financial reporting issues and judgements, among others including going concern and viability assessments;
  • Review and, where necessary, challenge the consistency of significant accounting policies, and whether appropriate accounting standards have been used;
  • Review the content of the Annual Report and Accounts and advise the Board on whether it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess Tullow's position, performance, business model and strategy;

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

  • Monitor and review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's internal financial controls and internal control and risk management systems;
  • Review the adequacy of the whistle blowing system, and the Company's procedures for detecting fraud;
  • Review and assess the annual internal audit plan and receive a report on the results of the internal audit function's work on a periodic basis;
  • Oversee the relationship with the external auditors including assessing their independence and objectivity and review the annual audit plan to ensure it is consistent with the scope of the audit engagement, and review the findings of the audit;
  • Assess the qualifications, expertise and resources of the external auditor and the effectiveness of the audit process; and
  • Ensure that, following the transition period applied under the CMA Order, the audit services contract is put out to tender at least once every 10 years.

During the year the Board established the Ethics & Compliance Committee, which took responsibility for monitoring systems and controls to prevent bribery and corruption, which was previously a responsibility of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee still received updates from the Group Ethics & Compliance Manager on any significant non-compliances.

Key areas reviewed in 2015

The Committee fully discharged its responsibilities during the year.

A key element of the governance requirements regarding the Group's Financial Statements is for the report and accounts to be fair, balanced and understandable. To ensure this requirement is met by Tullow, the Group takes a collaborative approach to creating its Annual Report and Accounts, with direct input from the Board throughout the process. The process of planning, writing and reviewing the Report is run by a central project team, alongside a formal audit process undertaken by our external auditors. In order for the Audit Committee and the Board to be satisfied with the overall fairness, balance and clarity of the final report, the following steps are taken:

  • Early planning, taking into consideration regulatory changes and best practice;
  • Comprehensive guidance issued to key report contributors across the Group;
  • Validation of data and information included in the report both internally and by external auditors;
  • A series of key proof dates for comprehensive review across different levels in the Group that aim to ensure consistency and overall balance; and
  • Senior Management and Board sign-off.

The following describes the work completed to discharge the Audit Committee's main responsibilities:

Financial reporting

Monitoring the integrity of the Financial Statements and formal announcements relating to the Group's financial performance. Reviewing the significant financial reporting issues and accounting policies and disclosures in the financial reports.

The Committee met with the external auditors as part of the full-year and half-year accounts approval process. During this exercise the Committee considered the key audit risks identified as being significant to the 2015 accounts and the most appropriate treatment and disclosure of any new or judgemental matters identified during the audit and halfyearly review as well as any recommendations or observations made by the external auditors. The primary areas of judgement considered by the Committee in relation to the 2015 accounts and how these were addressed are detailed on the next page:

2015 AUDIT COMMITTEE HIGHLIGHTS

  • Approval of half-year and full-year Financial Statements
  • Review of the effectiveness of the external audit process
  • Review of the work of the independent reserves auditor
  • Assessment of the remit and results of internal audit
  • Review of Senior Accounting Officer sign-off process
  • Review of hedging and insurance arrangements
  • Oversight of key IT risks and major systems implementation
  • Oversight of the enterprise risk management process

Audit Committee membership

Meetings
attended
(out of a total
Committee member possible)
Steve Lucas 4/4
Tutu Agyare 4/4
Anne Drinkwater 4/4
Ann Grant 4/4
Jeremy Wilson 4/4
Mike Daly 4/4
Significant financial judgements for 2015 How the Committee addressed these judgements
Intangible assets – The amounts for intangible exploration and evaluation
assets represent active exploration projects. These amounts are written-off
to the income statement as exploration costs unless commercial reserves
are established or the determination process is not completed. The key areas
in which management has applied judgement are as follows: the Group's
intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or licence,
the likelihood of licence renewal or extension and the success of a well result
or geological or geophysical survey.
The Group has a very active exploration and appraisal work
programme and the Committee reviews and challenges
management assumptions and judgements underlying the
calculation of intangible assets for each well at each balance
sheet date. In addition, Deloitte LLP have identified this as a
significant area of focus for their audit and undertake discussions
with operational and finance staff to challenge evidence provided
by management to support the value of intangible assets and
provide detailed reporting to the Committee on the results of
their work. This is a recurring area of judgement.
Taxation – The Group is subject to various claims which arise in the ordinary
course of its business, including tax claims from tax authorities in a number
of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. The Group assesses all such
claims in the context of the tax laws of the countries in which it operates
and, where applicable, makes provision for any settlements which it
considers are probable.
The Committee was satisfied with the treatment of these
issues and judgements applied through reporting from
Senior Management, supported by advice from external
professional advisers and independent legal counsel. This is
also an area of higher risk and as a result the Committee receives
in-depth written and oral reporting from Deloitte LLP on their
conclusions from the audit of these matters. This is a recurring
area of judgement.
Decommissioning – Decommissioning costs are uncertain and cost estimates
can vary in response to many factors, including changes to the relevant legal
requirements, the emergence of new technology or experience at other assets.
The expected timing, work scope, amount of expenditure and risk weighting may
also change. Therefore significant estimates and assumptions are made in
determining the provision for decommissioning.
A review of all decommissioning cost estimates is undertaken
annually by an independent specialist. The results are then
reviewed in the context of operator estimates for the purposes
of the annual Financial Statements. Provision for environmental
clean-up and remediation costs is based on current legal and
contractual requirements, technology and price levels. The impact
on decommissioning estimates was reviewed and challenged by
the Committee. Deloitte LLP also reviewed the results as part of
their audit. This is a recurring area of judgement.
Value in use of property, plant and equipment (PPE) – Management performs
impairment tests on the Group's PPE assets when there are indicators of
impairments. The calculation of the recoverable amount requires estimation
of future cash flows within complex impairment models. Key assumptions and
estimates relate to commodity prices based on forward curves for two years and
the long-term corporate economic assumptions thereafter, discount rates that
are adjusted to reflect risks specific to individual assets, commercial reserves
and the related cost profiles.
Results of the impairment tests were discussed and challenged
by the Committee and Deloitte LLP review these calculations and
audit the underlying economic models to satisfy themselves of
the integrity of the process. This is a recurring area of judgement.
Carrying value of goodwill – Following the acquisition of Spring Energy in 2013,
Tullow recognised goodwill in line with the requirements of IFRS 3 Business
Combinations. Management performs impairment tests on the carrying value
of goodwill semi-annually. The calculation of the recoverable amount is based
on the likely future economic benefits of the exploration assets in the portfolio
and is based on chance of exploration success and estimated value of the
potential discoveries.
Results of the impairment tests were discussed and challenged
by the Committee and Deloitte LLP review these calculations and
audit the underlying economic models to satisfy themselves of the
integrity of the process.
Provision for onerous contracts – Due to the reduction in planned future work
programmes the Group has identified a number of onerous service contracts.
In order to calculate the provision management have estimated the expected
future usage. If the Group is able to sub-contract the rigs or find a use for
them the provision will decrease.
The Committee reviewed and challenged the assessment of
the Group's onerous contracts with Deloitte LLP, including an
assessment of the intended usage and assumed rates which
underpinned the calculation of the provision.
Going concern – The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk.
Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different
scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different
production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development
projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management
opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and
flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the
Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion
of debt liquidity headroom at the end of 2015. The Group's forecast, taking into
account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate
within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial headroom for the
12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.
The Committee reviewed and challenged the assumptions and
judgements in the underlying going concern forecast cashflows
by discussing and analysing the risks, sensitivities and mitigations
identified by management. This is also an area of higher risk
and as a result the Committee receives in-depth written and oral
reporting from Deloitte LLP on their conclusions on management
assessment of going concern.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

External auditor

Making recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of the Group's external auditors and overseeing the Board's relationship with the external auditor and, where appropriate, the selection of a new external auditor, and assessing the effectiveness of the external audit process is a key responsibility of the Audit Committee.

  • The UK Corporate Governance Code states that the Audit Committee should have primary responsibility for making a recommendation on the appointment, re-appointment or removal of the external auditors. On the basis of the review of external audit effectiveness described below, the Committee recommended to the Board that it recommends to shareholders the reappointment of the external auditors at the 2016 AGM;
  • The external auditors are required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit every five years. Following interviews with Tullow Directors, the new lead audit partner started his tenure in 2015;
  • The audit contract was last tendered in 2004 and no contractual obligations existed that acted to restrict the Audit Committee's choice of external auditors. Under the EU Audit Regulation and the Competition and Markets Authority "The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities)" Order 2014, Tullow elected to apply the transitional rules with an annual review of this approach. According to those rules, the Company is required to run a competitive tender process in respect of auditor appointment no later than 31 December 2024 year end.
  • The Group's external auditors are Deloitte LLP and the Audit Committee assessed the qualification, expertise and resources, and independence of the external auditors as well as the effectiveness of the audit process. This review covered all aspects of the audit service provided by Deloitte LLP, including obtaining a report on the audit firm's own internal quality control procedures and consideration of the audit firm's annual transparency reports in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Audit Committee also approved the external audit terms of engagement and remuneration. During 2015 the Committee held private meetings with the external auditors and the Audit Committee Chairman also maintained regular contact with the audit partner throughout the year. These meetings provide an opportunity for open dialogue with the external auditors without management being present. Matters discussed included the auditor's assessment of significant financial risks and the performance of management in addressing these risks, the auditor's opinion of management's role in fulfilling obligations for the maintenance of internal controls, the transparency and responsiveness of interactions with management, confirmation that no restrictions have been placed on them by management, maintaining the independence of the audit and how they have exercised professional challenge;

  • In order to ensure the effectiveness of the external audit process, Deloitte LLP conduct an audit risk identification process at the start of the audit cycle. This plan is presented to the Audit Committee for their review and approval and, for the 2015 audit, the key audit risks identified included carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets, carrying value of plant, property and equipment, provision for tax claims, provision for onerous rig contracts, oil and gas reserves, decommissioning provisions, risk of management override, liquidity risk and going concern, Depreciation Depletion and Amortisation (DD&A), as well as revenue recognition. These and other identified risks are reviewed through the year and reported at Audit Committee meetings where the Committee challenges the work completed by the auditor and tests management's assumptions and estimates in relation to these risks. The Committee also seeks an assessment from management of the effectiveness of the audit process. In addition, a separate questionnaire addressed to all attendees of the Audit Committee and senior finance managers is used to assess external audit effectiveness. As a result of these reviews, the Audit Committee considered the external audit process to be operating effectively;

  • The Committee closely monitors the level of audit and non-audit services provided by the external auditors to the Group. Non-audit services are normally limited to assignments that are closely related to the annual audit or where the work is of such a nature that a detailed understanding of the Group is necessary. A policy and standard for the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services is in place to formalise these arrangements, which requires Audit Committee approval for certain categories of work. This policy and standard are designed to ensure the external auditor's independence is maintained. They have been revised in 2015 to reflect changes in the regulatory environment; and
  • A breakdown of the fees paid to the external auditors in respect of audit and non-audit work is included in note 4 to the Financial Statements. In addition to processes put in place to ensure segregation of audit and non-audit roles, Deloitte LLP is required, as part of the assurance process in relation to the audit, to confirm to the Committee that they have both the appropriate independence and the objectivity to allow them to continue to serve the members of the Company. This confirmation is received every six months and no matters of concern were identified by the Committee.

Internal controls and risk management

Responsibility for reviewing the effectiveness of the Group's risk management and internal control systems was delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board.

The Audit Committee obtained comfort over the effectiveness of the Group's risk management and internal control systems through activities coordinated by the internal audit function. These activities comprised:

  • audit reviews undertaken by the internal audit team;
  • assurance activities undertaken by the Group functions;
  • management's review of internal controls through the control self-assessment (CSA) process;
  • external auditor's observations on internal financial controls identified as part of their audit, and
  • regular risk and assurance reporting by the business unit and corporate teams to the Board.

During the year, Group Internal Audit presented their findings to the Audit Committee who monitored progress of issues raised and their timely resolution on a regular basis.

In addition, during the year, the Audit Committee received reports from the independent reserves auditor ERCE and reviewed the arrangements in place for managing Information Technology risk relating to the Group's critical information systems. The Committee also reviewed the arrangements for Company employees and contractors to raise concerns through the "Speaking- Up" programme. The Committee oversaw the enhancement of the enterprise risk management process and fraud risk management framework.

Based on the results of the annual effectiveness review of risk management and internal control systems that was coordinated by Group Internal Audit, the Audit Committee concluded that the system of internal controls operated effectively throughout the financial year and up to the date on which the Financial Statements were signed.

Internal audit requirements

Considering how the Group's internal audit requirements shall be satisfied and making recommendations to the Board.

  • The Group Internal Audit Manager has direct access and responsibility to the Audit Committee Chairman and Committee. His main responsibilities include: evaluating the development of the Group's overall control environment as well as the effectiveness of risk identification and management at operating, regional and corporate levels. During 2015, the Group Internal Audit Manager met with the Audit Committee Chairman and with the Audit Committee without the presence of management to assess management's responsiveness to Internal Audit recommendations made during the year and to assess the effectiveness of Internal Audit;
  • The Committee reviewed and challenged the programme of 2015 Internal Audit work developed to address both financial and overall risk management objectives identified within the Group. The plan was subsequently adopted with progress reported at each of the Audit Committee meetings. 32 internal audit reviews were undertaken during the year, covering a range of financial and business processes in the Group's London office and the main operational locations in Ghana, Uganda, Kenya, South Africa and Norway. Detailed results from these reviews were reported to management and in summary to the Audit Committee during the year. Where required the Audit Committee receives full details on any key findings. The

Audit Committee receives regular reports on the status of the implementation of Internal Audit recommendations. The Group also undertook regular audits of non-operated joint ventures under the supervision of business unit management and the Group Internal Audit Manager;

  • The Committee receives summaries of investigations of known or suspected fraudulent activity by third parties and employees including ongoing monitoring and following-up of fraud investigations; and
  • The Audit Committee assessed the effectiveness of Internal Audit through its review of progress versus plan, the results of audits reported at each of the meetings, and through the thorough self-assessment review report provided by the Group Internal Audit Manager. Results of the review were discussed at the Committee and actions to further improve Internal Audit effectiveness are being implemented. Resourcing levels in Internal Audit are assessed by the Audit Committee with a view to ensuring that it can fully discharge its duties.

Whistle-blowing procedure

Ensuring that an effective whistle-blowing procedure is in place.

• In line with best practice and to ensure Tullow works to the highest ethical standards, an independent whistle-blowing procedure was in operation throughout 2015 to allow staff to confidentially raise any concerns about business practices. This procedure complements established internal reporting processes. The whistleblowing policy is included in the Code of Ethical Conduct which is available to all staff in printed form and on the corporate website. The Committee considers the whistle-blowing procedures to be appropriate for the size and scale of the Group.

Review of effectiveness of the Audit Committee

• During the year, the Audit Committee commissioned an independent review of its own effectiveness with the results reported to the Board. The Committee was considered to be operating effectively and in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the relevant guidance.

ALLOCATION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE TIME

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

There are five Executive and seven non-executive Directors on the Tullow Board. They come from varied professional backgrounds and provide the Board with a diverse range of experience, knowledge and approach. Their biographies are set out on pages 50 and 51 of this report.

The main task of the Nominations Committee is to ensure that the Board has the necessary skills and expertise to support the Company's current and future activities. In addition, we work to ensure that we recruit, develop and retain a diverse group of senior managers who will be able to take on the most senior positions in the Company in the future.

Simon Thompson

Chairman of the Nominations Committee

9 February 2016

Committee's role

The Committee reviews the composition and balance of the Board and the senior executive team on a regular basis. When recruiting new Executive or non-executive Directors, the Committee appoints external search consultants to provide a list of possible candidates, from which a shortlist is produced. External consultants are instructed that diversity is one of the criteria that the Committee will take into consideration in their selection of the shortlist. The Committee's terms of reference are reviewed annually and are set out on the corporate website.

Committee's main responsibilities

The Committee's main duties are:

  • Reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board (including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of its members) and making recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes required;
  • Identifying and nominating, for Board approval, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise;
  • Succession planning for Directors and other senior executives;
  • Reviewing annually the time commitment required of non-executive Directors; and
  • Making recommendations to the Board regarding membership of the Audit, Remuneration and other Committees in consultation with the Chair of each Committee.

Committee membership and meetings

The Committee was comprised of four non-executive Directors for the majority of 2015. In December 2015, on the Committee's recommendation, the Board approved the appointment of the remaining non-executive Directors, Anne Drinkwater, Mike Daly and Jeremy Wilson, to the Committee. Simon Thompson was Chairman of the Committee throughout the year. The membership and attendance of members at Committee meetings held in 2015 are shown in the table on the next page.

In addition to the two formal meetings, the Committee's remit allowed for informal discussions, interviews, telephone conversations and a number of informal meetings during the year.

Committee activities

The principal activities of the Committee during 2015 and after the year-end were:

• Board diversity – The Board currently consists of five Executive and seven non-executive Directors. Two of the seven non-executive Directors are women but all of the Executive Directors are men, which translates to a relatively low level of gender diversity. The Board supports the aspirations set out in the 2011 Davies Report 'Women on Boards' that women should make up at least 25 per cent of board positions, but to achieve

2

this within the timeframe contemplated would restrict future Board appointments to women only, which may not be in the best interest of the Company.

  • However we continue to seek to address the problem of lack of gender diversity in the Senior Management pipeline, as described in the Organisation and Culture section on page 64. Currently, 12 per cent of Senior Managers are women. The Board most recently discussed diversity at its meeting in December 2015 and agreed to prepare a specific plan to improve both gender and ethnic diversity, including key performance indicators that would be used to determine an element of performance-related pay for Senior Executives, in 2016.
  • 2015 was a difficult year for the entire oil industry and Tullow implemented significant changes to its internal structure and a major headcount reduction in response to market conditions. In these circumstances, it proved difficult to proactively address the diversity shortfall through recruitment, but the Committee and the Board determined that it was critical that existing diversity levels should not be adversely impacted by this major reorganisation. A review in December 2015 confirmed that diversity levels were broadly unchanged when compared with 2014 data.
  • Senior Management succession planning The Committee and the Board work closely with Executive Directors to review the Senior Management talent pool within Tullow. We seek to ensure that all candidates have personal development plans that will provide them with the knowledge and skills required to progress within Tullow. Within this work, we pay particular attention to the development of individuals who would increase the diversity of the Senior Management team. During 2015 a new leadership programme was developed which will be implemented in 2016.
  • Membership of Board Committees The Committee is responsible for nominating appropriate individuals for appointment or re-appointment to Board Committees to ensure that those Committees have members with the necessary skills, knowledge and experience. As set out above, in December 2015, on the Committee's recommendation, the Board approved the appointment of Anne Drinkwater, Mike Daly and Jeremy Wilson to the Nominations Committee.
  • Committee evaluation The performances of the Board and its Committees were considered as part of the Board evaluation process and one of the resulting actions was the appointment of the remaining nonexecutive Directors as members of the Committee.
  • In December 2015, Tullow announced the retirement of Graham Martin following the 2016 Annual General Meeting, which will be held on 28 April 2016. Graham also stepped down from his position as Company Secretary with effect from 1 January 2016 and was replaced as Company Secretary by Kevin Massie.

2015 NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP & ATTENDENCE

Committee member attended
(out of a total
possible)
Simon Thompson (Chair) 2/2
Tutu Agyare 2/2
Steve Lucas 2/2
Ann Grant 2/2
Mike Daly 0/0*
Anne Drinkwater 0/0*
Jeremy Wilson 0/0*

* Appointed to Committee in December 2015

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EHS COMMITTEE REPORT

EHS COMMITTEE

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

The Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Committee monitors the performance and key risks the Company faces in relation to its occupational and process safety, security, health and environmental management.

Process safety is an enduring focus for the Committee. We had the opportunity to review first-hand the progress being made on the Jubilee multi-year Asset Integrity Management Plan during a site visit to the FPSO Kwame Nkrumah in October 2015. We also reviewed the structure and competence of the integrated operations team that underpins process safety – this same team will also support TEN operations, leading to the efficient transfer of best practice.

The EHS Committee has observed how Tullow's simplification of its business and risk management process within the Integrated Management System has facilitated greater emphasis on improving the core elements of good EHS performance such as work planning.

During 2015 Tullow made significant progress in implementing the UN Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPSHR) in its operations. This is particularly important in onshore operations, such as in Uganda and Kenya, and sets a solid foundation for the development phase.

Anne Drinkwater

Chair of the EHS Committee

9 February 2016

Committee's role

The Committee has an objective of enhancing the Board's engagement with EHS by instigating appropriate in-depth reviews of strategically important EHS issues for the Group. The agenda of the Committee is forward looking, seeking to provide appropriate advice in anticipation of emerging risks the business might face in its operations. The Committee reviews a wide range of EHS leading and lagging indicators to gain insight into how EHS policies, standards and practices are being realised in the field. Some examples are high-potential incidents, especially where incidents occur repeatedly in one location or activity, and audit and investigation outcomes.

Committee's main responsibilities

The Committee's responsibilities are:

  • Advising on Company EHS policies;
  • Providing feedback on Company EHS standards and practices;
  • Monitoring performance on implementation of its environmental, health, security and safety policies, including process safety management;
  • Providing feedback on reports relating to material environmental, health and safety risks; and
  • Assessing material regulatory and technical developments in the field of EHS management.

The Committee's terms of reference are reviewed annually and can be accessed on the corporate website.

The Committee currently comprises three non-executive Directors and one Executive Director – Paul McDade, who has executive responsibility for EHS across the Group. Anne Drinkwater is Chair of the Committee and chaired all meetings throughout the year. Collectively, the Committee members have considerable operational EHS experience from diverse operating environments across the oil and gas and extractive industries.

In addition to the core Committee members, functional heads and Senior Managers from across the Group were invited to meetings to provide additional details and insights on specific agenda items, provide guidance on EHS issues, or discuss how EHS can be embedded across their parts of the business. 2015 visiting attendees included Senior Management and management team members from the SSEA function and line leadership.

Committee activities in 2015

  • The Committee reviewed the EHS elements of the SSEA 2015 plan. The plan sets out milestones towards achieving SSEA's multiyear objectives and covers all aspects of EHS. Specific examples are:
  • Finalising Safe and Sustainable Operations and Human Rights policies, and issuing supporting standards;
  • Process safety and asset integrity audit of the Jubilee FPSO;
  • Implementing the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPSHR); and
  • Continuing to develop competence across the range of EHS skills.
  • In monitoring the plan during 2015, the Committee noted the benefits to the business of clear, simple standards and accountabilities. This facilitated greater focus on improving the foundational elements of good EHS performance, including work planning, work force competency, and adherence to critical procedures.
  • At each meeting the Committee tracked performance against EHS KPIs, which cover both leading and lagging indicators. In addition to providing a snapshot of progress, they have been used to inform areas where more focus may be required, such as asset integrity.
  • During 2015, Tullow implemented a four-tiered risk assurance framework in order to provide different levels of the organisation with assurance that risks are being appropriately managed, and that mandatory Group requirements and standards are being adhered to. Within this context, the Committee reviewed implementation of VPSHR in Kenya and Ghana, asset integrity management on Jubilee, well control, and greenhouse gas management.
  • During the year the Committee worked to ensure that lessons learnt from incident investigations and audits were incorporated in the IMS and business processes. An example is the inclusion of environmental and social management plans in the Company's stage gate assurance and decision processes.
  • Members of the EHS Committee visited the Jubilee FPSO in October. The main purpose of the visit was to review progress on the multiyear Asset Integrity Management Plan. The plan is risk-assessed and prioritised, and progress on the plan was evident from the Committee's reviews both on the FPSO and in the Accra office.
  • During that site visit, the Committee also reviewed the structure and competence of the integrated operations team that is an important element of Jubilee best practice. Lessons learned from this review are being embedded in TEN operations.
  • As part of the review process that resulted in the Board's decision to not operate in UNESCO World Heritage sites, the SSEA team developed a Protected Areas Management Process which will inform the Group's decision-making process for entry to new areas, as well as new activities within existing acreage.

Looking forward to 2016

  • The Committee will have a continued emphasis on process safety, and will continue to closely monitor the Jubilee Asset Integrity Management Plan to completion and to review well control.
  • As TEN heads towards first oil in 2016, the Committee will monitor implementation of EHS in the planned pre-start up audit.
  • The Committee will place an emphasis on reviewing the EHS elements of the East Africa development project plans.
  • An external audit of VPSHR in Kenya stated that 'the approach compares well with other projects in the exploration phase', and made recommendations for future stage improvements. The Committee will monitor delivery of the plan developed by SSEA.

2015 EHS COMMITTEE HIGHLIGHTS

  • Simplification actions taken by Tullow leadership have clarified policies, set out clear standards and identified accountabilities. These simplifying steps are making the organisation more efficient and deploy skills to where they are most needed to improve EHS delivery.
  • Implementation of a common enterprise-wide risk management process across the business, bringing enhanced clarity to the top EHS risks and their mitigation.
  • Developing and commencing the implementation of the Jubilee Asset Integrity Plan which brings together all tasks with clear priorities, accountabilities and resourcing.
  • Progress on VPSHR in Kenya.
  • Successful Committee visit to the Jubilee FPSO in Ghana.

EHS Committee membership

Meetings (out
of a total
Committee member possible)
Anne Drinkwater (Chair) 4/4
Paul McDade 4/4
Simon Thompson 4/4
Mike Daly 4/4

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ETHICS & COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

ETHICS & COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

Tullow's good reputation for business integrity is one of our most valuable assets. A shift in sentiment could seriously impact our ability to operate, and loss of reputation is one of our key risks.

In 2015 we have strengthened our ability to promote and monitor ethics and compliance throughout the Group. As part of the Major Simplification Project and the consequent reshaping of the business, we replaced the existing Ethics & Compliance Committee with a formal Committee of the Board. The Committee will support the Board and the business in protecting and promoting Tullow's core values, encouraging strong ethical behaviour throughout the Company, and ensuring that we fully comply with all relevant legislation.

During its first year the Committee approved Tullow's revised Code of Ethical Conduct, and comprehensively reviewed and challenged our investigation processes, and our culture of compliance, with positive results.

We will not be complacent and look forward to building on this progress in 2016.

Ann Grant

Chair of the Ethics & Compliance Committee

9 February 2016

Committee's role

The Committee exists to support the Board in promoting within Tullow, and with people who work with Tullow, the importance of ethics and compliance. This is to ensure the continued success and business integrity of the business and protect value as part of our risk management processes. 'Ethics' means the Tullow values and the culture that exists in the business to do things that are morally good and ethically sound. 'Compliance' means ensuring that we meet all the requirements of legislation within the business and specifically the UK Bribery Act. The Committee supports and reinforces our commitment to being an ethical company and to providing extra assurance to our stakeholders that our policies and approach are adequate and effective.

Committee's main responsibilities

The Committee's responsibilities are to:

  • Advise the Board on the development of strategy and policies on ethical and compliance matters;
  • Keep under review key ethical and compliance risks and monitor the effectiveness of respective mitigation activities and controls;
  • Evaluate the ethical and compliance aspects of Tullow's culture and make recommendations to rectify any deficiencies identified, with an emphasis on the example set by management and the senior leadership team;
  • Oversee development and monitor implementation and effectiveness of the Code and other policies and standards in relation to ethics and compliance;
  • Make recommendations to the Board on approval of amendments to the Code and other policies and standards mentioned above;
  • Receive reports and review findings of significant internal and external investigations, audits and reviews regarding ethics and compliance policies and procedures;
  • Liaise with and report to the Audit Committee on relevant standards and procedures, the adequacy of systems to raise concerns and any significant fraud or error reported to the Committee; and
  • Review compliance performance across the Group based on monitoring, auditing and investigations data.

The Committee's terms of reference will be reviewed annually and can be accessed on the corporate website.

The Committee currently comprises two non-executive Directors, Ann Grant and Steve Lucas, and one Executive Director – Ian Springett, who now has executive responsibility for Ethics & Compliance across the Group. Ann Grant is Chair of the Committee and chaired all meetings throughout the year.

In addition to the core Committee members, the Chairman and functional heads from across the Group attended the meetings to contribute to specific agenda items and discussions. Regular visiting attendees in 2015 included management team members from Ethics & Compliance, Legal, Organisation Strategy & Effectiveness and Internal Audit.

Committee activities during 2015

The Committee was briefed on and oversaw Ethics & Compliance initiatives across the Group during the year which included:

  • Increasing the profile of the Ethics & Compliance function with the Board and Executive;
  • Reviewing how Tullow leaders manage Ethics & Compliance within their Business Units and functions to improve compliance processes and to reflect best practice and lessons learnt from internal investigations;
  • Updating a number of standards, policies and procedures including those pertinent to expenditure related to public officials;
  • Greater oversight and scrutiny of consultants who are Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs);
  • Considering Tullow's ethics and compliance culture and its 'Tone from the Top' through monitoring our assurance processes, reviewing the whistle-blowing statistics and the outcomes of related investigations;
  • Reviewing, providing feedback and ultimately approving the revised Code of Ethical Conduct; and
  • Monitoring the response to internal investigations, looking for trends in the findings, identifying any systemic issues and highlighting lessons learned.

Looking forward to 2016

  • Supporting the Ethics & Compliance Team in communicating and embedding the revised Ethics & Compliance strategy, including the new Business Integrity approach;
  • Developing a process to review and assure the effectiveness of Tullow culture; and
  • Reporting to the Board on Ethics & Compliance matters by using revised reporting tools.

2015 ETHICS & COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE HIGHLIGHTS

  • New structure and reporting lines
  • Formation of Ethics & Compliance Board Committee
  • New and improved Code of Ethical Conduct
  • Oversight of internal investigations and their closure

Ethics & Compliance Committee membership

Meetings (out
of a total
Committee member possible)
Ann Grant (Chair) 3/3
Steve Lucas 3/3
Ian Springett 3/3

Additional attendees who provide support and input to the Committee process include: the Chairman; Group Ethics & Compliance Manager; General Counsel; VP Organisation Strategy & Effectiveness; and Group Internal Audit Manager.

REMUNERATION REPORT

ANNUAL STATEMENT ON REMUNERATION

The Remuneration Committee is focused on ensuring Executive Directors are rewarded for long-term performance rather than short-term returns.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

On behalf of the Board, I am presenting the Remuneration Committee's ('Committee') report for 2015 on Directors' remuneration. The report is again split into three main sections:

  • This Annual Statement, which provides a summary of the year under review and the Committee's intentions going forward;
  • The Directors' Remuneration Policy Report, which sets out the three-year Directors' remuneration policy for the Company which commenced 1 January 2014 and became formally effective from the 2014 AGM. While disclosure of this part of the report is not required this year, this section has been included again in line with best practice; and
  • The Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides details of the remuneration earned by Directors in the year ended 31 December 2015 and how the policy will be operated in 2016.

Summary of major decisions made in 2015

The Committee has continued to operate the approved shareholder policy during 2015 and will continue to do so during 2016. As such, the major work of the Committee this year involved the monitoring of the 2015 performance targets (KPIs) for the TIP and the setting of new performance targets for 2016.

Performance and reward for 2015

At the start of 2015, Executive Director base salaries were frozen for the second consecutive year to reflect the streamlining and refocusing of the business and the ongoing challenging nature of the oil and gas industry.

The performance targets set for 2015 in respect of the TIP awards to be granted in 2016 were challenging in the context of the time and proved even more so as the year progressed.

It is disappointing to report a nil contribution for the TSR measure, which made up 50 per cent of the scorecard. However, the Group scored well on its financial, production, organisational and strategic targets for 2015, and the Committee is particularly pleased with the progress of the TEN Project with first oil due, as planned, during 2016. The net result of these various factors produced an overall KPI performance of 37.7 per cent, resulting in a cash bonus of 94 per cent of salary and a further 94 per cent of salary awarded in shares deferred for five years. Full details of performance against the KPIs is shown on pages 100 and 101.

The 2013 PSP Awards were based on relative TSR performance over the three years ended 31 December 2015 and did not vest in 2016 as a result of Tullow's below-threshold TSR against the competitor groups over the performance period.

Executive Director Remuneration Policy for 2016

In determining base salary levels and TIP performance targets for 2016, the Committee wanted to recognise the ongoing challenging environment of the oil and gas sector, our business strategy and the ongoing need to streamline and refocus the business. We also wanted to recognise and reward the talent and continued commitment of the Executive team, albeit in light of market conditions.

Our conclusion from these discussions has led to a freeze in base salary and fixed pay for the third year running and a set of KPI targets which include TSR performance (50 per cent), strong production of Jubilee, and the final delivery of the TEN Project.

Stretching financial metrics, a strong balance sheet and operational and organisation targets are also included in the 2016 scorecard as well as measures to deliver on the longer-term growth strategy of the Company. Details of the actual targets are currently commercially sensitive and will therefore be fully disclosed in the 2016 Annual Report. Finally, in line with the pay freeze, the Committee has again, for the second consecutive year, agreed with the Executive Directors to reduce the maximum award available under the TIP in 2016 from 600 per cent to 500 per cent of salary.

During 2016, the Committee intends to conduct a major review of all aspects of remuneration, in particular the design and operation of the TIP, prior to the submission of our policy to shareholders at the 2017 AGM.

Shareholder dialogue

The Committee encourages dialogue with the Company's shareholders and will consult major shareholders ahead of any significant future changes to policy for 2017 onwards.

On behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank shareholders for their significant vote approving the 2014 Annual Statement and Annual Report on Remuneration at the last AGM and for their continued support.

If you have any comments or questions on any element of the report, please email me at [email protected].

Jeremy Wilson Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

COMPONENTS OF REMUNERATION

Glossary

AGM Annual General Meeting
Capex Capital expenditure
DSBP Deferred Share Bonus Plan
EHS Environment, Health & Safety
ESOS 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme
HMRC Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs
Opex Operating expenses
PSP Performance Share Plan
SIP UK Share Incentive Plan
TIP Tullow Incentive Plan
TSR Total Shareholder Return

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Preparation of this report

This report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts & Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, which came into force on 1 October 2013 and which set out the new reporting requirements in respect of Directors' remuneration and the Listing Rules. The legislation requires the external auditors to state whether, in their opinion, the parts of the report that are subject to audit have been properly prepared in accordance with the relevant legislation and these parts have been highlighted.

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT (VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURE)

Although Tullow is not technically required to disclose the Remuneration Policy Report this year, this part of the remuneration report, which has been included again in line with best practice, sets out the remuneration policy for the Company which commenced 1 January 2014 and became formally effective following approval from shareholders through a binding vote at the 2014 AGM. This section also explains how the remuneration policy will be operated during 2016.

Policy overview

The principles of the Committee are to ensure that remuneration is linked to Tullow's strategy and promotes the attraction, motivation and retention of the highest quality executives who are key to delivering sustainable long-term value growth and substantial returns to shareholders.

Consideration of shareholders' views

The Committee considers shareholder feedback received at the AGM each year and, more generally, guidance from shareholder representative bodies. This feedback, plus any additional feedback received during any meetings from time to time, is considered as part of the Company's annual review of remuneration policy.

Employment conditions elsewhere in the Group

In setting the remuneration policy and remuneration levels for Executive Directors, the Committee is cognisant of the approach to rewarding employees in the Group and levels of pay increases generally. The Committee does not formally consult directly with employees on the executive pay policy, but it does receive regular updates from Claire Hawkings, Vice President, Organisational Strategy & Effectiveness ('VP – OS&E').

The following differences exist between the Company's policy for the remuneration of Executive Directors, as detailed in the summary table overleaf, and its approach to the payment of employees generally:

  • Benefits offered to other employees generally include a performance bonus award of up to 35 per cent of salary;
  • Pension provision of a payment of 10 per cent of salary into our Company defined contribution plan; increasing to 15 per cent of salary for employees over 50; and
  • Participation in the TIP is limited to the Executive Directors and Senior Management according to their role and responsibility. Other employees are eligible to participate in the Company's below Board sharebased plans.

In general, these differences exist to ensure that remuneration arrangements are market-competitive for all levels of role in the Company. Whilst there is a performance link to remuneration for all employees, in the case of the Executive Directors and Senior Management, a greater emphasis tends to be placed on variable pay given their general opportunity to impact directly upon Company performance.

Summary Directors' remuneration policy

The table on pages 94 and 95 sets out a summary of each element of the Directors' remuneration packages, their link to the Company's strategy, the policy for how these are operated, the maximum opportunity and the performance framework. Although not part of the Remuneration Policy Report, the column to the right of the table also sets out how the Committee intends to apply the policy for 2016.

Operation of share plans

The Committee will operate the TIP (and legacy plans) according to their respective rules and in accordance with the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant.

The Committee, consistent with market practice, retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of the plans in relation to Senior Management, including Executive Directors. These include (but are not limited to) the following (albeit with the level of award restricted as set out in the policy table overleaf):

  • Who participates;
  • The timing of grant of awards and/or payment;
  • The size of awards and/or payment;
  • Discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction;
  • Determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan purposes and a good leaver's treatment;
  • Adjustments to awards required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring and special dividends); and
  • The ability to adjust existing performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original purpose.

The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the TIP, which are set by the Committee at the start of the relevant financial year, reflects the Committee's belief that any incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging and tied to the delivery of stretching financial, operational and TSR related objectives, explicitly linked to the achievement of Tullow's long-term strategy.

As a result of the switch from: (i) a three-year PSP vesting period to a five-year TIP vesting period, and (ii) pre-vesting performance conditions to pre-grant performance conditions, the following transitional arrangements applied in the early years of the TIP's operation:

  • To cover the gap between 2016 (when the 2013 PSP awards (the final set of awards under this plan) vest) and 2019 (when the Deferred TIP Shares granted in 2014 in relation to 2013 would otherwise normally vest), instead of vesting over five years the Deferred TIP Shares granted in 2014 will vest 50 per cent after three years (i.e. 2017) and 50 per cent after four years (i.e. 2018) and the Deferred TIP Shares granted in 2015 will vest 50 per cent after four years (i.e. 2019) and 50 per cent after five years (i.e. 2020). Deferred TIP Shares granted in 2016 in relation to the performance period ending 31 December 2015 and subsequent Deferred TIP Share grants will vest after five years from grant; and
  • To reduce the impact of overlapping performance periods, the TSR performance period for TIP Awards made in 2014 was measured over the 2013 financial year, the performance period for TIP Awards granted in 2015 was measured over 2013-14 financial years and the 2016 Awards will be measured over the 2014-15 financial years (operating a three-year TSR performance period for early TIP Awards would create an overlap with past PSP awards). TSR, in relation to the 2017 TIP Award, will be based on a three-year performance period ending with the financial year ending immediately prior to grant.

In addition to the TIP, Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the UK SIP on the same terms as other employees. All employee share plans do not operate performance conditions.

Legacy remuneration

For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors' Remuneration Policy, authority was given to the Company to honour any commitments entered into with current or former Directors that have been disclosed to shareholders in previous remuneration reports. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Summary Directors' remuneration policy
Purpose and link
to strategy
Operation Maximum opportunity
Base salary To provide an appropriate
level of fixed cash income
to attract and retain
individuals with the
personal attributes, skills
and experience required
to deliver our strategy.
Generally reviewed annually with increases
normally effective from 1 January. Base
salaries will be set by the Committee
taking into account the:
• Scale, scope and responsibility
of the role;
• Skills and experience of the individual;
• Retention risk;
• Base salary of other employees; and
• Base salary of individuals undertaking
similar roles in companies of comparable
size and complexity.
Any increases to current Executive
Director salaries, presented in the
application of policy in 2016 column to the
right of this policy table, will not normally
exceed the average increase awarded to
other UK-based employees. Increases
may be above this level in certain
circumstances, for instance if there
is an increase in the scale, scope or
responsibility of the role or to allow the
base salary of newly appointed executives
to move towards market norms as their
experience and contribution increase.
Pension and
benefits
To attract and retain
individuals with the
personal attributes, skills
and experience required
to deliver our strategy.
Defined contribution pension scheme or
salary supplement contribution to personal
pension plan. Medical insurance, permanent
health insurance and life assurance.
May participate in the UK SIP.
Pension: 25% of base salary.
Benefits: The range of benefits that may
be provided is set by the Committee after
taking into account local market practice
in the country where the executive is
based. Additional benefits may be
provided, as appropriate.
SIP: Up to HM Revenue & Customs
(HMRC) limits, currently £150 per month.
Tullow
Incentive
Plan (TIP)
To provide a simple,
competitive, performance
linked incentive plan that:
• Will attract, retain and
motivate individuals
with the required
personal attributes,
skills and experience;
• Provides a real
incentive to achieve
our strategic
objectives; and
• Aligns the interests
of management and
shareholders.
Annual award of cash (up to 100% of salary)
and deferred shares (up to 500% of salary).
Awards under the TIP (which are non
pensionable) will be made in line with
the Committee's assessment of the
performance targets.
Deferred shares normally vest after five
years from grant, normally subject to
continued service.
The maximum annual level of award is
600% of salary for Executive Directors.
Dividend equivalents will accrue on
Deferred TIP Shares over the vesting
period, to the extent awards vest.
Minimum
shareholding
requirement
To align the interests
of management and
shareholders and promote
a long-term approach
to performance and
risk management.
Executive Directors are required to retain at
least 50% of post-tax share awards until a
minimum shareholding equivalent to 400% of
salary is achieved (increasing to 600% of
salary from the date the first TIP Awards vest).
Not applicable.
Non-executive
Directors
To provide an appropriate
fee level to attract
individuals with the
necessary experience
and ability to make a
significant contribution
to the Group's activities
while also reflecting the
time commitment and
responsibility of the role.
The Chairman is paid an annual fee and the
non-executive Directors are paid a base fee
and additional responsibility fees for the role
of Senior Independent Director or for chairing
a Board Committee.
Fees are set by the Remuneration Committee
and are normally reviewed annually.
Each non-executive Director is also entitled
to a reimbursement of necessary travel and
other expenses.
Non-executive Directors do not participate
in any share scheme or annual bonus
scheme and are not eligible to join the
Group's pension schemes.
There is no maximum prescribed fee
increase although fee increases for
non-executive Directors will not normally
exceed the average increase awarded to
Executive Directors. Increases may be
above this level if there is an increase
in the scale, scope or responsibility of
the role.
Framework used to assess performance and provisions for the recovery
of sums paid/payable
Application of policy in 2016
(Not part of the Policy Report)
Not applicable. Current Executive Director base salaries:
2016
Aidan Heavey
£886,074
Graham Martin
£501,106
Angus McCoss
£501,106
Paul McDade
£501,106
Ian Springett
£532,073
No changes for 2016.
Not applicable. No change.
A balanced scorecard of financial and operational objectives, linked to the
achievement of Tullow's long-term strategy. Specific targets will vary from year
to year in accordance with strategic priorities but may include targets relating
to: relative or absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR); earnings per share
(EPS); EHS; financial; production; operations; projects; exploration; or specific
strategic objectives.
Performance will typically be measured over one year, apart from TSR and EPS,
if adopted, which will normally be measured over three years (although see
'Operation of share plans' in respect of transitional arrangements).
Non-TSR targets will normally be based on a sliding scale from 20%
at threshold performance to 100% at maximum.
The Committee reserves the right to exercise discretion in the event of
unforeseen positive or negative developments during the course of the year.
The Committee retains discretion to apply malus and clawback to the cash and
deferred shares elements of the TIP during the five-year vesting period in the
event of a material adverse restatement of the financial accounts or reserves
or a catastrophic failure of operational, EHS risk management.
The Committee has again reduced the maximum
TIP award for 2016 from 600% to 500% of salary. The
balanced score card in 2016 will consist of stretching
targets as follows:
• 50% based on relative TSR against a basket of oil
and gas exploration companies with a threshold
of median performance and a maximum of
upper quintile;
• 15% based on strategic financing targets;
• 15% based on operational and safety targets;
• 15% based on business development and growth
targets; and
• 5% based on organisation targets.
Details of actual performance will be given
retrospectively in the 2016 Annual Report.
Details of the 2016 strategic objectives are on
page 100 of the Annual Report on Remuneration.
Not applicable. No change.
Not applicable. Current non-executive Director fees:
2016
Chairman
£310,500
Non-executive base fee
£69,500
Senior Independent Director
£15,000
Audit Committee Chair
£20,000
Remuneration Committee Chair
£20,000
EHS Committee Chair
£15,000
Ethics & Compliance Committee Chair
£5,000
No changes for 2016.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Remuneration scenarios for Executive Directors

The charts below show how the composition of the Executive Directors' remuneration packages varies at different levels of performance under the remuneration policy, as a percentage of total remuneration opportunity and as a total value:

Notes

    1. Base salaries are those effective 1 January 2016 (unchanged from 1 January 2015).
    1. Pensions are based on a 25% employer contribution.
    1. The target TIP award is taken to be 50% of the maximum annual opportunity for 2016 (250% of salary) for all Executive Directors.
    1. The maximum value of the TIP is taken to be 500% of salary (i.e. the maximum annual opportunity) for 2016.
    1. No share price appreciation has been assumed.

Service agreements

Each Executive Director entered into a new service agreement with Tullow Group Services Limited effective 1 January 2014. Each service agreement sets out restrictions on the ability of the Director to participate in businesses competing with those of the Group or to entice or solicit away from the Group any senior employees in the six months after ceasing employment. The above reflects the Committee's policy that service contracts should be structured to reflect the interests of the Group and the individuals concerned, while also taking due account of market and best practice.

The term of each service contract is not fixed. Each agreement is terminable by the Director on six months' notice and by the employing company on 12 months' notice.

External appointments

The Board has not introduced a formal policy in relation to the number of external directorships that an Executive Director may hold. Currently, the only Executive Director who holds a reportable external directorship is Angus McCoss. Angus has been nominated by Tullow as its representative on the board of Ikon Science Limited, a company in which Tullow has a small equity stake. Any fees payable for his services have been waived by Tullow.

Policy for new appointments

Base salary levels will take into account market data for the relevant role, internal relativities, the individual's experience and their current base salary. Where an individual is recruited at below market norms, they may be re-aligned over time (e.g. two to three years), subject to performance in the role. Benefits will generally be in accordance with the approved policy.

Individuals will participate in the TIP up to the normal annual limit subject to: (i) award levels in the year of appointment being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the financial year worked; and (ii) where a performance metric is measured over more than one year, the proportion of awards based on that metric will normally be reduced to reflect the proportion of the performance period worked. The Committee may consider buying out incentive awards which an individual would forfeit upon leaving their current employer although any compensation would, where possible, be consistent with respect to currency (i.e. cash for cash, equity for equity), vesting periods (i.e. there would be no acceleration of payments), expected values and the use of performance targets.

The Committee's policy in respect of the treatment of Executive Directors leaving Tullow following the introduction of the TIP is described below:

Cessation of employment due to death, injury, disability, retirement, redundancy, the
participant's employing company or business for which they work being sold out of the
Company's group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee
Cessation of employment
due to other reasons
(e.g. termination for cause)
TIP
(Cash)
Cessation during a financial year, or after the year but prior to the normal TIP
award date, will result in only the cash part of the TIP being paid (and pro-rated
for the proportion of the year worked). There would be no entitlement to Deferred
TIP Shares that would have been granted following the date of cessation.
No entitlement to any TIP
cash award following the
date notice is served.
TIP
(Deferred Shares)
Unvested Deferred TIP Shares normally vest at the normal time (except on death
or retirement – see below) unless the Committee determines they should vest
at cessation.
Unvested Deferred
TIP Shares lapse.
On death, Deferred Shares normally vest unless the Committee determines
that they should vest at the normal vesting date.
On retirement (as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Committee), Deferred TIP
Shares will vest at the earlier of the normal vesting date and three years from
retirement unless the Committee determines they should vest at cessation.

For an internal Executive Director appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out according to its terms, adjusted as relevant to take account of the appointment. In addition, any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue. For external and internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain relocation and/or incidental expenses as appropriate.

Fee levels for non-executive Director appointments will take into account the expected time commitment of the role and the current fee structure in place at that time.

Policy for loss of office

Executive Directors' service contracts are terminable by the Director on six months' notice and by the relevant employing company on 12 months' notice. There are no specific provisions under which Executive Directors are entitled to receive compensation upon early termination, other than in accordance with the notice period.

On termination of an Executive Director's service contract, the Committee will take into account the departing Director's duty to mitigate his loss when determining the amount of any compensation. Disbursements such as legal and outplacement costs and incidental expenses may be payable where appropriate.

Any unvested awards held under the Tullow Oil 2005 DSBP (the last awards were granted to Executive Directors in 2013) will lapse at cessation unless the individual is a good leaver (defined under the plan as death, injury or disability, redundancy, retirement, his office or employment being either a company which ceases to be a Group member or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group member or any other reason the Committee so decides). For a good leaver, unvested awards will normally vest at cessation (unless the Committee decides they should vest at the normal vesting date).

Any unvested awards held under the Tullow Oil 2005 PSP (the last awards were granted to Executive Directors in 2013) will lapse at cessation unless the individual is a good leaver (defined as per the DSBP). For a good leaver, unvested awards will normally vest at the normal vesting date (unless the Committee decides they should vest at cessation) subject to performance conditions and time pro-rating (unless the Committee decides that the application of time pro-rating is inappropriate).

Non-executive Director terms of appointment

Non-executive
Director
Year
appointed
Director
Number of
complete
years on
the Board
Date current
engagement
commenced
Expiry of
current term
Simon
Thompson
2011 4 01.01.15 31.12.17
Tutu Agyare 2010 5 25.08.13 24.08.16
Mike Daly 2014 1 01.06.14 31.05.17
Anne
Drinkwater
2012 3 10.02.15 09.02.18
Ann Grant 2008 7 15.05.14 30.04.17
Steve Lucas 2012 3 14.03.15 13.03.18
Jeremy
Wilson
2013 2 21.10.13 20.10.16

In each case, the appointment is renewable thereafter if agreed by the Director and the Board. The appointment of any non-executive Director may be terminated by either party on three months' notice (six months for Simon Thompson). There are no arrangements under which any non-executive Director is entitled to receive compensation upon the early termination of his or her appointment.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

This part of the report provides details of the operation of the Remuneration Committee, how the remuneration policy was implemented in 2015 (including payment and awards in respect of incentive arrangements) and how shareholders voted at the 2015 AGM. This part of the report also includes a summary of how the policy will be operated for 2016, although, for ease of reference, this is presented within the Remuneration Policy Report.

Remuneration Committee membership and meetings

The Committee currently comprises five non-executive Directors and is chaired by Jeremy Wilson. The membership and attendance of members at Committee meetings held in 2015 are shown below.

Committee member Meetings attended
Jeremy Wilson (Chair) 4 / 4
Tutu Agyare 3 / 4
Anne Drinkwater 4 / 4
Steve Lucas 4 / 4
Simon Thompson 4 / 4

Committee's main responsibilities

  • Determining and agreeing with the Board the remuneration policy for the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, Executive Directors and Senior Executives;
  • Reviewing progress made against performance targets and agreeing incentive awards;
  • Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and shareholders and determining the policy on annual awards to Executive Directors and Senior Executives under existing plans;
  • Within the terms of the agreed policy, determining the remainder of the remuneration packages (principally comprising salary and pension) for each Executive Director and Senior Executive;
  • Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for Senior Management; and
  • Reviewing and noting the remuneration trends across the Group.

The Committee's terms of reference are reviewed annually and can be viewed on the Company's corporate website.

Committee's advisers

The Committee invites individuals to attend meetings to provide advice so as to ensure that the Committee's decisions are informed and take account of pay and conditions in the Group as a whole. Sources of advice include:

  • Ian Springett, Chief Financial Officer;
  • Claire Hawkings, VP OS&E; and
  • New Bridge Street (part of Aon plc) which continued to advise the Committee during 2015. During this period, Aon plc provided certain insurance and benefits broking services to the Company, which the Committee did not believe prejudiced New Bridge Street's position as its independent advisers. Fees paid to New Bridge Street for 2015 totalled £15,174 (excluding VAT) in respect of advice provided to the Remuneration Committee. This included the provision of Executive Director and non-executive Director benchmarking data, TSR calculations and advice with regards to the 2014 DRR.

The Committee also consults with the Company's major investors and investor representative groups as appropriate. No Director takes part in any decision directly affecting his or her own remuneration. The Company Chairman also absents himself during discussion relating to his own fees.

Directors' remuneration (audited)

The remuneration of the Directors for the year ended 31 December 2015 payable by Group companies and comparative figures for 2014 are shown in the table below:

Fixed Pay Tullow Incentive Plan Legacy
Incentives
Salary /fees1
£
Pensions
£
Taxable
Benefits2
£
TIP Cash
£
Deferred TIP
Shares3
£
PSP
Awards4
£
Total
£
Executive
Directors
Aidan Heavey 2015 886,080 221,520 57,849 835,130 835,130 2,835,709
2014 886,080 221,520 47,926 611,395 611,395 2,378,316
Graham Martin 2015 501,110 125,278 9,744 472,296 472,296 1,580,724
2014 501,110 125,278 7,001 345,766 345,766 1,324,921
Angus McCoss 2015 501,110 125,278 6,655 472,296 472,296 1,577,635
2014 501,110 125,278 5,204 345,766 345,766 1,323,124
Paul McDade 2015 501,110 125,278 5,394 472,296 472,296 1,576,374
2014 501,110 125,278 3,937 345,766 345,766 1,321,857
Ian Springett 2015 532,080 133,020 8,371 501,485 501,485 1,676,441
2014 532,080 133,020 6,331 367,135 367,135 1,405,701
Subtotal 2015 2,921,490 730,374 88,013 2,753,503 2,753,503 9,246,883
2014 2,921,490 730,374 70,399 2,015,828 2,015,828 7,753,919
Non-executive Directors
Tutu Agyare 2015 69,500 69,500
2014 69,500 69,500
Mike Daly 2015 69,500 69,500
2014 40,542 40,542
Anne
Drinkwater
2015 84,500 84,500
2014 84,500 84,500
Ann Grant 2015 89,500 89,500
2014 79,500 79,500
Steve Lucas 2015 89,500 89,500
2014 89,500 89,500
Simon
Thompson 2015 310,500 310,500
2014 310,500 310,500
Jeremy Wilson 2015 89,500 89,500
2014 82,833 82,833
Subtotal 2015 802,500 802,500
2014 756,875 756,875
Total 2015 3,723,990 730,374 88,013 2,753,503 2,753,503 10,049,383
2014 3,678,365 730,374 70,399 2,015,828 2,015,828 8,510,794

Notes

  1. Base salaries of the Executive Directors have been rounded up to the nearest £10 for payment purposes, in line with established policy.

  2. Taxable benefits comprise private medical insurance and, in the case of Aidan Heavey, car benefits.

  3. These figures represent that part of the TIP award required to be deferred into shares.

  4. Relates to the 2013 PSP award which lapses in 2016 as a result of the relative TSR performance conditions not being met.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Material contracts

There have been no other contracts or arrangements during the financial year in which a Director of the Company was materially interested and/or which were significant in relation to the Group's business.

Termination payments (audited)

No Executive Director left in 2015 and therefore no compensation for loss of office was paid. The principles governing compensation for loss of office payments are set out on page 97.

Details of variable pay earned in the year

Determination of 2016 TIP Award based on performance to 31 December 2015 (audited).

Following the end of the 2015 financial year, the scorecard KPI performance was 37.7 per cent of the maximum and the Committee awarded Executive Directors a total TIP award equating to 188.5 per cent of base salary. This will be payable 50 per cent in cash and 50 per cent in shares deferred for five years (i.e. vesting in 2021). Details of the performance targets which operated and performance against those targets are as follows:

Performance metric Performance target % of Award
(% of salary
maximum)
Actual
Operational
(Production, Opex
and Net G&A)
20% payable at threshold, increasing to 40% payable at target,
increasing to 100% payable at stretch
10%
(50%)
6.6%1
(33.0%)
TEN Development
(First oil date
and cost)
20% payable at threshold, increasing to 40% payable at target,
increasing to 100% payable at stretch
10%
(50%)
7.2%2
(36.0%)
Safe and sustainable
operations
Lost time injury (LTIF) frequency and safe and sustainable
operations scorecard
10%
(50%)
7.3%3
(36.5%)
Strategic Targets Three specific strategic targets (see overleaf) 20%
(100%)
16.7%4
(84.0%)
Relative TSR 25% payable at median, increasing to 100% payable at upper
quintile against a bespoke group of listed exploration and
production companies measured over two years to
31 December 2015
50%
(250%)
0%5
(0%)
Total 100%
(500%)
37.7%6
(188.5%)
  1. Production was above the stretch target of 70,987 boepd. The 'run rate' to deliver net G&A cost savings was on target.

  2. TEN Development was above target but below stretch target.

  3. LTIF target was achieved; Safe and sustainable operations scorecard below stretch target.

  4. Details of the assessment against the strategic targets are presented on page 105.

  5. The TSR comparator group for the 2016 TIP award was as follows: Afren, Anadarko, Apache, BG Group, Cairn Energy, Canadian Natural Resources, Cobalt Energy, Conoco Phillips, Hess, Kosmos Energy, Lundin Petroleum, Marathon Oil, Noble Energy, Oil Search, Ophir Energy, Premier Oil, Santos, SOCO International, Talisman Energy and Woodside Petroleum. As per the transitional arrangements set out in the Remuneration Policy Report, the performance period for the 2016 TIP award was based on the 24 months ended 31 December 2015. Tullow's TSR of -77.78% was below the median of -38.2%.

  6. Due to rounding, column does not add to total.

Note: See KPIs on pages 17 to 21 for more details.

2016 strategic objectives

As mentioned in the summary Directors' remuneration policy table on page 95, the 2016 strategic objectives are in line with strategic priorities and consist of:

  • Ensuring funding capacity in a downside environment and determining a long-term strategic solution to deleverage and rebase the balance sheet;
  • Deliver business development and growth targets relating to the TEN and East Africa Projects and exploration progress; and
  • Organisation and operational priorities including safety and sustainable operations targets, improved efficiency and effectiveness and progression of the diversity agenda.

Assessment of 2015 Strategic TIP targets

2015 Strategic TIP targets Remuneration Committee assessment of performance
Liquidity: Take appropriate steps
to ensure cost effective and
sufficient liquidity in 2015.
The March 2015 re-determination accessed \$450 million of increased debt capacity, and the strength
of our producing assets helped to maintain debt capacity despite lower oil prices. An enhanced
sculpted covenant profile has also been negotiated to ensure sufficient headroom. Net debt at year
end 2015 was \$4.0 billion and headroom and free cash was \$1.9 billion, ahead of guidance due to
a combination of cost savings and deferral of certain capex to 2016. A number of exploration
farm-outs were concluded during the year, reducing E&A expenditure through carried costs.
East Africa: Deliver East Africa
exploration campaign,
demonstrate commercial viability
of South Lokichar resource base
and maintain ability to accelerate
a commercially attractive project
into 2016.
Nine appraisal wells were drilled in the South Lokichar Basin in Kenya in 2015 and all were largely
on prognosis, underpinning an estimated gross contingent resource base of 600 mmbo. Extended
Well Tests displayed good connectivity at Ngamia and Amosing and provided important data for
development plans. Elsewhere, three potential basin opening exploration wells were drilled in 2015,
but none made discoveries. In August 2015, the Governments of Kenya and Uganda issued a joint
statement agreeing the Northern pipeline route would be used to export oil, subject to certain
conditions. A technical team is working on addressing these conditions to gain unequivocal
agreement from both governments. A draft field development plan for the discoveries in the
South Lokichar Basin was submitted in December 2015. In Uganda, historic CGT and VAT issues
were resolved.
Major Simplification Project:
Deliver business restructuring
and efficient processes focused
on enhancing value.
The MSP project has successfully adjusted the operating model of the business, clarified key
accountabilities, improved culture around value creation and performance management, and
simplified the organisational structure – with further work ongoing to simplify internal processes
and better manage our cost base ongoing. Headcount has been reduced across the business to
better reflect Tullow's activities and scope of operations. The new operating model and
implementation of an integrated management system has better defined key accountabilities and
responsibilities. Ongoing performance management reviews have evolved to improve discussions
around value creation on a more regular basis, with the Group's ongoing delivery against its key
objectives regularly communicated to staff. A shift to a more cost-conscious culture has occurred
as a result of regular expenditure reviews and improved cross business challenge. Engagement with
the Executive, in-country management and peers has been stepped up to help motivate, engage and
focus staff on the Group's targets during this period of change and challenging market conditions.

Vesting of PSP awards (audited)

The PSP awards granted on 22 February 2013 were based on performance to 31 December 2015. As disclosed in previous annual reports, the performance condition was as follows:

Metric Performance Condition Threshold
Target
Stretch
Target
Actual % Vesting
Oil Sector TSR
70% of Awards
15% of this part of an award vests at
Index TSR1, increasing pro-rata to 100%
of this part of an award vesting for
outperformance of Index TSR by 20% p.a.
0% TSR 20% TSR -46.6% TSR 0%
FTSE 100 TSR
30% of Awards
15% of this part of an award vests at
Index TSR2, increasing pro-rata to 100%
of this part of an award vesting for
outperformance of Index TSR by 20% p.a.
0% TSR 20% TSR -46.6% TSR 0%
Total vesting 0%
  1. For the Oil Sector element, Index TSR is based on the weighted mean TSR (i.e. each comparator's TSR is weighted by the comparator's market capitalisation at the start of the performance period, subject to a minimum weighting of 2% and a maximum weighting of 10% for any individual company). The constituents of the group were as follows: Afren, Anadarko, Apache, BG Group, Cairn Energy, Canadian Natural Resources, Cononco Phillips, EOG Resources, Hess, Lundin Petroleum, Marathon Oil, Noble Energy, Oil Search, Ophir Energy, Pioneer Natural Resources, Premier Oil, Santos, SOCO International, Talisman Energy and Woodside Petroleum.

  2. For the FTSE 100 element, Index TSR is the median TSR of the individual constituents of the index.

The award details for the Executive Directors are therefore as follows:

Executive Type of award Number of
shares at grant
Number of
shares to vest
Number of
shares to lapse
Total Estimated
value (£'000)
Aidan Heavey Nil-cost option 300,000 0 300,000 0 0
Ian Springett Nil-cost option 175,000 0 175,000 0 0
Other Executive Directors Nil-cost option 525,000 0 525,000 0 0

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TIP Awards granted in 2015

The second TIP awards were granted to Executive Directors on 18 February 2015, based on the performance period ended 31 December 2014, as follows:

Executive Number of TIP
shares awarded
Face value of
awards at
grant date
Normal vesting dates
(end of exercise
window)
Pre-grant
performance period
Aidan Heavey 152,772 £611,395 18.02.2019 – 50%
Ian Springett 91,737 £367,135 18.02.2020 – 50% 01.01.2014 to 31.12.2014
Other Executive Directors* 86,398 £345,766 [17.02.2025] (TSR 01.01.2013 to 31.12.2014)

* Individual award

UK SIP shares awarded in 2015 (audited)

The UK SIP is a tax-favoured all-employee plan that enables UK employees to save out of pre-tax salary. Quarterly contributions are used by the Plan trustee to buy Tullow Oil plc shares (partnership shares). The Group funds an award of an equal number of shares (matching shares). The current maximum contribution is £150 per month. Details of shares purchased and awarded to Executive Directors under the UK SIP are as follows:

Director Shares held
01.01.15
Partnership
shares acquired
in year
Matching
shares awarded
in year
Total shares
held 31.12.15
SIP shares
that became
unrestricted
in the year
Total unrestricted
shares held at
31.12.15
Graham Martin 8,212 645 645 9,502 278 7,056
Angus McCoss 3,242 645 645 4,532 278 2,086
Paul McDade 8,212 645 645 9,502 278 7,056
Ian Springett 1,720 645 645 3,010 276 562

* Unrestricted shares (which are included in the total shares held at 31 December 2015) are those which no longer attract a tax liability if they are withdrawn from the Plan.

Comparison of overall performance and pay

As a member of both indices in recent times, the Remuneration Committee has chosen to compare the TSR of the Company's ordinary shares against both the FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 indices.

The values indicated in the graph overleaf show the share price growth plus reinvested dividends over a seven-year period from a £100 hypothetical holding of ordinary shares in Tullow Oil plc and in the two indices. The total remuneration figures for the Chief Executive during each of the last seven financial years are shown in the table below. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus based on that year's performance (2009 to 2012), PSP awards based on three-year performance periods ending in the relevant year (2009 to 2015) and the value of TIP awards based on the performance period ending in the relevant year (2013 to 2015). The annual bonus payout, PSP vesting level and TIP award, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity, are also shown for each of these years.

Year ending in
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Total remuneration £4,516,580 £3,558,698 £4,688,541 £2,623,116 £2,750,273 £2,378,316 £ 2,835,709
Annual bonus (%) 86% 58% 80% 70%
PSP vesting (%) 100% 100% 100% 23% 0% 0% 0%
TIP (%) 30% 23% 38%

Percentage change in Chief Executive's remuneration

The table below shows the percentage change in the Chief Executive's total remuneration (excluding the value of any pension benefits receivable in the year) between the financial year ended 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2015, compared to that of the average for all employees of the Group.

% Change from 2014 to 2015
Salary
Benefits
Chief Executive 0% 21% 37%
Average Employees 5.2%
0%

Relative importance of spend on pay

The following table shows the Group's actual spend on pay for all employees relative to dividends, tax and retained profits.

2014 2015 % change
Staff costs (£'m) 279 218 -21%
Dividends (£'m) 111 -100%
Tax (£'m)* -247 -158 36%
Retained profits (£'m)* 1,484 860 -42%

* Voluntary disclosure.

The dividend figures relate to amounts payable in respect of the relevant financial year.

Shareholder voting at the last AGM

At last year's AGM on 30 April 2015 the remuneration-related resolutions received the following votes from shareholders:

2014 Annual Statement & Annual Report on Remuneration
Total number of votes % of votes cast
For 630,764,351 96%
Against 22,532,315 3.5%
Total votes cast (for and against) 653,296,666 99%
Votes withheld 7,175,014 1%
Total issued share capital instructed 660,471,680 71.7%

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Summary of past TIP Awards

Details of nil cost options granted to Executive Directors under the TIP:

Award grant Share price on Granted during Earliest date
shares can be
Latest date
shares can be
Director date grant date As at 01.01.15 year As at 31.12.15 acquired1 acquired
Aidan Heavey 19.02.14 774p 102,992 102,992 19.02.17 19.02.24
18.02.15 400p 152,772 152,772 18.02.19 17.02.25
102,992 255,764
Graham Martin 19.02.14 774p 58,246 58,246 19.02.17 19.02.24
18.02.15 400p 86,398 86,398 18.02.19 17.02.25
58,246 144,644
Angus McCoss 19.02.14 774p 58,246 58,246 19.02.17 19.02.24
18.02.15 400p 86,398 86,398 18.02.19 17.02.25
58,246 144,644
Paul McDade 19.02.14 774p 58,246 58,246 19.02.17 19.02.24
18.02.15 400p 86,398 86,398 18.02.19 17.02.25
58,246 144,644
Ian Springett 19.02.14 774p 61,845 61,845 19.02.17 19.02.24
18.02.15 400p 91,737 91,737 18.02.19 17.02.25
61,845 153,582
  1. 50% of 2014 Award vests 19.02.17 and 50% vests 19.02.18; 50% of 2015 Award vests 18.02.19 and 50% vests 18.02.20.

Summary of past 2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Details of nil exercise cost option shares granted to Executive Directors for nil consideration under the PSP:

Earliest date Latest date
Director Award grant
date
Share price at
grant (pence)
As at 01.01.15 Exercised
during year
Lapsed during
year
As at 31.12.15 shares can be
acquired
shares can be
acquired
Aidan
Heavey 22.02.13 1,241 300,000 300,000 22.02.16 21.02.23
300,000 300,000
Graham
Martin 15.05.08 924.5 80,277 80,277 15.05.11 14.05.18
18.03.09 778 98,355 98,355 18.03.12 17.03.19
17.03.10 1,281 13,972 13,972 17.03.13 16.03.20
22.02.13 1,241 175,000 175,000 22.02.16 21.02.23
367,604 175,000 192,604
Angus
McCoss 22.02.13 1,241 175,000 175,000 22.02.16 21.02.23
175,000 175,000
Paul
McDade 15.05.08 924.5 80,277 80,277 15.05.11 14.05.18
18.03.09 778 98,355 98,355 18.03.12 17.03.19
17.03.10 1,281 13,972 13,972 17.03.13 16.03.20
22.02.13 1,241 175,000 175,000 22.02.16 22.02.23
367,604 175,000 192,604
Ian
Springett 01.09.08 791 68,873 68,873 01.09.11 31.08.18
18.03.09 778 104,438 104,438 18.03.12 17.03.19
17.03.10 1,281 14,836 14,836 17.03.13 16.03.20
22.02.13 1,241 175,000 175,000 22.02.16 21.02.23
363,147 175,000 188,147

All of the PSP awards listed on the previous page are based on relative three-year TSR performance and the Committee considering that both the Group's underlying financial performance and its performance against other key factors (e.g. Health & Safety) over the relevant period are satisfactory. 50 per cent of awards are/were measured against an international oil sector comparator group (see past Remuneration Reports for details of specific companies) and 50 per cent of awards are/were measured against the FTSE 100. All outstanding awards under PSP have been granted as, or converted into, nil exercise price options. To the extent that they vest, they are normally exercisable from three to 10 years from grant.

The PSP awards granted in February 2013 reached the end of their performance period on 31 December 2015. As a result of the performance conditions not being met the awards have now lapsed.

Summary of past Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) Awards

Details of nil exercise cost options granted to Executive Directors for nil consideration under the DSBP:

Earliest date Latest date
Director Award grant
date
As at 01.01.15 Exercised
during year
As at 31.12.15 shares can be
acquired
shares can be
acquired
Aidan Heavey 18.03.11 19,995 19,995 01.01.14 17.03.21
21.03.12 45,654 45,654 01.01.15 20.03.22
22.02.13 45,649 45,649 01.01.16 21.02.23
111,298 111,298
Graham Martin 13.03.08 16,021 16,021 01.01.11 12.03.18
18.03.09 28,374 28,374 01.01.12 17.03.19
17.03.10 15,941 15,941 01.01.13 16.03.20
18.03.11 11,308 11,308 01.01.14 17.03.21
21.03.12 25,819 25,819 01.01.15 20.03.22
22.02.13 25,816 25,816 01.01.16 21.02.23
123,279 123,279
Angus McCoss 21.03.12 25,819 25,819 01.01.15 20.03.22
22.02.13 25,816 25,816 01.01.16 21.02.23
51,635 25,819 25,816
Paul McDade 13.03.08 14,686 14,686 01.01.11 12.03.18
18.03.09 28,374 28,374 01.01.12 17.03.19
17.03.10 15,941 15,941 01.01.13 16.03.20
18.03.11 11,308 11,308 01.01.14 17.03.21
21.03.12 25,819 25,819 01.01.15 20.03.22
22.02.13 25,816 25,816 01.01.16 21.02.23
121,944 121,944
Ian Springett 17.03.10 16,927 16,927 01.01.13 16.03.20
18.03.11 12,007 12,007 01.01.14 17.03.21
21.03.12 27,415 27,415 01.01.15 20.03.22
22.02.13 27,411 27,411 01.01.16 21.02.23
83,760 83,760

All outstanding awards under the DSBP were granted as, or have been converted into, nil exercise price options. To the extent that they vest, they are exercisable from three to 10 years from grant.

The aggregate gain made by Directors on the exercise of nil cost options under the DSBP during the year was £99,332 (gross) (£42,712 for 2014). On 11 February 2015, being the date Angus McCoss exercised his options in the table above, the middle market quoted price of a Tullow share was £3.85.

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Share price range

During 2015, the highest mid-market price of the Company's shares was 429.8p and the lowest was 152.1p. The year-end price was 165.7p.

Directors' interests in the share capital of the Company (Audited)

The interests of the Directors (all of which were beneficial), who held office at 31 December 2015, are set out in the table below:

Ordinary
shares
held
TIP
Awards
PSP
Awards
DSBP
Awards
SIP Total % of salary
held under
Shareholding
Guidelines*
31.12.14 31.12.15 Unvested Vested Unvested Vested Unvested Vested Restricted Unrestricted 31.12.15 (400% of salary)
Aidan
Heavey
6,401,511 6,401,511 255,764 300,000 45,649 65,649 7,068,573 1322%
Graham
Martin
2,030,392 2,030,392 144,644 175,000 192,604 25,816 97,463 2,446 7,056 2,675,421 885%
Angus
McCoss
247,425 261,078 144,644 175,000 25,816 2,446 2,086 611,070 202%
Paul
McDade
260,801 305,801 144,644 175,000 192,604 25,816 96,128 2,446 7,056 949,495 314%
Ian
Springett
12,000 12,000 153,582 175,000 188,147 27,411 56,349 2,448 562 615,499 192%
Non-executive
Directors
Simon
Thompson
20,604 27,119 27,119
Tutu
Agyare
1,940 1,940 1,940
Mike Daly 3,175 3,175 3,175
Anne
Drinkwater
7,000 7,000 7,000
Ann Grant 3,171 3,171 3,171
Steve
Lucas
600 600 600
Jeremy
Wilson
15,000 15,000 15,000

* Calculated using share price of 165.7p at year end. Under the Company's Shareholding Guidelines, each Executive Director is required to build up their shareholdings in the Company's shares to at least 400% of their salary. Further details of the Shareholding Guidelines are set out on page 94.

On 8 January 2016 each of Graham Martin, Angus McCoss and Paul McDade were awarded 618 SIP shares and Ian Springett was awarded 616 SIP shares, all of which are restricted. Accounting for certain restricted SIP shares becoming unrestricted SIP shares in the period between 1 January 2016 and the date of this report, Graham Martin accordingly holds 3,006 restricted SIP shares and 7,114 unrestricted SIP shares, Angus McCoss holds 3,006 restricted SIP shares and 2,144 unrestricted SIP shares, Paul McDade holds 3,006 restricted SIP shares and 7,114 unrestricted SIP shares and Ian Springett holds 3,006 restricted SIP shares and 620 unrestricted SIP shares.

There have been no other changes in the interests of any Director between 1 January 2016 and the date of this report other than as a consequence of PSP awards made in 2013 lapsing as mentioned in the notes to the table 'Directors' remuneration' on page 99.

Results and dividends

The loss on ordinary activities after taxation of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2015 was \$1,036.9 million (2014: Loss \$1,639.9 million).

No dividends have been recommended by the Board in 2015 (2014: Stg 4p).

Subsequent events

In January 2016 Tullow completed the farm-down of 25 per cent of its interest in block 12A to Delonex and Tullow also agreed to sell a 20 per cent interest in the Bannu West licence in Pakistan to Mari Gas. Tullow was awarded a 60 per cent operated interest in the Orinduik licence in January 2016, a 1,801 square kilometre block offshore Guyana. On 23 January 2016, the TEN FPSO set sail from Singapore to Ghana with arrival expected in early March 2016.

Subsequent to the balance sheet date there has been a deterioration in the spot price of Brent crude. Sensitivity analysis on the impact of a reduction in Brent crude prices on the carrying value of PP&E is provided in note 12.

Share capital

As at 1 February 2016, the Company had an allotted and fully paid up share capital of 911,655,547 each with a nominal value of £0.10.

Substantial shareholdings

As at 9 February 2016, the Company had been notified in accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority's Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings in the Company's ordinary share capital:

Shareholder Number of
shares
% of issued
capital
The Capital Group
Companies, Inc. 109,187,335 11.98
Genesis Asset Managers, LLP 72,871,524 8.01
Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. 45,191,459 4.96
BlackRock, Inc. not provided below 5
Commonwealth Bank of
Australia (on behalf of certain
controlled undertakings) 28,054,427 3.08

Following requests under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company understands that the percentage of its issued share capital held by Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. as at 31 January 2016 was 0%.

Shareholders' rights

The rights and obligations of shareholders are set out in the Company's Articles of Association (which can be amended by special resolution). The rights and obligations attaching to the Company's shares are as follows:

  • Dividend rights holders of the Company's shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors. The Directors may also pay interim dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. Subject to shareholder approval, payment or satisfaction of a dividend may be made wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets;
  • Voting rights voting at any general meeting is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting (and every proxy or corporate representative appointed by a shareholder and present at a general meeting) has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or represented by the proxy or corporate representative). If a proxy has been appointed by more than one shareholder and has been instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote 'for' the resolution and by one or more of those shareholders to vote 'against' a particular resolution, the proxy shall have one vote for and one vote against that resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person has one vote for every share held by that shareholder and a proxy has one vote for every share in respect of which he has been appointed as proxy (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy). On a poll, a corporate representative may exercise all the powers of the company that has authorised him. A poll may be demanded by any of the following: (a) the Chairman of the meeting; (b) at least five shareholders entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or represented by a duly authorised corporate representative at the meeting; (c) any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy or represented by a duly authorised corporate representative and holding shares or being a representative in respect of a holder of shares representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; or (d) any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy or represented by a duly authorised corporate representative and holding shares or being a representative in respect of a holder of shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sums paid up on all the shares conferring that right;

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

  • Return of capital in the event of the liquidation of the Company, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them. A liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company's assets; or vest the Company's assets in whole or in part in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of shareholders, but no shareholder is compelled to accept any property in respect of which there is a liability;
  • Control rights under employee share schemes the Company operates a number of employee share schemes. Under some of these arrangements, shares are held by trustees on behalf of employees. The employees are not entitled to exercise directly any voting or other control rights. The trustees will generally vote in accordance with employees' instructions and abstain where no instructions are received. Unallocated shares are generally voted at the discretion of the trustees; and
  • Restrictions on holding securities there are no restrictions under the Company's Articles of Association or under UK law that either restrict the rights of UK resident shareholders to hold shares or limit the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or vote the Company's ordinary shares.

There are no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends to US persons on the Company's ordinary shares.

Material agreements containing 'change of control' provisions

The following significant agreements will, in the event of a 'change of control' of the Company, be affected as follows:

• US\$3.4 billion (or up to US\$3.9 billion in the event that the Company exercises its option to increase the commitments by up to an additional US\$500 million and the lenders provide such additional commitments) senior secured revolving credit facility agreement between, among others, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company, BNP Paribas, HSBC Bank plc, Standard Chartered Bank, Lloyds TSB Bank plc and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and the lenders specified therein pursuant to which each lender thereunder may cancel its commitments immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the

Company to it under the agreement and any connected finance document, which amount will become due and payable within 15 business days and, in respect of each letter of credit issued under the agreement, full cash cover will be required within 15 business days;

  • US\$300 million secured revolving credit facility agreement between, among others, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company, BNP Paribas, HSBC Bank plc, Standard Chartered Bank, Lloyds TSB Bank plc and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and the lenders specified therein pursuant to which each lender thereunder may cancel its commitments immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company to it under the agreement and any connected finance document, which amount will become due and payable within 15 business days;
  • US\$1 billion secured revolving credit facility agreement between, among others, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Standard Chartered Bank and the lenders specified therein pursuant to which each lender thereunder may cancel its commitments immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company to it under the agreement and any connected finance document, which amount will become due and payable within 15 business days.

Under the terms of each of the above agreements, a 'change of control' occurs if any person, or group of persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), gains control of the Company.

  • An indenture relating to US\$650 million of 6 per cent Senior Notes due 2020 between, among others, the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee. Pursuant to this Indenture the Company must make an offer to noteholders to repurchase all the notes at 101 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest in the event that a change of control of the Company occurs. The repurchase offer must be made by the Company to all noteholders within 30 days following the 'change of control' and the repurchase must take place no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date the repurchase offer is made. Each noteholder may take up the offer in respect of all or part of its notes.
  • An indenture relating to US\$650 million of 6.25 per cent Senior Notes due 2022 between, among others, the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee. Pursuant to this indenture, the Company must make an offer to noteholders to repurchase all the notes at 101 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest in the event that a change of control of the Company occurs. The repurchase offer must be made by the Company to all noteholders within 30 days following the change of control and the repurchase must take place no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date the repurchase offer is made. Each noteholder may take up the offer in respect of all or part of its notes.

Under the terms of each of the above indentures a change of control occurs, in general terms, when (i) a disposal is made of all or substantially all the properties or assets of the Company and all its restricted subsidiaries (other than through a merger or consolidation) in one or a series of related transactions; (ii) a plan is adopted relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (iii) a person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of the Company which grant that person more than 50 per cent of the voting rights of the Company.

Directors

The biographical details of the Directors of the Company at the date of this Report are given on pages 50 and 51.

Details of Directors' service agreements and letters of appointment can be found on pages 96 and 97. Details of the Directors' interests in the ordinary shares of the Company and in the Group's long-term incentive and other share option schemes are set out on page 102 and pages 104 to 106 in the Directors' remuneration report.

Directors' indemnities and insurance cover

As at the date of this Report, indemnities are in force under which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Directors, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act 2006, against claims from third parties in respect of certain liabilities arising out of, or in connection with, the execution of their powers, duties and responsibilities as Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Directors are also indemnified against the cost of defending a criminal prosecution or a claim by the Company, its subsidiaries or a regulator provided that where the defence is unsuccessful the Director must repay those defence costs. The Company also maintains Directors' and Officers' Liability insurance cover, the level of which is reviewed annually.

Conflicts of interest

A Director has a duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Group. The Board requires Directors to declare all appointments and other situations that could result in a possible conflict of interest and has adopted appropriate procedures to manage and, if appropriate, approve any such conflicts. The Board is satisfied that there is no compromise to the independence of those Directors who have appointments on the boards of, or relationships with, companies outside the Group.

Powers of Directors

The general powers of the Directors are set out in Article 104 of the Articles of Association of the Company. It provides that the business of the Company shall be managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of the Company whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or not. This power is subject to any limitations imposed on the Company by applicable legislation. It is also limited by the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company and any directions given by special resolution of the shareholders of the Company which are applicable on the date that any power is exercised.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

Please note the following specific provisions relevant to the exercise of power by the Directors:

  • Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares the holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles of Association of the Company. However, the ability of the Directors to cause the Company to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted under the Companies Act 2006 which provides that the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company's articles of association or given by its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Act 2006, the Company may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer on a pre-emptive basis to existing shareholders, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders. The Company received authority at the last Annual General Meeting to allot shares for cash on a non pre-emptive basis up to a maximum nominal amount of £4,554,406. The authority lasts until the earlier of the Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2016 or 30 June 2016.
  • Repurchase of shares subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, the Company may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. Any shares that have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase. The Company received authority at the last Annual General Meeting to purchase up to 91,881,196 Ordinary Shares. The authority lasts until the earlier of the Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2016 or 30 June 2016.
  • Borrowing powers the net external borrowings of the Group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to four times the aggregate of the Group's adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Article 105 of the Company's Articles of Association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of the Company's shareholders.

Appointment and replacement of Directors

The Company shall appoint (disregarding Alternate Directors) no fewer than two and no more than 15 Directors. The appointment and replacement of Directors may be made as follows:

  • The shareholders may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act to be a Director;
  • The Board may elect any person who is willing to act to be a Director. Any Director so appointed shall hold office only until the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for election;
  • Each Director is required in terms of the Articles of Association to retire from office at the third Annual General Meeting after the Annual General Meeting at which he or she was last elected or re-elected although he or she may be re-elected by ordinary resolution if eligible and willing. However, to comply with the principles of best corporate governance, the Board intends that each Director will submit him or herself for re-election on an annual basis;
  • The Company may by special resolution remove any Director before the expiration of his or her period of office or may, by ordinary resolution, remove a Director where special notice has been given and the necessary statutory procedures are complied with; and
  • There are a number of other grounds on which a Director's office may cease, namely voluntary resignation, where all the other Directors (being at least three in number) request his or her resignation, where he or she suffers physical or mental incapacity, where he or she is absent from meetings of the Board without permission of the Board for six consecutive months, becomes bankrupt or compounds with his or her creditors or is prohibited by law from being a Director.

Encouraging diversity in our workforce

Tullow is committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity amongst its workforce. Decisions related to recruitment selection, development or promotion are based upon merit and ability to adequately meet the requirements of the job, and are not influenced by factors such as gender, marital status, race, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, religion, sexual orientation, age, or disability.

We want our workforce to be truly representative of all sections of society and for all our employees to feel respected and able to reach their potential. Our commitment to these aims and detailed approach are set out in Tullow's Code of Ethical Conduct and Equal Opportunities Policy.

We aim to provide an optimal working environment to suit the needs of all employees, including those of employees with disabilities. For employees who become disabled during their time with the Group, Tullow will provide support to help them remain safely in continuous employment.

Employee involvement and engagement

We use a range of methods to inform and consult with employees about significant business issues and our performance. These include webcasts, the Group's intranet, town hall meetings and Tullow World, our in-house magazine.

We have an employee share plan for all permanent employees which gives employees a direct interest in the business's success.

Political donations

In line with Group policy, no donations were made for political purposes.

Corporate responsibility

The Group works to achieve high standards of environmental, health and safety management. Our performance in these areas can be found on pages 46 and 47 of this Report. In addition, Tullow publishes a separate Corporate Responsibility Report which is available on the Group website: www.tullowoil.com.

Auditors and disclosure of relevant audit information

Having made the requisite enquiries, so far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company's auditors are unaware and each Director has taken all steps that ought to have been taken to make him or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditors are aware of that information.

A resolution to re-appoint Deloitte LLP as the Company's auditors will be proposed at the AGM. More information can be found in the Audit Committee report on page 79.

Annual General Meeting

The Notice of Annual General Meeting accompanies this Annual Report and sets out the resolutions to be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. The meeting will be held on 28 April 2016, at Tullow Oil's Head Office, 9 Chiswick Park, 566 Chiswick High Road, London, W4 5XT from 12 noon.

This Corporate Governance Report (which includes the Directors' remuneration report) and the information referred to herein has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin Massie Corporate Counsel and Company Secretary

9 February 2016

Registered office: 9 Chiswick Park 566 Chiswick High Road London W4 5XT

Company registered in England and Wales No. 3919249

OUR NEW VENTURES BUSINESS

The New Ventures Business Delivery Team is responsible for Tullow's frontier exploration and appraisal activity. This involves investigating potential new countries to enter, negotiating deals to acquire, farm-in or farm-out of licences and high-grading the Group's explorations portfolio to prepare drill-ready prospects for future years.

3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3

Statement of Directors' responsibilities 114
Independent auditor's report for the Group Financial
Statements 115
Group Financial Statements 120
Company Financial Statements 154
Five year financial summary 163
Supplementary information
Shareholder information 164
Licence interests 165
Commercial reserves and resources 170
Transparency disclosure 171
Subsidiaries 176
Glossary 178

South American exploration team reviewing subsurface geology, Dublin office, Ireland

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and the Parent Company Financial Statements in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework. Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

Company

In preparing the Parent Company Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

  • Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
  • Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
  • State whether Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework has been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements; and
  • Prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

Group

In preparing the Group Financial Statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

  • Properly select and apply accounting policies;
  • Present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
  • Provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance; and
  • Make an assessment of the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors' responsibility statement

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

  • The Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;
  • The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and
  • The Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

Aidan Heavey Ian Springett Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer

9 February 2016 9 February 2016

114 Tullow Oil plc 2015 Annual Report and Accounts

Opinion on Financial
Statements of Tullow
Oil plc
In our opinion:
• the Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's and of the Parent
Company's affairs as at 31 December 2015 and of the Group's loss for the year then ended;
• the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;
• the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including FRS 101
"Reduced Disclosure Framework"; and
• the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group Financial Statements, Article 4 of
the IAS Regulation.
The Financial Statements comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Statement of
Comprehensive Income and Expense, the Group and Company Balance Sheets, the Group
Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Accounting Policies
with related notes 1 to 31 and the Company Accounting Policies with related notes 1 to 10. The
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group Financial
Statements is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company Financial Statements
is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 "Reduced Disclosure Framework".
Going concern and the
Directors' assessment
of the principal risks
that would threaten the
solvency or liquidity of
the Group
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the Directors' statement regarding the
appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting contained within note (af) to the
Financial Statements and the Directors' statement on the longer-term viability of the Group
on page 55.
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
• the Directors' confirmation on page 114 that they have carried out a robust assessment of
the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model,
future performance, solvency or liquidity;
• the disclosures on page 52 that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed
or mitigated;
• the Directors' statement in note (af) to the Financial Statements about whether they considered
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group's ability to continue to do so over a
period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the Financial Statements;
• the Directors' explanation on page 78 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group,
over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment,
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or
assumptions.
We agreed with the Directors' adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not
identify any such material uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions
can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group's ability to continue as a
going concern.
Independence We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council's Ethical Standards for
Auditors and we confirm that we are independent of the Group and we have fulfilled our
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have
not provided any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.
Our assessment of
risks of material
misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest
effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts
of the engagement team.

The Audit Committee has requested that while not required under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we include in our report any significant key observations in respect of these assessed risks of material misstatement.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TULLOW OIL PLC CONTINUED

Carrying value of Exploration and Evaluation ("E&E") assets

Risk description The carrying value of E&E assets at 31 December 2015 is \$3,400.0 million, and the Group has
written off E&E expenditure totalling \$748.9 million in the year. See note 11 for further details.
The assessment of the carrying value requires management to exercise judgement as described
in the "critical accounting judgements" section of the Annual Report on page 128. Management's
assessment requires consideration of a number of factors, including but not limited to, the Group's
intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or licence, the likelihood of licence
renewal, and the success of drilling and geological analysis to date.
How the scope
of our audit
responded to
the risk
We evaluated management's assessment of E&E assets carried forward with reference to the
criteria of IFRS 6: Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources and the Group's accounting
policy (see page 126). In 2015, the Group has continued to review their exploration strategy and
geographical areas of exploration focus in the context of a lower oil price environment. Our work
has considered both of these factors.
The audit procedures we performed included obtaining an understanding of the Group's ongoing
E&E activity by interviewing operational and finance staff at all key locations, and gathering audit
evidence to assess the value of E&E assets carried forward. Such evidence included approved
project budgets, and confirmations of ongoing appraisal activity and the licence phase.
Where an asset has been impaired we have challenged management on the events that led
to the impairment, including reference to future budgeted expenditure.
Where an asset has demonstrated indicators of impairment but has been retained on the
balance sheet, we have gathered evidence in respect of the status of appraisal activity,
allocation of budget and any conclusion on commerciality.
Key observations We are satisfied that the assets have been treated in accordance with the criteria of IFRS 6
and Tullow's E&E accounting policy.
In some circumstances the costs of wells from exploration continue to be held on the balance
sheet for a significant period of time while development consent is obtained, for example in
Uganda where development is considered to be highly likely. Based on the audit evidence we
have gathered we are satisfied that management has reached these conclusions appropriately.
Carrying value of PP&E assets
Risk description The Group holds PP&E assets of \$5,204.4 million at 31 December 2015 and has recorded
impairments of PP&E of \$406.0 million in 2015. See note 12 for further information.
As described in the "critical accounting judgements" section of the Annual Report on page 128,
the assessment of the carrying value of PP&E assets requires management to exercise judgement
in identifying indictors of impairment, such as a decrease in oil price or a downgrade of proved
and probable reserves.
When such indicators are identified, management must make an estimate of the recoverable
amount of the asset which is compared against the carrying value. The calculation of the
recoverable amount requires judgement in estimating future oil and gas prices, the applicable
asset discount rate, and the cost and production profiles of reserves estimates.
How the scope
of our audit
responded to
We examined management's assessment of impairment indicators, which concluded that the
fall in commodity prices represented an indicator of impairment for all oil and gas assets held
within PP&E.
the risk The assumptions that underpin management's calculation of the recoverable amount of oil and
gas assets are inherently judgemental. Our audit work therefore assessed the reasonableness
of management's key judgements of the recoverable amount of each asset. Specifically our work
included, but was not limited to, the following procedures:
• benchmarking and analysis of oil and gas price assumptions against forward curves,
peer information and other market data;
• agreement of hydrocarbon production profiles and proved and probable reserves to
third party reserve reports;
• verification of estimated future costs by agreement to approved budgets and where
applicable, third party data; and
• the recalculation and benchmarking of discount rates applied with involvement of
Deloitte industry valuation specialists.
Key observations From the work performed, we are satisfied that the assets have been treated in accordance
with the requirements of IAS 36: Impairment of Assets.
When considered in aggregate, we consider the assumptions adopted to be within a reasonable
range. Management has disclosed the impact of sensitivities of both the discount rate and
commodity prices in the PP&E note on page 138.
Provision for tax claims
Risk description The nature, rate and type of taxation which is applicable to hydrocarbon exploration and production
activities varies widely by jurisdiction. In addition, the Group is subject to various claims from local
tax authorities in the normal course of its business.
Significant judgement is required to estimate the appropriate level of provision for the tax claims
against the Group as the validity and ultimate outcome of such claims can be uncertain. As such,
the Group has included tax provisions in their disclosure of key sources of uncertainty on page 129.
How the scope
of our audit
responded to
the risk
We have challenged the assumptions made by management regarding each significant claim with
Tullow's tax team, such as their assessment of the likely outcome of the claim, and their estimate
of any future settlement value. We have also evaluated the provisions and potential exposures
together with tax specialists within the audit team from the relevant jurisdictions.
Our audit work included review of correspondence with the relevant tax authorities and we used
our knowledge of the specific tax regimes to challenge the Group's assumptions and judgements
regarding the level of provisions made.
Key observations We are satisfied that the judgements made by management are reasonable, based on the audit
evidence gathered.
The settlement of the Ugandan Capital Gains Tax dispute in the year has significantly reduced the
overall tax exposure. There remain a number of claims where the Group believes there is a low
probability of adverse outcomes due to the locations and industry in which the Group operates.
Going concern
Risk description The Group is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet scheduled
loan repayments and covenant requirements and hence to operate within its existing debt
facilities. Commodity price volatility in the oil and gas sector has placed increased pressure
on these cash flows and the ability of the Group to comply in the future with covenant ratios.
How the scope
of our audit
responded to
Management's going concern forecasts include a number of assumptions on future cash flows,
associated risks, and covenant compliance. Our audit work has focused on evaluating and
challenging the reasonableness of these assumptions and their impact on the forecast period.
the risk Specifically, we obtained, challenged and assessed management's going concern forecasts,
and performed procedures, including:
• Challenging management as to the reasonableness of pricing assumptions applied,
based on the benchmarking of market data;
• Verifying the consistency of key inputs relating to future costs and production to other
financial and operational information obtained during our audit;
• Reviewing key loan agreements, and past and forecast loan covenant calculations, and
obtaining and reviewing correspondence with the lead arrangers of the RBL and RCF
facilities with regards to the risk of non-compliance with financial covenant ratios; and
• Performing sensitivity analysis on management's "base case", including applying potential
downside scenarios such as lower oil prices and business interruption.
Key observations Management has concluded that the going concern basis remains appropriate after performing
a detailed forecast of the liquidity and covenant compliance for a period of 12 months from the
date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts. In reaching their conclusion, they have
considered the impact of possible downside scenarios and their ability to take mitigating actions
if required, in advance of any such scenario threatening the maintenance of liquidity or covenant
compliance. We are satisfied that management's going concern assessment is appropriate as
stated above.
The description of risks above should be read in conjunction with the significant issues considered
by the Audit Committee discussed on page 81.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole,
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TULLOW OIL PLC CONTINUED

Our application of
materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the Financial Statements that makes it
probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or
influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the
results of our work.
We determined materiality for the Group to be \$60 million (2014: \$80 million), which is below 6%
of pre-tax loss, and below 2% of equity. The decrease in materiality in 2015 reflects the decrease
in the Group's net assets following the impairments recorded in the year.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all audit differences in excess
of \$1.6 million (2014: \$1.6 million), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view,
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure
matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the Financial Statements.
An overview of the
scope of our audit
Our Group audit scope for the current and prior year included a full audit of all seven (2014: eight)
reporting unit locations, based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement and of the
materiality of the Group's business operations at those locations. These seven reporting units account
for 100% of the Group's total revenue, profit before tax and net assets. The materialities used for these
components ranged from \$20 million to \$35 million.
The Group team audits the UK, Kenya and Uganda reporting units directly. Their involvement in the
work performed by component auditors varies by location and includes, at a minimum, a review of
the reports provided on the results of the work undertaken by the component audit teams.
In addition, the Senior Statutory Auditor or senior members of his Group audit team visited the
following reporting locations in the year: Gabon, Ghana, Kenya, and Uganda to direct and review
the audit work performed by the component auditors.
At the Parent Company level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical
procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement
of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or audit
of specified account balances.
Opinion on other In our opinion:
matters prescribed
by the Companies
• the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared
in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
Act 2006 • the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report for the financial year
for which the Financial Statements are prepared is consistent with the Financial Statements.
Matters on which
we are required to
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
report by exception • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate
for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
• the Parent Company Financial Statements are not in agreement with the accounting records
and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
Directors' remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures
of Directors' remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report
to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have nothing to
report arising from these matters.
Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate Governance Statement
relating to the Company's compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
We have nothing to report arising from our review.
Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if,
in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is:
• materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
• apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the
Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or
• otherwise misleading.
In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between
our knowledge acquired during the audit and the Directors' statement that they consider the Annual
Report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the Annual Report appropriately discloses

those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee which we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements.

Respective
responsibilities of
Directors and
auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible
for the preparation of the Financial Statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair
view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the Financial Statements in
accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also
comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology
and tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood and applied.
Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and
independent partner reviews.
This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state
to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Scope of the audit
of the Financial
Statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the Financial Statements
sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the Financial Statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the Group's and the Parent Company's circumstances
and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant
accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the Financial
Statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual
Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited Financial Statements and to identify
any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with,
the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Dean Cook MA FCA (Senior statutory auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor London, United Kingdom

9 February 2016

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Continuing activities
Sales revenue 2 1,606.6 2,212.9
Cost of sales 4 (1,015.3) (1,116.7)
Gross profit 591.3 1,096.2
Administrative expenses 4 (193.6) (192.4)
Restructuring costs 4 (40.8)
Loss on disposal 9 (56.5) (482.4)
Goodwill impairment 10 (53.7) (132.8)
Exploration costs written off 11 (748.9) (1,657.3)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, net 12 (406.0) (595.9)
Provision for onerous service contracts 23 (185.5)
Operating loss 4 (1,093.7) (1,964.6)
(Loss)/gain on hedging instruments 21 (58.8) 50.8
Finance revenue 2 4.2 9.6
Finance costs 5 (149.0) (143.2)
Loss from continuing activities before tax (1,297.3) (2,047.4)
Income tax credit 6 260.4 407.5
Loss for the year from continuing activities (1,036.9) (1,639.9)
Attributable to:
Owners of the Company (1,034.8) (1,555.7)
Non-controlling interest 26 (2.1) (84.2)
(1,036.9) (1,639.9)
Loss per ordinary share from continuing activities 8 ¢ ¢
Basic (113.6) (170.9)
Diluted (113.6) (170.9)

GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND EXPENSE

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Loss for the year (1,036.9) (1,639.9)
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods
Cash flow hedges
Gains arising in the year 21 513.0 485.7
Reclassification adjustments for items included in profit on realisation 21 (302.4) 4.6
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (43.6) (50.6)
Other comprehensive income 167.0 439.7
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income 21 (42.3) (91.0)
Net other comprehensive income for the year 124.7 348.7
Total comprehensive expense for the year (912.2) (1,291.2)
Attributable to:
Owners of the Company (910.1) (1,207.0)
Non-controlling interest (2.1) (84.2)
(912.2) (1,291.2)

3 GROUP BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2015

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill
10
164.0
217.7
3,400.0
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
11
3,660.8
Property, plant and equipment
12
5,204.4
4,887.0
Investments
13
1.0
1.0
223.4
Other non-current assets
14
119.7
Derivative financial instruments
21
218.7
193.9
Deferred tax assets
24
295.3
255.0
9,506.8
9,335.1
Current assets
Inventories
15
107.2
139.5
Trade receivables
16
80.8
87.8
Other current assets
14
763.2
902.3
Current tax assets
6
127.6
221.6
Derivative financial instruments
21
406.5
280.8
Cash and cash equivalents
17
355.7
319.0
Assets classified as held for sale
18

135.6
1,841.0
2,086.6
11,347.8
11,421.7
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
19
(1,110.6)
(1,074.9)
Provisions
23
(187.0)

Borrowings
20
(73.8)
(131.5)
Current tax liabilities
(208.3)
(115.9)
Derivative financial instruments
21
(2.1)
(3.3)
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale
18

(13.6)
(1,581.8)
(1,339.2)
Non-current liabilities
(99.3)
Trade and other payables
19
(85.1)
Borrowings
20
(4,262.4)
(3,209.1)
Provisions
23
(1,065.1)
(1,260.4)
(1,164.5)
Deferred tax liabilities
24
(1,507.6)
(6,591.3)
(6,062.2)
(8,173.1)
(7,401.4)
Total liabilities
3,174.7
4,020.3
Net assets
EQUITY
Called-up share capital
25
147.2
147.0
Share premium
25
609.8
606.4
Foreign currency translation reserve
(249.3)
(205.7)
Hedge reserve
21
569.9
401.6
Other reserves
740.9
740.9
Retained earnings
1,336.4
2,305.8
3,154.9
3,996.0
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling interest
26
19.8
24.3
3,174.7
4,020.3
Total equity
Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 9 February 2016.

Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer

Aidan Heavey Ian Springett

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Notes Share
capital
\$m
Share
premium
\$m
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve1
\$m
Hedge
reserve2
\$m
Other
reserves3
\$m
Retained
earnings
\$m
Total
\$m
Non
controlling
interest4
\$m
Total
equity
\$m
At 1 January 2014 146.9 603.2 (155.1) 2.3 740.9 3,984.7 5,322.9 123.5 5,446.4
Loss for the year (1,555.7) (1,555.7) (84.2) (1,639.9)
Hedges, net of tax 21 399.3 399.3 399.3
Currency translation
adjustments
(50.6) (50.6) (50.6)
Issue of employee share
options
25 0.1 3.2 3.3 3.3
Vesting of PSP shares (0.4) (0.4) (0.4)
Share-based payment
charges
27 59.5 59.5 59.5
Dividends paid 7 (182.3) (182.3) (182.3)
Distribution to non
controlling interests
26 (15.0) (15.0)
At 1 January 2015 147.0 606.4 (205.7) 401.6 740.9 2,305.8 3,996.0 24.3 4,020.3
Loss for the year – (1,034.8) (1,034.8) (2.1) (1,036.9)
Hedges, net of tax 21 168.3 168.3 168.3
Currency translation
adjustments
(43.6) (43.6) (43.6)
Issue of employee share
options
25 0.2 3.4 3.6 3.6
Vesting of PSP shares (1.9) (1.9) (1.9)
Share-based payment
charges 27 67.3 67.3 67.3
Dividends paid 7
Distribution to non
controlling interests
26 (2.4) (2.4)
  1. The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses arising on translation of foreign currency subsidiaries, monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur, which form part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and exchange gains or losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings which are a hedge against the Group's overseas investments. The movement during the year is primarily driven by the strengthening of USD against NOK and EUR.

At 31 December 2015 147.2 609.8 (249.3) 569.9 740.9 1,336.4 3,154.9 19.8 3,174.7

  1. The hedge reserve represents gains and losses on derivatives classified as effective cash flow hedges.

  2. Other reserves include the merger reserve and the treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of shares in Tullow Oil plc purchased in the market and held by the Tullow Oil Employee Trust to satisfy awards held under the Group's share incentive plans (note 27).

  3. Non-controlling interest is described further in note 26.

3 GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Loss before taxation (1,297.3) (2,047.4)
Adjustments for:
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 4 580.1 621.8
Loss on disposal 9 56.5 482.4
Goodwill impairment 10 53.7 132.8
Exploration costs written off 11 748.9 1,657.3
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 12 406.0 595.9
Provision for onerous service contracts 23 185.5
Provision for inventory 15 22.2
Decommissioning expenditure 23 (40.8) (20.4)
Share-based payment charge 27 48.7 39.5
Loss/(gain) on hedging instruments 21 58.8 (50.8)
Finance revenue 2 (4.2) (9.6)
Finance costs 5 149.0 143.2
Operating cash flow before working capital movements 967.1 1,544.7
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (26.5) 29.9
Decrease in inventories 9.0 61.0
Increase/(decrease) in trade payables 366.5 (119.6)
Cash generated from operating activities 1,316.1 1,516.0
Income taxes received/(paid) 34.9 (34.2)
Net cash from operating activities 1,351.0 1,481.8
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from disposals 9 55.8 21.3
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets (647.6) (1,255.1)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (1,464.8) (1,098.3)
Interest received 4.2 4.6
Net cash used in investing activities (2,052.4) (2,327.5)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issue of share capital 3.5 3.3
Debt arrangement fees (25.7) (22.2)
Repayment of bank loans (191.8) (1,202.1)
Drawdown of bank loans 1,168.8 1,749.8
Issue of senior loan notes 20 650.0
Repayment of obligations under finance leases (3.3) (1.1)
Finance costs paid (203.6) (172.9)
Dividends paid 7 (182.3)
Distribution to non-controlling interests 26 (2.4) (15.0)
Net cash generated by financing activities 745.5 807.5
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 44.1 (38.2)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 17 319.0 352.9
Cash transferred from held for sale 16.2
Foreign exchange loss (7.4) (11.9)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 17 355.7 319.0

ACCOUNTING POLICIES YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

(a) General information

Tullow Oil plc is a company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the registered office is given on page 111.

(b) Adoption of new and revised standards

Standards not affecting the reported results or the financial position

New and revised Standards and Interpretations adopted in the current year did not have any significant impact on the amounts reported in these Financial Statements.

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these Financial Statements were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU):

IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for
Sale and Discontinued
Operations – Changes in
methods of disposal
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Sale or Contribution of Assets
between an Investor and its
Associate or Joint Venture
IFRS 11 Accounting for Acquisitions of
Interests in Joint Operations
IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with
Customers
IFRS 16 Leases
IAS 1 Disclosure Initiative
IAS 16 and IAS 38 Clarification of Acceptable
Methods of Depreciation
and Amortisation
IAS 19 Employee Benefits – Discount
rate: regional market issue
IAS 27 Equity Method in Separate
Financial Statements
IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting –
Disclosure of information
'elsewhere in the interim
financial report'

The adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments which the Group plans to adopt for the year commencing 1 January 2018 will impact both the measurement and disclosures of financial instruments. The adoption of IFRS 16 Leases which the Group plans to adopt for the year commencing 1 January 2019 will impact both the measurement and disclosures of leases.

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the other Standards listed above will have a material impact on the Financial Statements of the Group in future periods.

(c) Changes in accounting policy

Other than the changes to the Standards noted above, the Group's accounting policies are consistent with the prior year.

(d) Basis of accounting

The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The Financial Statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and therefore the Group Financial Statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value and non-current assets held for sale which are carried at fair value less cost to sell. The Financial Statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest \$0.1 million, except where otherwise stated. The Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis (see note 21 for further details).

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out below.

(e) Basis of consolidation

The consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the Financial Statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power over an investee entity, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group's equity therein. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination (see below) and the non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of the combination. Losses within a subsidiary are attributed to the non-controlling interest even if that results in a deficit balance. The Group does not have any material non-controlling interests.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the Group income statement from the transaction date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group gains control and will continue to be included until the date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the Financial Statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations

The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administration expenses. The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets held for Sale and Discontinued

Operations, which are recognised and measured at fair value less costs to sell. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group's interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the Group's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Joint arrangements

The Group is engaged in oil and gas exploration, development and production through unincorporated joint arrangements; these are classified as joint operations in accordance with IFRS 11. The Group accounts for its share of the results and net assets of these joint operations. In addition, where Tullow acts as Operator to the joint operation, the gross liabilities and receivables (including amounts due to or from non-operating partners) of the joint operation are included in the Group's balance sheet.

(f) Non-current assets held for sale

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

(g) Revenue

Sales revenue represents the sales value, net of VAT, of the Group's share of liftings in the year together with tariff income. Revenue is recognised when goods are delivered and title has passed.

Revenues received under take-or-pay sales contracts in respect of undelivered volumes are accounted for as deferred income.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset's net carrying amount.

(h) Over/underlift

Lifting or offtake arrangements for oil and gas produced in certain of the Group's jointly owned operations are such that each participant may not receive and sell its precise share of the overall production in each period. The resulting imbalance between cumulative entitlement and cumulative production less stock is underlift or overlift. Underlift and overlift are valued at market value and included within receivables and payables respectively. Movements during an accounting period are adjusted through cost of sales such that gross profit is recognised on an entitlements basis.

In respect of re-determinations, any adjustments to the Group's net entitlement of future production are accounted for prospectively in the period in which the make-up oil is produced. Where the make-up period extends beyond the expected life of a field an accrual is recognised for the expected shortfall.

(i) Inventory

Inventories, other than oil product, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by the first-in first-out method and comprises direct purchase costs, cost of production, transportation and manufacturing expenses. Net realisable value is determined by reference to prices existing at the balance sheet date.

Oil product is stated at net realisable value and changes in net realisable value are recognised in the income statement.

(j) Foreign currencies

The US dollar is the presentation currency of the Group. For the purpose of presenting consolidated Financial Statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group's non-US dollar-denominated functional entities are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Currency translation adjustments arising on the restatement of opening net assets of non-US dollar subsidiaries, together with differences between the subsidiaries' results translated at average rates versus closing rates, are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and expense and transferred to the foreign currency translation reserve. All resulting exchange differences are classified as equity until disposal of the subsidiary. On disposal, the cumulative amounts of the exchange differences are recognised as income or expense.

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange ruling at the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated into functional currency at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date, with a corresponding charge or credit to the income statement. However, exchange gains and losses arising on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur, which form part of the net investment in a foreign operation, are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve and recognised in profit or loss on disposal of the net investment. In addition, exchange gains and losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings which are a hedge against the Group's overseas investments are dealt with in reserves.

(k) Goodwill

The Group allocates goodwill to cash-generating units (CGUs) or groups of CGUs that represent the assets acquired as part of the business combination.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as at 31 December and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Impairment is determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount, using the 'Value in Use' method, of each CGU (or group of CGUs) to which goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(l) Exploration, evaluation and production assets

The Group adopts the successful efforts method of accounting for exploration and evaluation costs. Prelicence costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. All licence acquisition, exploration and evaluation costs and directly attributable administration costs are initially capitalised in cost centres by well, field or exploration area, as appropriate. Interest payable is capitalised insofar as it relates to specific development activities.

These costs are then written off as exploration costs in the income statement unless commercial reserves have been established or the determination process has not been completed and there are no indications of impairment.

All field development costs are capitalised as property, plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment related to production activities is amortised in accordance with the Group's depletion and amortisation accounting policy.

Cash consideration received on farm-down of exploration and evaluation assets is credited against the carrying value of the asset.

(m) Commercial reserves

Commercial reserves are proven and probable oil and gas reserves, which are defined as the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological, geophysical and engineering data demonstrate with a specified degree of certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs and which are considered commercially producible. There should be a 50 per cent statistical probability that the actual quantity of recoverable reserves will be more than the amount estimated as proven and probable reserves and a 50 per cent statistical probability that it will be less.

(n) Depletion and amortisation – discovery fields

All expenditure carried within each field is amortised from the commencement of production on a unit of production basis, which is the ratio of oil and gas production in the period to the estimated quantities of commercial reserves at the end of the period plus the production in the period, generally on a field-by-field basis or by a group of fields which are reliant on common infrastructure. Costs used in the unit of production calculation comprise the net book value of capitalised costs plus the estimated future field development costs required to recover the commercial reserves remaining. Changes in the estimates of commercial reserves or future field development costs are dealt with prospectively.

Where there has been a change in economic conditions that indicates a possible impairment in a discovery field, the recoverability of the net book value relating to that field is assessed by comparison with the estimated discounted future cash flows based on management's expectations of future oil and gas prices and future costs. Where there is evidence of economic interdependency between fields, such as common infrastructure, the fields are grouped as a single cash-generating unit for impairment purposes.

Any impairment identified is charged to the income statement as additional depletion and amortisation. Where conditions giving rise to impairment subsequently reverse, the effect of the impairment charge is also reversed as a credit to the income statement, net of any amortisation that would have been charged since the impairment.

(o) Decommissioning

Provision for decommissioning is recognised in full when the related facilities are installed. A corresponding amount equivalent to the provision is also recognised as part of the cost of the related property, plant and equipment. The amount recognised is the estimated cost of decommissioning, discounted to its net present value, and is reassessed each year in accordance with local conditions and requirements. Changes in the estimated timing of decommissioning or decommissioning cost estimates are dealt with prospectively by recording an adjustment to the provision, and a corresponding adjustment to property, plant and equipment. The unwinding of the discount on the decommissioning provision is included as a finance cost.

(p) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated in the balance sheet at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment other than production assets is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less the estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its expected useful economic life of between three and five years.

(q) Finance costs and debt

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Finance costs of debt are allocated to periods over the term of the related debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount. Arrangement fees and issue costs are deducted from the debt proceeds on initial recognition of the liability and are amortised and charged to the income statement as finance costs over the term of the debt.

(r) Share issue expenses and share premium account

Costs of share issues are written off against the premium arising on the issues of share capital.

(s) Taxation

Current and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax and overseas corporation tax, are provided at amounts expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred corporation tax is recognised on all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more, or right to pay less, tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the underlying temporary differences can be deducted. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on acquisitions that are categorised as Business Combinations. Deferred tax is recognised at acquisition as part of the assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. Any deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement as the underlying temporary difference is reversed.

Petroleum Revenue Tax (PRT) is treated as an income tax and deferred PRT is accounted for under the temporary difference method. Current UK PRT is charged as a tax expense on chargeable field profits included in the income statement and is deductible for UK corporation tax.

In order to account for uncertain tax positions management has formed an accounting policy, in accordance with IAS 8, whereby the ultimate outcome of legal proceedings is viewed as a single unit of account. The results of separate hearings in relation to the same matter, such as local tribunals and international arbitration, are not viewed separately and only the final outcome is assessed by management to determine the best estimate of any potential outcome. If management viewed the results of individual hearings separately an income statement charge could arise due to the differing recognition criteria of assets and liabilities.

(t) Pensions

Contributions to the Group's defined contribution pension schemes are charged to operating profit on an accruals basis.

(u) Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and movements in oil and gas prices.

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

The purpose for which a derivative is used is established at inception. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be highly effective in achieving its objective and this effectiveness must be documented at inception and throughout the period of the hedge relationship. The hedge must be assessed on an ongoing basis and determined to have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which the hedge was designated.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as either fair value hedges, when they hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability, or cash flow hedges, where they hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or forecast transaction.

For cash flow hedges, the portion of the gains and losses on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is taken to other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion, as well as any change in time value, is recognised in the income statement. The gains and losses taken to other comprehensive income are subsequently transferred to the income statement during the period in which the hedged transaction affects the income statement. A similar treatment applies to foreign currency loans which are hedges of the Group's net investment in the net assets of a foreign operation.

Gains or losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment (either from inception or during the life of the instrument) are taken directly to the income statement in the period.

(v) Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases and are charged to the

income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised in accordance with the Group's policy on borrowing costs.

(w) Share-based payments

The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Sharebased Payments. The Group has share-based awards that are equity settled and cash settled as defined by IFRS 2. The fair value of the equity settled awards has been determined at the date of grant of the award allowing for the effect of any market-based performance conditions. This fair value, adjusted by the Group's estimate of the number of awards that will eventually vest as a result of non-market conditions, is expensed uniformly over the vesting period.

The fair values were calculated using a binomial option pricing model with suitable modifications to allow for employee turnover after vesting and early exercise. Where necessary, this model is supplemented with a Monte Carlo model. The inputs to the models include: the share price at date of grant; exercise price; expected volatility; expected dividends; risk free rate of interest; and patterns of exercise of the plan participants.

For cash settled awards, a liability is recognised for the goods or service acquired, measured initially at the fair value of the liability. At each balance sheet date until the liability is settled, and at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is remeasured, with any changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(x) Financial assets

All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the investment within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs.

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets 'at fair value through profit or loss' (FVTPL); 'held-to-maturity' investments; 'availablefor-sale' (AFS) financial assets; and 'loans and receivables'. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

(y) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

(z) Loans and receivables

Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in

ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

an active market are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

(aa) Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial asset, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

Income is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL. The Group chooses not to disclose the effective interest rate for debt instruments that are classified as at fair value through profit or loss.

(ab) Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.

(ac) Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

(ad) Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis.

(ae) Critical accounting judgements

The Group assesses critical accounting judgements annually. The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with in policy (af)), that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements.

• Carrying value of intangible exploration and evaluation assets (note 11);

The amounts for intangible exploration and evaluation assets represent active exploration projects. These amounts will be written off to the income statement as exploration costs unless commercial reserves are established or the determination process is not completed and there are no indications of impairment in accordance with the Group's accounting policy. The process of determining whether there is an indicator for impairment or calculating the impairment requires critical judgement.

The key areas in which management has applied judgement are as follows: the Group's intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or licence;

the likelihood of licence renewal or extension; and the success of a well result or geological or geophysical survey.

(af) Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below.

• Carrying value of property, plant and equipment (note 12);

Management performs impairment reviews on the Group's property, plant and equipment assets at least annually with reference to indicators in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets and performs valuations of acquired property, plant and equipment in conjunction with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Where indicators are present and an impairment test is required, the calculation of the recoverable amount requires estimation of future cash flows within complex impairment models.

Key assumptions and estimates in the impairment models relate to: commodity prices that are based on forward curves for two years and the long-term corporate economic assumptions thereafter, discount rates that are adjusted to reflect risks specific to individual assets, commercial reserves and the related cost profiles.

• Commercial reserves estimates used in the calculation of DD&A and impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 12);

Proven and probable reserves are estimates of the amount of oil and gas that can be economically extracted from the Group's oil and gas assets. The Group estimates its reserves using standard recognised evaluation techniques. The estimate is reviewed at least twice annually by management and is regularly reviewed by independent consultants.

Proven and probable reserves are determined using estimates of oil and gas in place, recovery factors and future commodity prices, the latter having an impact on the total amount of recoverable reserves and the proportion of the gross reserves which are attributable to host governments under the terms of the Production Sharing Contracts. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development required to produce the reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

• Presumption of going concern (note 21);

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion of debt liquidity headroom and free cash at the end of 2015. The Group's forecast, taking into account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial

headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

Notwithstanding our forecasts of liquidity headroom throughout the 12 month period, there remains a risk, given the volatility of the oil price environment and its impact on operating cash flows and facility availability, that the Group's liquidity position may deteriorate and/or the Group may become technically non-compliant with one of its financial covenants at the end of 2016.

To mitigate this risk, we will continue to maintain our long-term banking relations and will monitor our cash flow projections and, if necessary, take mitigating actions well in advance to maintain our liquidity and compliance with covenants. Actions available to the Group include further rationalisation of our cost base, cuts to discretionary capital expenditure, portfolio management and other funding options.

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

• Decommissioning costs (note 23);

Decommissioning costs are uncertain and cost estimates can vary in response to many factors, including changes to the relevant legal requirements, the emergence of new technology or experience at other assets. The expected timing, work scope, amount of expenditure and risk weighting may also change. Therefore significant estimates and assumptions are made in determining the provision for decommissioning.

The estimated decommissioning costs are reviewed annually by an external expert and the results of this review are then assessed alongside estimates from Operators. Provision for environmental clean-up and remediation costs is based on current legal and contractual requirements, technology and price levels.

• Recoverability of deferred tax assets (note 24);

Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the losses can be utilised. Estimation and judgement is required to determine the value of the deferred tax asset, based upon the timing and level of future taxable profits.

• Other tax provisions;

The Group is subject to various claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business, including tax claims from tax authorities in a number of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. In order to assess whether tax claims should be provided for in the Financial Statements management has assessed all such claims in the context of the tax laws of the countries in which it operates. Management has applied judgement in assessing the likely outcome of the tax claims and has estimated the financial impact based on external tax and legal advice and prior experience of such claims.

The Directors believe that the Group has recorded adequate provisions as of 31 December 2015 and 2014 for all such matters.

• Provisions for onerous service contracts (note 23).

Due to the reduction in planned future work programmes the Group has identified a number of onerous service contracts. In order to calculate the provisions management has estimated the expected future usage of the contracts. If the Group is able to sub-contract the contracts or find a use for them the provision will decrease.

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Segmental reporting

During 2015 the Group reorganised its operational structure so that the management and resources of the business are better aligned with the delivery of the business objectives. As a result the information reported to the Group's Chief Executive Officer for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance has changed to focus on three new Business Delivery Teams, West Africa (including non-operated producing European assets), East Africa and New Ventures. Therefore the Group's reportable segments under IFRS 8 are West Africa; East Africa; and New Ventures. The following tables present revenue, profit and certain asset and liability information regarding the Group's reportable business segments for the years ended 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014. The table for the year ended 31 December 2014 has been restated to reflect the new reportable segments of the business.

Notes West Africa
\$m
East Africa
\$m
New Ventures
\$m
Unallocated
\$m
Total
\$m
2015
Sales revenue by origin 1,606.6 1,606.6
Segment result (189.7) (28.3) (461.2) (123.6) (802.8)
Loss on disposal (56.5)
Unallocated corporate expenses (234.4)
Operating loss (1,093.7)
Loss on hedging instruments (58.8)
Finance revenue 4.2
Finance costs (149.0)
Loss before tax (1,297.3)
Income tax credit 260.4
Loss after tax (1,036.9)
Total assets 7,510.5 2,601.6 1,011.2 224.5 11,347.8
Total liabilities (3,085.8) (341.4) (331.8) (4,414.1) (8,173.1)
Other segment information
Capital expenditure:
Property, plant and equipment 12 1,245.0 0.5 1.5 11.2 1,258.2
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 11 23.1 399.6 203.6 626.3
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 12 (553.2) (1.1) (1.2) (24.6) (580.1)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 12 (406.0) (406.0)
Exploration costs written off 11 (380.0) (28.3) (340.6) (748.9)
Goodwill impairment 10 (53.7) (53.7)

All sales are to external customers. Included in revenue arising from West Africa are revenues of approximately \$314.9 million and \$164.2 million relating to the Group's largest customers (2014: \$545.9 million, \$323.2 million, \$217.8 million and \$210.5 million relating to the Group's largest customers). As the sales of oil and gas are made on global markets and are highly liquid, the Group does not place reliance on the largest customers mentioned above.

Unallocated expenditure and net liabilities include amounts of a corporate nature and not specifically attributable to a reportable segment. The liabilities comprise the Group's external debt and other non-attributable corporate liabilities. The unallocated capital expenditure for the period comprises the acquisition of non-attributable corporate assets.

Restated Notes West Africa
\$m
East Africa
\$m
New Ventures
\$m
Unallocated
\$m
Total
\$m
2014
Sales revenue by origin 2,205.2 7.7 2,212.9
Segment result 371.8 0.8 (1,656.1) (6.3) (1,289.8)
Loss on disposal (482.4)
Unallocated corporate expenses (192.4)
Operating loss (1,964.6)
Gain on hedging instruments 50.8
Finance revenue
Finance costs
9.6
(143.2)
Loss before tax
Income tax credit
(2,047.4)
407.5
Loss after tax (1,639.9)
Total assets 7,454.2 2,354.7 1,397.3 215.5 11,421.7
Total liabilities (3,285.9) (267.6) (588.5) (3,259.4) (7,401.4)
Other segment information
Capital expenditure:
Property, plant and equipment 12 1,463.1 1.6 11.0 59.6 1,535.3
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 11 181.9 555.8 667.8 1,405.5
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 12 (577.1) (0.9) (1.2) (42.6) (621.8)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 12 (592.4) (3.5) (595.9)
Exploration costs written off 11 (134.6) 0.8 (1,523.5) (1,657.3)
Goodwill impairment 10 (132.8) (132.8)
Sales revenue and non-current assets by origin Sales revenue
2015
\$m
Restated
Sales revenue
2014
\$m
Non-current
assets
2015
\$m
Restated
Non-current
assets
2014
\$m
Congo 39.7 52.4 12.2 82.9
Côte d'Ivoire 91.8 58.5 159.1 143.3
Equatorial Guinea 176.1 262.8 218.6 354.7
Gabon 284.3 275.4 234.5 313.1
Ghana 869.1 1,272.1 4,891.0 4,102.9
Mauritania 18.9 35.9 1.4
Netherlands 57.5 93.1 115.5 572.6
UK 69.2 155.0 6.0 93.9
Other 0.5 10.6
Total West Africa 1,606.6 2,205.2 5,637.4 5,675.4
Kenya 880.6 659.4
Uganda 1,593.5 1,444.2
Total East Africa 2,474.1 2,103.6
Norway 7.7 474.8 573.9
Other 297.7 412.2
Total New Ventures 7.7 772.5 986.1
Unallocated 108.8 121.1
Total revenue / non-current assets 1,606.6 2,212.9 8,992.8 8,886.2

Non-current assets excludes derivative financial instruments and deferred tax assets.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 2. Total revenue

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Sales revenue (excluding tariff income)
Oil and gas revenue from the sale of goods 1,225.6 2,225.1
Gain/(loss) on realisation of cash flow hedges
21
365.2 (14.5)
1,590.8 2,210.6
Provision for accrued income (18.5)
Tariff income 15.8 20.8
Total sales revenue
Finance revenue
1,606.6
4.2
2,212.9
9.6
Total revenue 1,610.8 2,222.5

During 2014 accrued income of \$18.5 million in Gabon was written off.

Note 3. Staff costs

The average monthly number of employees and contractors (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group worldwide was:

2015
Number
2014
Number
Administration 785 956
Technical 928 1,115
Total 1,713 2,071
Staff costs in respect of those employees were as follows:
2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Salaries 325.5 415.2
Social security costs 13.0 24.1
Pension costs 20.9 19.6
359.4 458.9

The decrease in staff costs is due to decreased employee numbers as a result of the simplification project. A proportion of the Group's staff costs shown above is recharged to the Group's joint venture partners, a proportion is allocated to operating costs and a proportion is capitalised into the cost of fixed assets under the Group's accounting policy for exploration, evaluation and production assets with the remainder classified as an administrative overhead cost in the income statement. The net staff cost recognised in the income statement was \$124.7 million (2014: \$100.8 million).

Details of Directors' remuneration, Directors' transactions and Directors' interests are set out in the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report described as having been audited which forms part of these Financial Statements.

Note 4. Operating loss

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Operating loss is stated after charging:
Operating costs 406.3 511.5
Depletion and amortisation of oil and gas assets 12 551.2 572.2
Underlift, overlift and oil stock movements (1.5) 27.1
Share-based payment charge included in cost of sales 27 0.8 1.6
Other cost of sales 58.5 4.3
Total cost of sales 1,015.3 1,116.7
Share-based payment charge included in administrative expenses 27 47.9 37.9
Depreciation of other fixed assets 12 28.9 49.6
Relocation costs associated with simplification project 5.9
Other administrative costs 110.9 104.9
Total administrative expenses 193.6 192.4
Total restructuring costs 23 40.8
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for:
The audit of the Company's annual accounts 0.4 0.4
The audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 2.1 2.4
Total audit services 2.5 2.8
Non-audit services:
Audit related assurance services – half-year review 0.4 0.5
Tax compliance services 0.1 0.2
Corporate finance services 0.1 0.2
Other services 0.2 0.1
Total non-audit services 0.8 1.0
Total 3.3 3.8

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed because the consolidated Financial Statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

Tax compliance services include assistance in connection with enquiries from local fiscal authorities. Other services include ad-hoc assurance services in relation to the Group's JV agreements.

Details of the Company's policy on the use of auditors for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditor was used rather than another supplier and how the auditor's independence and objectivity are safeguarded are set out in the Audit Committee report on pages 79 to 83. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

Note 5. Finance costs

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Interest on bank overdrafts and borrowings 246.3 202.3
Interest on obligations under finance leases 2.0 1.1
Total borrowing costs 248.3 203.4
Less amounts included in the cost of qualifying assets
11,12
(160.1) (120.6)
88.2 82.8
Finance and arrangement fees 16.8 14.4
Other interest expense 2.7 1.0
Foreign exchange losses 13.0 22.6
Unwinding of discount on decommissioning provisions
23
28.3 22.4
Total finance costs 149.0 143.2

Borrowing costs included in the cost of qualifying assets during the year arose on the general borrowing pool and are calculated by applying a capitalisation rate of 6.15% (2014: 6.63%) to cumulative expenditure on such assets.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 6. Taxation on loss on ordinary activities

Analysis of credit in period The tax credit comprises:

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Current tax
UK corporation tax (3.5) (61.5)
Foreign tax 94.9 (70.0)
Total corporate tax 91.4 (131.5)
UK petroleum revenue tax (0.3) 4.8
Total current tax 91.1 (126.7)
Deferred tax
UK corporation tax 6.9 (199.7)
Foreign tax (354.0) (81.4)
Total deferred corporate tax (347.1) (281.1)
Deferred UK petroleum revenue tax (4.4) 0.3
24
Total deferred tax
(351.5) (280.8)
Total tax credit (260.4) (407.5)

Factors affecting tax credit for the period

The change in tax credit in 2015 is driven by deferred tax credits associated with exploration write-offs of \$276.5 million (2014: \$397.9 million) and impairments of \$49.1 million (2014: \$174.9 million).

The tax rate applied to profit on ordinary activities in preparing the reconciliation below is the UK corporation tax rate applicable to the Group's non-upstream UK profits. The difference between the total current tax credit shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax applicable to UK profits of 20% (2014: 21%) to the loss before tax is as follows:

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Group loss on ordinary activities before tax (1,297.3) (2,047.4)
Tax on Group loss on ordinary activities at the standard UK corporation
tax rate of 20% (2014: 21%)
(259.5) (430.0)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 212.4 287.0
Goodwill impairment 10.7 27.9
PSC income not subject to corporation tax (28.5) (5.9)
Net losses not recognised 15.8 104.7
Petroleum revenue tax (PRT) (4.4) 5.4
UK corporation tax deductions for current PRT 2.2 (3.3)
Utilisation of tax losses not previously recognised (56.1)
Adjustment relating to prior years (14.9) (7.1)
Adjustments to deferred tax relating to change in tax rates (1.0)
Income taxed at a different rate (297.3) (313.0)
Uganda capital gains tax 108.2
Tax incentives for investment (4.1) (17.1)
Group total tax credit for the year (260.4) (407.5)

The Finance (No.2) Act 2015 reduced the main rate of UK corporation tax applicable to all companies subject to corporation tax, except for those within the oil and gas ring fence, to 19% from 1 April 2017 and 18% from 1 April 2020. These changes were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015 and hence the effect of the change on the deferred tax balances has been included, depending upon when deferred tax will reverse.

The Group's profit before taxation will continue to arise in jurisdictions where the effective rate of taxation differs from that in the UK. Furthermore, unsuccessful exploration expenditure is often incurred in jurisdictions where the Group has no taxable profits, such that no related tax benefit arises. Accordingly, the Group's tax charge will continue to vary according to the jurisdictions in which pre-tax profits and exploration costs written off arise.

The Group has tax losses of \$1,802.0 million (2014: \$1,642.1 million) that are available for offset against future taxable profits in the companies in which the losses arose. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset taxable profits elsewhere in the Group. The Group has recognised \$55.7 million in deferred tax assets in relation to taxable losses (2014: \$72.0 million); this is offset net of a deferred tax liability in respect of capitalised interest.

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of \$8.5 million (2014: \$21.2 million) relating to unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

During 2015 \$42.3 million (2014: \$91.0 million) of tax has been recognised through other comprehensive income of which \$43.2 million (2014: \$89.5 million) is current and \$0.9 million (2014: \$1.5 million) is deferred tax relating to charges on cash flow hedges arising in the year.

Current tax assets

As at 31 December 2015, current tax assets were \$127.6 million (2014: \$221.6 million) of which \$55.0 million (2014: \$155.9 million) relates to Norway, where 78% of exploration expenditure is refunded as a tax refund in the following year and \$47.7 million (2014: \$47.7 million) relates to a tax overpayment in Ghana.

Note 7. Dividends

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Declared and paid during year
Final dividend for 2014: nil pence (2013: 8 pence) per ordinary share 123.3
Interim dividend for 2015: nil pence (2014: 4 pence) per ordinary share 59.0
Dividends paid 182.3
Proposed for approval by shareholders at the AGM
Final dividend for 2015: nil pence (2014: nil pence) per ordinary share

Note 8. Loss per ordinary share

Basic loss per ordinary share amounts are calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted loss per ordinary share amounts are calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued if employee and other share options were converted into ordinary shares. The losses made in 2015 and 2014 are antidilutive.

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Loss
Net loss attributable to equity shareholders (1,034.8) (1,555.7)
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares
Diluted net loss attributable to equity shareholders (1,034.8) (1,555.7)
2015
Number
2014
Number
Number of shares
Basic weighted average number of shares 911,252,238 910,144,565
Dilutive potential ordinary shares 25,070,398 13,296,447
Diluted weighted average number of shares 936,322,636 923,441,012

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Disposals

Income
statement
2015
\$m
Cash flow
2015
\$m
Income
statement
2014
\$m
Cash flow
2014
\$m
Uganda farm-down consideration adjustments (36.6) (36.6)
Write-off of Uganda contingent consideration (370.1)
Disposal of L&Q blocks (Netherlands) (46.3) 53.5
Farm-down of E blocks (Netherlands) 0.1
Disposal of Brage (Norway) to Wintershall 21.1 8.4
Various licence disposals (Norway) (7.4)
Farm-down of Schooner & Ketch (UK) to Faroe Petroleum (U.K.) Limited 2.2 2.2 (90.4) 38.1
Other (5.0) (6.4) 11.4
(56.5) 55.8 (482.4) 21.3

On 30 April 2015, Tullow completed the sale of its operated and non-operated interests in the L12/15 area and Blocks Q4 and Q5 to AU Energy. The consideration was €64 million (\$53.5 million), producing a profit after tax of \$7.4 million and a loss before tax of \$46.3 million. On 5 June 2015, Tullow completed the farm-down to GDF Suez E&P Nederland of 30% equity and the operatorship of Exploration Licences E10, E11 (including Tullow's Vincent discovery), E14, E15c and E18b.

In 2014, the Group completed the disposal of Brage (Norway) and the farm-down of Schooner and Ketch (UK) for net cash consideration of \$8.4 million and \$38.1 million respectively. In 2014, it was determined that it was no longer probable that the contingent consideration, recorded on the farm-down of Ugandan assets in 2012, would be recoverable and as such the balance of \$370.1 million was written off. In 2014, the Group made a payment of \$36.6 million in respect of certain indemnities granted on the farm-down of Tullow's interest in Uganda.

Note 10. Goodwill

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
At 1 January 217.7 350.5
Impairment (53.7) (132.8)
At 31 December 164.0 217.7
Related deferred tax at 31 December (89.0) (99.1)
Goodwill net of associated deferred tax 75.0 118.6

The Group's goodwill of \$350.5 million arose from the acquisition of Spring Energy in 2013 and is allocated to the group of cash-generating units (CGUs) that represent the assets acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as at 31 December and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The goodwill balance results solely from the requirement to recognise a deferred tax liability on an acquisition, calculated as the difference between the tax effect of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities and their tax bases. As a result, for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, the related deferred tax liabilities recognised on acquisition are included in the group of CGUs. The above table details the net impact of goodwill and the related deferred tax on the CGU.

In assessing goodwill for impairment the Group has compared the carrying value of goodwill and the carrying value of the related group of CGUs with the recoverable amounts of those CGUs. The carrying value of goodwill and the related group of CGUs together was \$264.5 million (2014: \$419.8 million) and the recoverable amount of the CGUs was \$210.8 million (2014: \$287.0 million), resulting in an impairment of \$53.7 million (2014: \$132.8 million). The cumulative impairment is \$186.5 million (2014: \$132.8 million).

Key assumptions

Recoverable reserves and resources

Proven and probable reserves are estimated using standard recognised evaluation techniques. The estimate is reviewed at least twice annually and is regularly reviewed by independent consultants. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development required to produce the reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

Exploration discoveries and prospects

A Value in Use (VIU) calculation was performed for discoveries. The VIU was calculated using risked resources, a long-term oil price assumption of \$90/bbl, estimated future costs and a discount rate of 10%.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

As discussed above the principal assumptions are oil price and discount rate. A \$10/bbl reduction in oil prices would increase the impairment charge by \$115.1 million and a 1% increase in the discount rate would increase the impairment by \$59.3 million.

Note 11. Intangible exploration and evaluation assets

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
At 1 January 3,660.8 4,148.3
Additions 1 626.3 1,405.5
Disposals 9 (5.2) (26.8)
Amounts written-off (748.9) (1,657.3)
Amounts written-off previously classified as held for sale (5.1)
Write-off associated with Norway contingent consideration provision 23 (88.8)
Net transfer to assets held for sale 18 (13.8)
Transfer to property, plant and equipment 12 (63.6)
Currency translation adjustments (69.4) (101.2)

At 31 December 3,400.0 3,660.8

Included within 2015 additions is \$49.7 million (note 5) of capitalised interest (2014: \$47.8 million). The Group only capitalises interest in respect of intangible exploration and evaluation assets where it is considered that development is highly likely and advanced appraisal and development is ongoing.

The below table provides a summary of the exploration costs written-off on a pre-and post-tax basis by country.

Rationale for
2015
write-off
2015
Current year
expenditure
written-off
\$m
2015
Prior year
expenditure
written-off
\$m
2015
Post-tax
write off
\$'m
2015
Pre-tax
write off
\$'m
2014
Current year
expenditure
\$m
2014
Prior year
expenditure
\$m
2014
Post-tax
write off
\$'m
2014
Pre-tax
write off
\$'m
Côte d'Ivoire b 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.7 55.3 58.0 58.0
Ethiopia c 4.8 34.9 39.7 39.7 65.1 65.1 65.1
French Guiana c 0.3 0.3 0.3 (1.3) 344.4 343.1 363.4
Gabon a, b, c 3.5 8.5 12.0 21.3 26.9 6.4 33.3 54.0
Ghana b 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 19.9 20.4 20.4
Guinea c 6.0 54.3 60.3 60.3
Greenland c 0.2 38.5 38.7 38.7
Kenya a 28.3 28.3 28.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
Netherlands c 185.7 185.7 371.3
Norway a, b 11.3 8.9 20.2 92.2 28.1 52.3 80.4 366.6
Madagascar c 1.5 10.7 12.2 12.2
Mauritania b 7.3 7.3 7.3 199.6 368.6 568.2 621.4
Mozambique b 4.6 4.6 4.6 (6.2) (6.2) (6.2)
Suriname a 27.8 1.0 28.8 28.8
Uganda n/a (1.5) (1.5) (1.5)
Other a, b, c 11.9 11.9 15.2 48.7 7.0 55.7 62.2
New ventures 19.1 19.1 25.4 42.3 42.3 53.3
Total write-off 129.9 342.5 472.4 748.9 405.5 853.9 1,259.4 1,657.3

a. Current year unsuccessful drilling results.

b. Licence relinquishments.

c. Review of forward work programme in light of capital re-allocation to development projects and current low oil and gas price environment.

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12. Property, plant and equipment

2015 2015 2014 2014
Oil and gas Other fixed 2015 Oil and gas Other fixed 2014
Notes assets
\$m
assets
\$m
Total
\$m
assets
\$m
assets
\$m
Total
\$m
Cost
At 1 January 9,240.3 283.7 9,524.0 8,692.4 221.4 8,913.8
Additions 1 1,235.1 23.1 1,258.2 1,454.7 80.6 1,535.3
Disposals (6.2) (3.6) (9.8) (601.3) 0.1 (601.2)
Transfer to assets held for sale 18 (177.2) (177.2)
Transfer from intangible assets 11 63.6 63.6
Currency translation adjustments (92.9) (13.7) (106.6) (128.3) (18.4) (146.7)
At 31 December 10,439.9 289.5 10,729.4 9,240.3 283.7 9,524.0
Depreciation, depletion and
amortisation
At 1 January (4,489.1) (147.9) (4,637.0) (3,942.3) (108.6) (4,050.9)
Charge for the year 4 (551.2) (28.9) (580.1) (572.2) (49.6) (621.8)
Impairment loss (467.2) (467.2) (595.9) (595.9)
Reversal of impairment loss 61.2 61.2
Disposal 6.4 3.6 10.0 448.0 (0.1) 447.9
Transfer to assets held for sale 18 73.3 73.3
Currency translation adjustments 79.9 8.2 88.1 100.0 10.4 110.4
At 31 December (5,360.0) (165.0) (5,525.0) (4,489.1) (147.9) (4,637.0)
Net book value at 31 December 5,079.9 124.5 5,204.4 4,751.2 135.8 4,887.0

The 2015 additions include capitalised interest of \$110.4 million (note 5) in respect of the TEN development project (2014: \$72.8 million). The carrying amount of the Group's oil and gas assets includes an amount of \$27.4 million (2014: \$33.0 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases. Other fixed assets include leasehold improvements, motor vehicles and office equipment. The currency translation adjustments arose due to the movement against the Group's presentation currency, USD, of the Group's UK and Dutch assets which have functional currencies of GBP and EUR respectively.

Trigger for
2015
2015
Impairment
Discount rate Short-term price Mid-term
price
Long-term
price
impairment \$'m assumption assumptiond assumption assumption
CMS GCUe a 87.5 10% 2yr forward curve n/a 42.5p/th
Thames GCUe b (44.2) 10% 2yr forward curve n/a 42.5p/th
Netherlands CGUe a 28.7 10% 2yr forward curve n/a 0.53€/th
Limande CGUf
(Gabon)
a (0.2) 13% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Niungo CGUf
(Gabon)
a 21.1 15% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Oba CGUf
(Gabon)
a 13.7 13% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Tchatamba (Gabon) c (16.8) 13% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
M'boundi (Congo) a 65.9 12% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Equatorial Guinea CGUg a 16.3 10% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
TEN (Ghana) a 228.5 10% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Chinguetti (Mauritania) a 5.5 10% 2yr forward curve \$70/bbl \$90/bbl
Impairment before tax 406.0
Associated deferred tax credit (49.1)
Impairment after tax 356.9

a. Reduction in estimated oil and gas forward curve and long-term price (refer to accounting policy on significant estimates).

b. Reduction in decommissioning estimate.

c. Increase in 2P reserves.

d. UK NBP gas forward curve and Bloomberg Brent forward curve as at 31 December 2015. All pricing assumptions have been adjusted for individual field and contract differentials.

e. The fields in the UK and the Netherlands are grouped into two CGUs as all fields within those countries share critical gas infrastructure.

f. The Limande and Niungo CGUs in Gabon comprise a number of fields which share export infrastructure.

g. The Ceiba and Okume fields in Equatorial Guinea form a single CGU as they share export infrastructure.

All impairment assessments are prepared on a Value In Use basis using discounted future cash flows based on 2p reserves profiles. A 1% increase in the discount rates used would trigger a further impairment of \$161.9 million and a \$10/bbl reduction to the oil whole price deck would trigger a further impairment of \$784.3 million.

Note 13. Investments

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Unlisted investments 1.0 1.0

The fair value of these investments is not materially different from their carrying value. A list of the subsidiaries is included on page 176.

Note 14. Other assets

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Non-current
Amounts due from joint venture partners 161.8 57.0
Uganda VAT recoverable 50.3 50.6
Other non-current assets 11.3 12.1
223.4 119.7
Current
Amounts due from joint venture partners 584.4 633.2
Underlifts 2.4
Prepayments 77.9 82.6
VAT & WHT recoverable 9.2 49.8
Other current assets 89.3 136.7
763.2 902.3

The decrease in amounts due from joint venture partners relates to the decrease in operated current liabilities, which are recorded gross with the corresponding debit recognised as an amount due from joint venture partners, in Kenya and Ghana.

Note 15. Inventories

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Warehouse stocks and materials 66.0 86.0
Oil stocks 41.2 53.5
107.2 139.5

Inventories include a provision of \$65.2 million (2014: \$33.6 million) for warehouse stock and materials where it is considered that the net realisable value is lower than the original cost; this represents the total costs of inventory expensed. The increase in the provision during 2015 is associated with the completion of certain exploration campaigns and development projects, resulting in an income statement charge of \$22.2 million (2014: \$29.1 million, included in exploration costs written-off).

Note 16. Trade receivables

Trade receivables comprise amounts due for the sale of oil and gas. No current receivables are overdue, therefore none have been impaired and no allowance for doubtful debt has been recognised (2014: \$nil million).

Note 17. Cash and cash equivalents

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Cash at bank 355.7 319.0

Cash and cash equivalents includes an amount of \$169.5 million (2014: \$200.6 million) which the Group holds as operator in joint venture bank accounts.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 18. Assets classified as held for sale

In September 2014, Tullow signed an agreement to sell its operated and non-operated interests in the L12/L15 area in the Netherlands along with non-operated interests in blocks Q4 and Q5 to AU Energy, a subsidiary of Mercuria Energy Group Ltd. This transaction completed in 2015, refer to note 9.

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale are as follows:

Netherlands
2015
\$m
Netherlands
2014
\$m
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 40.4
Property, plant and equipment 95.2
Total assets classified as held for sale 135.6
Provisions (13.6)
Total liabilities associated with assets classified as held for sale (13.6)
Net assets of disposal group 122.0

Note 19. Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Trade payables 24.0 126.5
Other payables 61.2 104.6
Overlifts 3.7 15.6
Accruals 993.3 734.8
VAT and other similar taxes 26.9 92.1
Current portion of finance lease 22 1.5 1.3

1,110.6 1,074.9

Payables related to operated joint ventures (primarily related to Ghana and Kenya) are recorded gross with the debit representing the partners' share recognised in amounts due from joint venture partners (note 14). The decrease in trade payables and the decrease in other payables predominantly represent timing differences.

Non-current liabilities

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Other non-current liabilities 72.8 57.0
Non-current portion of finance lease
22
26.5 28.1
99.3 85.1

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing except for finance leases (note 22).

Note 20. Borrowings

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Current
Short-term borrowings – Revolving Norwegian Exploration Finance facility 59.6 131.5
Bank loans – Reserves Based Lending credit facility 14.2
73.8 131.5
Non-current
Term loans repayable – Reserves Based Lending credit facility
– After one year but within two years 800.0
– After two years but within five years 2,165.6 1,914.0
– After five years
6.0% Senior notes due 2020 646.4 645.5
6.25% Senior notes due 2022 650.4 649.6
4,262.4 3,209.1
Carrying value of total borrowings 4,336.2 3,340.6
Unamortised fees 38.8 81.3
External borrowings 4,375.0 3,421.9

External borrowings represent the principal amount due at maturity. Short-term borrowings, bank loans and most guarantees are secured by fixed and floating charges over the oil and gas assets of the Group.

In March 2015, the Company arranged an additional \$200 million of commitments, increasing the Reserves Based Lending credit facility to \$3.7 billion. The facility incurs interest on outstanding debt at Sterling or US dollar LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The outstanding debt is repayable in line with the amortisation of bank commitments over the period to the final maturity date of 31 October 2019, or such time as is determined by reference to the remaining reserves of the assets, whichever is earlier.

In March 2015, the Company arranged an additional \$250 million of commitments, increasing the Revolving credit facility to \$1,000 million. The facility incurs interest on outstanding debt at US dollar LIBOR plus an applicable margin.

In February 2015, the Company reduced commitments under the Revolving Norwegian Exploration Finance facility by NOK 750 million to NOK 2,250 million. The facility is used to finance certain exploration activities on the Norwegian Continental Shelf which are eligible for a tax refund. The facility is available for drawings until 31 December 2016, and its final maturity date is either the date the 2016 tax reimbursement claims are received or 31 December 2017, whichever is the earlier. The facility incurs interest on outstanding debt at NIBOR plus an applicable margin.

At the end of December 2015, the headroom under the three facilities amounted to \$1,686 million; \$686 million under the \$3.7 billion Reserves Based Lending credit facility and \$1,000 million under the Revolving credit facility. At the end of December 2014, the headroom under the three facilities amounted to \$2,263 million; \$1,513 million under the Reserves Based Lending credit facility and \$750 million under the Revolving credit facility.

Capital management

The Group defines capital as the total equity of the Group. Capital is managed in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits to stakeholders and to safeguard the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. Tullow is not subject to any externally-imposed capital requirements. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may put in place new debt facilities, issue new shares for cash, repay debt, engage in active portfolio management, adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, or undertake other such restructuring activities as appropriate. No significant changes were made to the capital management objectives, policies or processes during the year ended 31 December 2015.The Group monitors capital on the basis of the net debt ratio, that is, the ratio of net debt to equity. Net debt is calculated as external borrowings, as shown above, less cash and cash equivalents.

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
External borrowings 4,375.0 3,421.9
Less cash and cash equivalents
17
(355.7) (319.0)
Net debt 4,019.3 3,102.9
Equity 3,174.7 4,020.3
Net debt ratio 127% 77%

The movement from 2014 is attributable to higher external borrowings during 2015, principally as a result of the Group's \$2,112.4 million capital expenditure and loss incurred during 2015, partially offset by operating cash flows.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 21. Financial instruments

Financial risk management objectives

The Group is exposed to a variety of risks including commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, foreign currency risk and liquidity risk. The Group holds a portfolio of commodity derivative contracts, with various counterparties, covering its underlying oil and gas businesses. The Group holds a mix of fixed and floating rate debt as well as a portfolio of interest rate derivatives. The use of derivative financial instruments (derivatives) is governed by the Group's policies approved by the Board of Directors. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is monitored and reviewed internally on a regular basis. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivatives, for speculative purposes.

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

With the exception of the senior notes, the Group considers the carrying value of all its financial assets and liabilities to be materially the same as their fair value. The fair value of the senior notes, as determined using market values at 31 December 2015, was \$884.0 million (2014: \$1,101.3 million). The Group has no material financial assets that are past due. No financial assets are impaired at the balance sheet date.

Fair values of derivative instruments

All derivatives are recognised at fair value on the balance sheet with valuation changes recognised immediately in the income statement, unless the derivatives have been designated as a cash flow hedge. Fair value is the amount for which the asset or liability could be exchanged in an arm's length transaction at the relevant date. Where available fair values are determined using quoted prices in active markets. To the extent that market prices are not available, fair values are estimated by reference to market-based transactions, or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable instruments and commodities involved.

The Group's derivative carrying and fair values were as follows:

Assets/liabilities 2015
Less than
1 year
\$m
2015
1-3
years
\$m
2015
Total
\$m
2014
Less than
1 year
\$m
2014
1-3
years
\$m
2014
Total
\$m
Cash flow hedges
Oil derivatives 458.9 265.2 724.1 329.4 242.6 572.0
Gas derivatives 1.1 1.1 2.5 0.3 2.8
Interest rate derivatives (2.1) 1.1 (1.0) (3.3) 3.7 0.4
457.9 266.3 724.2 328.6 246.6 575.2
Deferred premium
Oil derivatives (53.5) (47.6) (101.1) (51.0) (52.7) (103.7)
Gas derivatives (0.1) (0.1)
(53.5) (47.6) (101.1) (51.1) (52.7) (103.8)
Total assets 406.5 218.7 625.2 280.8 193.9 474.7
Total liabilities (2.1) (2.1) (3.3) (3.3)

Derivatives' maturity and the timing of their recycling into income or expense coincide.

The following provides an analysis of the Group's financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1: fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3: fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

All the Group's derivatives are Level 2 (2014: Level 2). There were no transfers between fair value levels during the year.

For financial instruments which are recognised on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest-level input which is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

Offset of financial assets and financial liabilities

Deferred premiums on derivatives are settled at the same time as the maturity of the derivative contracts, with the cash flows settled on a net basis. Netting agreements are also in place to enable the Group and its counterparties to set-off liabilities against available assets in the event that either party is unable to fulfil its contractual obligations. The following table provides the offsetting relationship within assets and liabilities in the balance sheet.

Gross Related
amounts Net amounts amounts not
offset in presented in offset in the
Gross Group Group Group
amounts balance balance balance
recognised sheet sheet sheet Net amount
31 December 2015 \$m \$m \$m \$m \$m
Derivative assets 726.3 (101.1) 625.2 (593.9) 31.3
Derivative liabilities (2.1) (2.1) (2.1)
Deferred premiums (101.1) 101.1
Borrowings (4,336.2) (4,336.2) 593.9 (3,742.3)
31 December 2014 Gross
amounts
recognised
\$m
Gross
amounts
offset in
Group
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amounts
presented in
Group
balance
sheet
\$m
Related
amounts not
offset in the
Group
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amount
\$m
Derivative assets 578.5 (103.8) 474.7 (473.0) 1.7
Derivative liabilities (3.3) (3.3) (3.3)
Deferred premiums (103.8) 103.8
Borrowings (3,340.6) (3,340.6) 473.0 (2,867.6)

Commodity price risk

The Group uses a number of derivatives to mitigate the commodity price risk associated with its underlying oil and gas revenues. Such commodity derivatives will tend to be priced using benchmarks, such as Dated Brent, D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren, which correlate as far as possible to the underlying oil and gas revenues respectively. The Group hedges its estimated oil and gas revenues on a portfolio basis, aggregating its oil revenues from substantially all of its African oil interests and its gas revenues from substantially all of its UK gas interests.

As at 31 December 2015 and 31 December 2014, all of the Group's oil and gas derivatives have been designated as cash flow hedges. The Group's oil and gas hedges have been assessed to be 'highly effective' within the range prescribed under IAS 39 using regression analysis. There is, however, the potential for a degree of ineffectiveness inherent in the Group's oil hedges arising from, among other factors, the discount on the Group's underlying African crude relative to Brent and the timing of oil liftings relative to the hedges. There is also the potential for a degree of ineffectiveness inherent in the Group's gas hedges which arises from, among other factors, daily field production performance.

Income statement hedge summary

Net gains from commodity derivative settlements during the period, included in the income statement, were \$365.2 million (2014: \$14.5 million loss) (note 2).

Derivative fair value movements during the year which have been recognised in the income statement were as follows:

(Loss)/profit on hedging instruments: 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Cash flow hedges
Gas derivatives
Time value (0.2) 0.9
(0.2) 0.9
Oil derivatives
Time value (58.6) 49.9
(58.6) 49.9
Total net (loss)/profit for the year in the income statement (58.8) 50.8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 21. Financial instruments continued

Hedge reserve summary

The hedge reserve represents the portion of deferred gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed to be effective cash flow hedges. The movement in the reserve for the period is recognised in other comprehensive income.

Deferred amounts in the hedge reserve 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
At 1 January 401.6 2.3
Revaluation gains arising in the year 513.0 485.7
Reclassification adjustments for items included in income statement on realisation (302.4) 4.6
Movement in current and deferred tax (42.3) (91.0)
168.3 399.3
At 31 December 569.9 401.6
The following table summarises the hedge reserve by type of derivative, net of tax effects:
Hedge reserve by derivative type 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Cash flow hedges
Gas derivatives 0.4 1.0
Oil derivatives 570.6 400.2
Interest rate derivatives (1.1) 0.4
569.9 401.6

Cash flow and interest rate risk

Subject to parameters set by management the Group seeks to minimise interest costs by using a mixture of fixed and floating debt. Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings at interest rates fixed in advance from overnight to three months at rates determined by US dollar LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR and Norwegian NIBOR. Fixed rate debt comprises senior notes, bank borrowings at interest rates fixed in advance for periods greater than three months or bank borrowings where the interest rate has been fixed through interest rate hedging. The Group hedges its floating interest rate exposure on an ongoing basis through the use of interest rate swaps. The mark-to-market position of the Group's interest rate portfolio as at 31 December 2015 is a liability of \$1.0 million (2014: \$0.4 million asset). Interest rate hedges are included in fixed rate debt in the table below.

The interest rate profile of the Group's financial assets and liabilities, excluding trade and other receivables and trade and other payables, at 31 December 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

2015
Cash at bank
\$m
2015
Fixed rate
debt
\$m
2015
Floating rate
debt
\$m
2015
Total
\$m
2014
Cash at bank
\$m
2014
Fixed rate
debt
\$m
2014
Floating rate
debt
\$m
2014
Total
\$m
US\$ 258.2 (1,600.0) (2,557.3) (3,899.1) 216.6 (1,600.0) (1,522.4) (2,905.8)
Euro 28.4 28.4 16.8 16.8
Sterling 19.1 (156.9) (137.8) 20.6 (164.6) (144.0)
Other 50.0 (60.8) (10.8) 65.0 (134.9) (69.9)
355.7 (1,600.0) (2,775.0) (4,019.3) 319.0 (1,600.0) (1,821.9) (3,102.9)

Cash at bank consisted mainly of deposits which earn interest at rates set in advance for periods ranging from overnight to one month by reference to market rates.

Credit risk

The Group has a credit policy that governs the management of credit risk, including the establishment of counterparty credit limits and specific transaction approvals. The primary credit exposures for the Group are its receivables generated by the marketing of crude oil and amounts due from JV partners. These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group's crude sales are predominantly made to international oil market participants including the oil majors, trading houses and refineries. JV partners are predominantly international major oil and gas market participants. Counterparty evaluations are conducted utilising international credit rating agency and financial assessment. Where considered appropriate security in the form of trade finance instruments such as letters of credit, guarantees and credit insurance are employed to mitigate the risks.

The Group generally enters into derivative agreements with banks who are lenders under the Reserves Based Lending credit facility. Security is provided under the facility agreement which mitigates non-performance risk. The Group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties. The maximum financial exposure due to credit risk on the Group's financial assets, representing the sum of cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivative assets, trade receivables, current tax assets and other current assets, as at 31 December 2015 was \$2,176.9 million (2014: \$2,126.1 million).

Foreign currency risk

Wherever possible, the Group conducts and manages its business in Sterling (UK) and US dollars (all other countries), the operating currencies of the industry in the areas in which it operates. The Group's borrowing facilities are also mainly denominated in Sterling and US dollars, which further assists in foreign currency risk management. From time to time the Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in other currencies. These exposures are often managed by executing foreign currency financial derivatives. There were no material foreign currency financial derivatives in place at the 2015 year-end (2014: nil). Cash balances are held in other currencies to meet immediate operating and administrative expenses or to comply with local currency regulations.

As at 31 December 2015, the only material monetary assets or liabilities of the Group that were not denominated in the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries involved were \$49.7 million in non-US dollar denominated cash and cash equivalents (2014: \$54.3 million) and £106.0 million cash drawings under the Group's borrowing facilities (2014: £106.0 million). The carrying amounts of the Group's foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are net liabilities of \$107.2 million (2014: net liabilities of \$110.4 million).

Liquidity risk

The Group manages its liquidity risk using both short- and long-term cash flow projections, supplemented by debt financing plans and active portfolio management. Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has established an appropriate liquidity risk management framework covering the Group's short-, medium- and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements.

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion of debt liquidity headroom at the end of 2015. The Group's forecast, taking into account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

The following table details the Group's remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay.

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
Less than
1 month
\$m
1-3
months
\$m
3 months
to 1 year
\$m
1-5
years
\$m
5+
years
\$m
Total
\$m
31 December 2015
Non-interest bearing n/a 46.9 47.4 21.5 72.8 188.6
Finance lease liabilities 6.5% 0.3 0.8 2.2 14.5 21.3 39.1
Fixed interest rate instruments 6.5%
Principal repayments 650.0 650.0 1,300.0
Interest charge 79.6 318.5 60.9 459.0
Variable interest rate instruments 6.0%
Principal repayments 75.0 3,000.0 3,075.0
Interest charge 10.0 20.1 90.1 206.0 326.2
57.2 68.3 268.4 4,189.0 805.0 5,387.9
Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
Less than
1 month
\$m
1-3
months
\$m
3 months
to 1 year
\$m
1-5
years
\$m
5+
years
\$m
Total
\$m
31 December 2014
Non-interest bearing n/a 234.2 40.0 64.6 57.0 395.8
Finance lease liabilities 6.5% 1.3 28.1 29.4
Fixed interest rate instruments 6.5%
Principal repayments 1,300.0 1,300.0
Interest charge 79.6 318.5 160.9 559.0
Variable interest rate instruments 6.7%
Principal repayments 134.9 1,987.0 2,121.9
Interest charge 6.6 13.2 63.1 372.3 455.2
240.8 53.2 343.5 2,762.9 1,460.9 4,861.3

The Group has interest rate swaps that fix \$300.0 million (2014: \$300.0 million) of variable interest rate risk. The impact of these derivatives on the classification of fixed and variable rate instruments has been excluded from the above tables.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 21. Financial instruments continued

Sensitivity analysis

The following analysis is intended to illustrate sensitivity to changes in market variables, being interest rates, Dated Brent oil prices, UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas prices and US dollar exchange rates. The analysis is used internally by management to monitor derivatives and assesses the financial impact of reasonably possible movements in key variables.

Equity Foreign currency
denominated liabilities
and equity
Market movement 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Interest rate 25 basis points 2.0 3.0
Interest rate (25) basis points (2.1) (3.0)
Brent oil price 50% (441.1) (512.3)
Brent oil price (50%) 564.1 833.5
UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas price 50% (0.6) (2.6)
UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas price (50%) 0.6 7.8
US\$/foreign currency exchange rates 20% (31.4) (32.9)
US\$/foreign currency exchange rates (20%) 31.4 32.9

The following assumptions have been used in calculating the sensitivity in movement of oil and gas prices; the pricing adjustments relate only to the point forward mark-to-market (MTM) valuations, the price sensitivities assume there is no ineffectiveness related to the oil and gas hedges and the sensitivities have been run only on the intrinsic element of the hedge as management consider this to be the material component of oil and gas hedge valuations.

Note 22. Obligations under finance leases

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Amounts payable under finance leases:
– Within one year 3.3 3.2
– Within two to five years 14.5 14.1
– After five years 21.3 24.9
39.1 42.2
Less future finance charges (11.1) (12.8)
Present value of lease obligations 28.0 29.4
19
Amount due for settlement within 12 months
1.5 1.3
19
Amount due for settlement after 12 months
26.5 28.1

The Group's only finance lease is the Espoir FPSO (2014: Espoir FPSO). The fair value of the Group's lease obligations approximates the carrying amount. The average remaining lease term as at 31 December 2015 was 11 years (2014: 12 years). For the year ended 31 December 2015, the effective borrowing rate was 6.5% (2014: 6.5%).

Note 23. Provisions

Current provisions 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Provision for onerous service contracts 185.5
Provision for restructuring costs 1.5
187.0

Due to the reduction in planned future work programmes the Group has identified a number of onerous service contracts. The expected unutilised capacity has been provided for in 2015 resulting in an income statement charge of \$185.5 million (2014:\$nil million).

During 2015, the Group has incurred \$44.9 million in respect of restructuring costs. After recharges to joint venture partners, the income statement charge for restructuring costs is \$40.8 million. As at 31 December 2015, \$1.5 million is yet to be incurred and has been recorded as a provision.

Non-current provisions Notes Decommissioning
2015
\$m
Other
provisions
2015
\$m
Total
2015
\$m
Decommissioning
2014
\$m
Other
provisions
2014
\$m
Total
2014
\$m
At 1 January 1,192.9 67.5 1,260.4 841.5 147.7 989.2
New provisions and changes
in estimates
(147.4) (9.9) (157.3) 454.9 (82.1) 372.8
Transfer to liabilities held for sale 18 (14.8) (14.8)
Disposals 0.8 0.3 1.1 (54.6) (54.6)
Decommissioning payments (40.8) (40.8) (20.4) (20.4)
Unwinding of discount 5 28.3 0.1 28.4 22.4 16.9 39.3
Currency translation adjustment (25.0) (1.7) (26.7) (36.1) (15.0) (51.1)
At 31 December 1,008.8 56.3 1,065.1 1,192.9 67.5 1,260.4

The decommissioning provision represents the present value of decommissioning costs relating to the European and African oil and gas interests.

Inflation
assumption
Discount rate
assumption
Cessation of
production
assumption
2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Congo 2% 3% 2027 15.2 13.4
Côte d'Ivoire 2% 3% 2026 53.3 52.7
Equatorial Guinea 2% 3% 2028-2029 126.2 175.8
Gabon 2% 3% 2021-2034 61.0 107.1
Ghana 2% 3% 2034-3036 257.7 278.3
Mauritania 2% 3% 2017 121.4 113.3
Netherlands 2% 3% 2020-2036 90.5 100.7
UK 2% 3% 2014-2018 283.5 351.6
1,008.8 1,192.9

Other provisions include a liability acquired through the acquisition of Spring which is contingent in terms of timing and amount on the development of the PL407 licence in Norway. Other provisions also include the contingent consideration in respect of the Spring acquisition and the recognition of intangible exploration and evaluation assets therefore the unwinding of other provisions is adjusted to exploration and evaluation assets and not finance costs.

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 24. Deferred taxation

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
\$m
Decommissioning
\$m
Revaluation
of financial
assets
\$m
Other
temporary
differences
\$m
Deferred
PRT
\$m
Total
\$m
At 1 January 2014 (1,801.4) 137.4 0.5 69.2 7.4 (1,586.9)
Credit/(charge) to income statement 255.2 3.9 (0.5) 22.5 (0.3) 280.8
Credit to other comprehensive income (1.6) (1.6)
Exchange differences 65.8 (9.5) (0.8) (0.4) 55.1
At 1 January 2015 (1,480.4) 131.8 (1.6) 90.9 6.7 (1,252.6)
Credit to income statement 218.2 37.7 0.2 91.0 4.4 351.5
Credit to other comprehensive income 0.9 0.9
Exchange differences 37.8 (6.7) 0.4 (0.5) 31.0
At 31 December 2015 (1,224.4) 162.8 (0.5) 182.3 10.6 (869.2)
2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Deferred tax liabilities (1,164.5) (1,507.6)
Deferred tax assets 295.3 255.0
(869.2) (1,252.6)

No deferred tax has been provided on unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries, as the Group has no plans to remit these to the UK in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent it is considered probable that those assets will be recoverable. This involves an assessment of when those deferred tax assets are likely to reverse, and a judgement as to whether or not there will be sufficient taxable profits available to offset the tax assets when they do reverse. This requires assumptions regarding future profitability and is therefore inherently uncertain. To the extent assumptions regarding future profitability change, there can be an increase or decrease in the level of deferred tax assets recognised which can result in a charge or credit in the period in which the change occurs.

Note 25. Called up equity share capital and share premium account

Allotted equity share capital and share premium

Equity share capital
allotted and fully paid
Number \$m \$m
Ordinary shares of 10 pence each
At 1 January 2014 909,971,941 146.9 603.2
Issued during the year
– Exercise of share options 689,690 0.1 3.2
At 1 January 2015 910,661,631 147.0 606.4
Issued during the year
– Exercise of share options 915,075 0.2 3.4
At 31 December 2015 911,576,706 147.2 609.8

The Company does not have an authorised share capital.

Note 26. Non-controlling interest

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
At 1 January 24.3 123.5
Share of loss for the year (2.1) (84.2)
Distribution to non-controlling interests (2.4) (15.0)
At 31 December 19.8 24.3

The non-controlling interest relates to Tulipe Oil SA (Tulipe), where the Group has a 50% controlling shareholding whose place of business is Gabon. The loss associated with non-controlling interests is principally as a result of impairments recorded against property, plant and equipment.

Note 27. Share-based payments

Reconciliation of share-based payment charge

2015 2014
Notes \$m \$m
Tullow Incentive Plan 12.3 5.2
2005 Performance Share Plan 7.9 19.0
2005 Deferred Share Bonus Plan 1.0 2.3
Employee Share Award Plan 30.8 10.4
2010 Share Option Plan and 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme 14.8 21.6
UK & Irish Share Incentive 0.5 1.0
Total share-based payment charge 67.3 59.5
Capitalised to intangible and tangible assets 18.6 20.0
Expensed to operating costs
4
0.8 1.6
Expensed as administrative cost
4
47.9 37.9
Total share-based payment charge 67.3 59.5

Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP)

Under the TIP, Senior Management can be granted nil exercise price options, normally exercisable from three (five years in the case of the Company's Directors) to ten years following grant provided an individual remains in employment. The size of awards depends on both annual performance measures and Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a period of up to three years. There are no post-grant performance conditions. No dividends are paid over the vesting period, however an amount equivalent to the dividends that would have been paid on the TIP shares during the vesting period if they were 'real' shares, will also be payable on exercise of the award. There are further details of the TIP in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 90 to 106.

The weighted average remaining contractual life for TIP awards outstanding at 31 December 2015 was 6.9 years.

2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Under the PSP, Senior Management could be granted nil exercise price options, normally exercisable between three and ten years following grant. Awards made before 8 March 2010 were made as conditional awards to acquire free shares on vesting. To provide flexibility to participants, those awards were converted into nil exercise price options. Awards vest subject to a Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance condition, 50% (70% for awards granted to Directors in 2013, 2012 and 2011) of an award is tested against a comparator group of oil and gas companies. The remaining 50% (30% for awards granted to Directors in 2013, 2012 and 2011) is tested against constituents of the FTSE 100 index (excluding investment trusts). Performance is measured over a fixed three-year period starting on 1 January prior to grant, and an individual must normally remain in employment for three years from grant for the shares to vest. No dividends are paid over the vesting period. There are further details of PSP award performance measurement in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 90 to 106. From 2014, senior executives participate in the TIP instead of the PSP.

The weighted average remaining contractual life for PSP awards outstanding at 31 December 2015 was 4.8 years.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 27. Share-based payments continued

2005 Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP)

Under the DSBP, the portion of any annual bonus above 75% of the base salary of a senior executive nominated by the Remuneration Committee was deferred into shares. Awards normally vest following the end of three financial years commencing with that in which they were granted. They were granted as nil exercise price options, normally exercisable from when they vest until ten years from grant. Awards granted before 8 March 2010 as conditional awards to acquire free shares were converted into nil exercise price options to provide flexibility to participants. A dividend equivalent is paid over the period from grant to vesting. From 2014, senior executives participate in the TIP instead of the DSBP.

The weighted average remaining contractual life for DSBP awards outstanding at 31 December 2015 was 5.6 years.

Employee Share Award Plan (ESAP)

Most Group employees are eligible to be granted nil exercise price options under the ESAP. These are normally exercisable from three to ten years following grant. An individual must normally remain in employment for three years from grant for the share to vest. Awards are not subject to post-grant performance conditions.

Phantom options that provide a cash bonus equivalent to the gain that could be made from a share option (being granted over a notional number of shares) have also been granted under the ESAP in situations where the grant of share options was not practicable.

The weighted average remaining contractual life for ESAP awards outstanding at 31 December 2015 was 8.8 years.

2010 Share Option Plan (2010 SOP) and 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (2000 ESOS)

Participation in the 2010 SOP and 2000 ESOS was available to most of the Group's employees. Options have an exercise price equal to market value shortly before grant and are normally exercisable between three and ten years from the date of the grant subject to continuing employment.

Options granted prior to 2011 were granted under the 2000 ESOS where exercise was subject to a performance condition. Performance was measured against constituents of the FTSE 100 index (excluding investment trusts). 100% of awards vested if the Company's TSR was above the median of the index companies over three years from grant. The 2010 SOP was replaced by the ESAP for grants from 2014. During 2013 phantom options were granted under the 2010 SOP to replace certain options granted under the 2000 ESOS that lapsed as a result of performance conditions not being satisfied. These replacement phantom options provide a cash bonus equivalent to the gain that could be made from a share option (being granted over a notional number of shares with a notional exercise price). Phantom options have also been granted under the 2010 SOP and the 2000 ESOS in situations where the grant of share options was not practicable.

Options outstanding at 31 December 2015 had exercise prices of 349p to 1530p (2014: 157p to 1530p) and remaining contractual lives between nine days and eight years. The weighted average remaining contractual life is 4.3 years.

UK & Irish Share Incentive Plans (SIPs)

These are all-employee plans set up in the UK and Ireland, to enable employees to save out of salary up to prescribed monthly limits. Contributions are used by the SIP trustees to buy Tullow shares ('Partnership Shares') at the end of each three-month accumulation period. The Company makes a matching contribution to acquire Tullow shares ('Matching Shares') on a one-for-one basis. Under the UK SIP, Matching Shares are subject to time-based forfeiture over three years on leaving employment in certain circumstances or if the related Partnership Shares are sold. The fair value of a Matching Share is its market value when it is awarded.

Under the UK SIP: (i) Partnership Shares are purchased at the lower of their market values at the start of the accumulation period and the purchase date (which is treated as a three-month share option for IFRS 2 purposes and therefore results in an accounting charge), and (ii) Matching Shares vest over the three years after being awarded (resulting in their accounting charge being spread over that period). Under the Irish SIP: (i) Partnership Shares are bought at the market value at the purchase date (which does not result in any accounting charge), and (ii) Matching Shares vest over the two years after being awarded (resulting in their accounting charge being spread over that period). The following table illustrates the number and average weighted share price ("WAEP") at grant or WAEP of, and movements in, share options under the TIP, PSP, DSBP, ESAP and 2010 SOP / 2000 ESOS

Outstanding
as at
1 January
Granted
during the
year
Exercised
during the
year
Forfeited/
expired
during the
year
Outstanding
at
31 December
Exercisable at
31 December
2015 TIP– number of shares 1,580,577 2,436,183 (215,334) 3,801,426 820,010
2015 TIP – average weighted share price at grant 782.0 406.1 673.0 547.3 552.7
2014 TIP– number of shares 1,611,122 (30,545) 1,580,577
2014 TIP – average weighted share price at grant 782.0 782.0 782.0
2015 PSP – number of shares 6,972,729 (223,711) (2,540,156) 4,208,862 1,814,024
2015 PSP – average weighted share price
at grant
1230.2 892.4 1433.0 1125.7 997.7
2014 PSP – number of shares 9,392,763 3,500 (37,319) (2,386,215) 6,972,729 1,528,876
2014 PSP – average weighted share price
at grant 1256.8 753.0 926.7 1338.9 1230.2 896.8
2015 DSBP – number of shares 491,916 (25,819) 466,097 315,589
2015 DSBP – average weighted share price
at grant
1240.0 1480.0 1226.7 1219.9
2014 DSBP – number of shares 503,224 (11,308) 491,916 190,882
2014 DSBP – average weighted share price
at grant 1242.7 1362.0 1240.0 1049.9
2015 ESAP– number of shares 3,306,981 15,516,608 (155,107) (1,600,574) 17,067,908 651,595
2015 ESAP – average weighted share price
at grant
779.7 304.2 730.3 429.0 380.7 688.7
2014 ESAP– number of shares 3,494,417 (187,436) 3,306,981 9,621
2014 ESAP – average weighted share price
at grant
779.9 782.0 779.7 782.0
2015 SOP/ESOS – number of shares 16,343,605 (531,106) (1,346,488) 14,466,011 9,894,040
2015 SOP/ESOS – WAEP 1128.8 201.8 1149.6 1160.9 1139.3
2014 SOP/ESOS – number of shares 18,129,299 (652,371) (1,133,323) 16,343,605 7,184,988
2014 SOP/ESOS – WAEP 1109.2 269.4 1310.3 1128.8 913.5
2015 Phantoms – number of phantom shares 2,229,052 (710,613) 1,518,439 1,518,439
2015 Phantoms – WAEP 1274.5 1274.6 1274.5 1274.5
2014 Phantoms – number of phantom shares 2,417,507 (188,455) 2,229,052 2,229,052
2014 Phantoms – WAEP 1274.5 1275.3 1274.5 1274.5

The options granted during the year were valued using a proprietary binomial valuation.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 27. Share-based payments continued

The following table details the weighted average fair value of awards granted and the assumptions used in the fair value expense calculations.

2015 TIP 2015 ESAP 2014 TIP 2014 ESAP
Weighted average fair value
of awards granted 406.1p 304.2p 782.0p 744.7p
Weighted average share price at exercise for awards exercised 319.0
Principal inputs to options valuations model:
Weighted average share price at grant 406.1p 304.2p 782.0p 779.9p
Weighted average exercise price 0.0p 0.0p 0.0p 0.0p
Risk-free interest rate per annum 0.9 – 1.3% 0.5 – 1.0% 1.1 – 1.5% 1.1 – 1.4%
Expected volatility per annum1 32 – 36% 32 – 41% 33 – 34% 32 – 34%
Expected award life (years)2 3.3 2.2 3.1 3.0
Dividend yield per annum n/a 0.0% n/a 1.5 – 1.7%
Employee turnover before vesting
per annum3 5% / 0% 5% 5% / 0% 5%
  1. Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company's share price over a period commensurate with the expected life of the awards.

  2. The expected life is the average expected period from date of grant to exercise allowing for the Company's best estimate of participants' expected exercise behaviour.

  3. Zero turnover is assumed for TIP awards made to executives and Directors, 5% per annum for TIP awards to senior management.

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014
PSP PSP DSBP DSBP SOP/ESOS1 SOP/ESOS1
Weighted average share price at exercise
for awards exercised
294.5p 728.7p 384.6p 792.5p 409.0p 752.8p
  1. Includes the replacement phantom awards made during 2013.

Note 28. Commitments and contingencies

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
1,614.5 2,457.8
Capital commitments
Operating lease commitments
Due within one year 8.4 21.6
After one year but within two years 8.4 22.7
After two years but within five years 25.2 40.2
Due after five years 39.3 10.4
81.3 94.9
Contingent liabilities
Performance guarantees 130.9 288.7
Ugandan CGT 265.3
Other contingent liabilities 32.0 1.9
162.9 555.9

Where Tullow acts as operator of a joint venture the capital commitments reported represent Tullow's net share. Where Tullow is non-operator the value of capital commitments is based on committed future work programmes. Capital commitments excludes future payments of \$2,074.1 million (gross) in relation to the TEN FPSO which will be accounted for as a finance lease.

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its office properties and a lease for an FPSO vessel for use on the Chinguetti field in Mauritania. Leases on office properties are negotiated for an average of six years and rentals are fixed for an average of six years.

Performance guarantees are in respect of abandonment obligations, committed work programmes and certain financial obligations.

Note 29. Related party transactions

The Directors of Tullow Oil plc are considered to be the only key management personnel as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures.

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Short-term employee benefits 10.0 9.5
Post-employment benefits 1.1 1.2
Amounts awarded under long-term incentive schemes 4.2 3.3
Share-based payments 5.7 10.4
21.0 24.4

Short-term employee benefits

These amounts comprise fees paid to the Directors in respect of salary and benefits earned during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

Post-employment benefits

These amounts comprise amounts paid into the pension schemes of the Directors.

Amounts awarded under long-term incentive schemes

These amounts relate to the shares granted under the annual bonus scheme that are deferred for three years under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) and Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP).

Share-based payments

This is the cost to the Group of Directors' participation in share-based payment plans, as measured by the fair value of options and shares granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 – Share-based Payments.

There are no other related party transactions. Further details regarding transactions with the Directors of Tullow Oil plc are disclosed in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 90 to 106.

Note 30. Subsequent events

In January 2016 Tullow completed the farm-down of 25% of its interest in block 12A to Delonex and Tullow also agreed to sell a 20% interest in the Bannu West licence in Pakistan to Mari Gas. Tullow was awarded a 60% operated interest in the Orinduik licence in January 2016, a 1,801 square kilometre block offshore Guyana. On 23 January 2016, the TEN FPSO set sail from Singapore to Ghana with arrival expected in early March 2016.

Subsequent to the balance sheet date there has been a deterioration in the spot price of Brent crude. Sensitivity analysis on the impact of a reduction in Brent crude prices on the carrying value of PP&E is provided in note 12.

Note 31. Pension schemes

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for staff and Executive Directors. The contributions are payable to external funds which are administered by independent trustees. Contributions during the year amounted to \$20.5 million (2014: \$19.6 million). As at 31 December 2015, there was a liability of \$nil million (2014: \$ nil million) for contributions payable included in other payables.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2015

Notes 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2013
\$m
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments 1 4,885.4 4,919.6 3,851.4
Intercompany derivative asset 7 217.6
5,103.0 4,919.6 3,851.4
Current assets
Other current assets 4 3,475.5 3,706.0 3,602.6
Intercompany derivative asset 7 405.4
Cash at bank 3.4 3.6 0.9
3,884.3 3,709.6 3,603.5
Total assets 8,987.3 8,629.2 7,454.9
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other creditors 5 (722.5) (236.1) (181.9)
Borrowings 6 (14.2)
(736.7) (236.1) (181.9)
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 6 (4,262.4) (3,209.1) (1,995.0)
Loans to subsidiaries 8 (1.3)
(4,262.4) (3,209.1) (1,996.3)
Total liabilities (4,999.1) (3,445.2) (2,178.2)
Net assets 3,988.2 5,184.0 5,276.7
Capital and reserves
Called-up share capital 9 147.2 147.0 146.9
Share premium 9 609.8 606.4 603.2
Other reserves 850.8 850.8 850.8
Retained earnings 2,380.4 3,579.8 3,675.8
Total equity 3,988.2 5,184.0 5,276.7

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 9 February 2016.

Aidan Heavey Ian Springett

Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer

3 COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2015

Share
capital
\$m
Share
premium
\$m
Other
reserves
\$m
Retained
earnings
\$m
Total
equity
\$m
At 1 January 2014 146.9 603.2 850.8 3,675.8 5,276.7
Profit for the year 27.3 27.3
Issue of employee share options 0.1 3.2 3.3
Vesting of PSP shares (0.4) (0.4)
Share-based payment charges 59.4 59.4
Dividends paid (182.3) (182.3)
At 1 January 2015 147.0 606.4 850.8 3,579.8 5,184.0
Loss for the year (1,264.8) (1,264.8)
Issue of employee share options 0.2 3.4 3.6
Vesting of PSP shares (1.9) (1.9)
At 31 December 2015 147.2 609.8 850.8 2,380.4 3,988.2
Share-based payment charges 67.3 67.3
Vesting of PSP shares (1.9) (1.9)

COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2015 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(a) General information

Tullow Oil plc is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act. The address of the registered office is given on page 111. The Financial Statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest \$0.1 million, except where otherwise stated. Tullow Oil plc is the ultimate parent of the Tullow Oil Group.

(b) Basis of accounting

The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Accordingly, in the year ended 31 December 2015 the Company has undergone transition from reporting under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP) to FRS 101 as issued by the Financial Reporting Council. The Financial Statements have therefore been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101) 'Reduced Disclosure Framework' as issued by the Financial Reporting Council. On transition to FRS 101 the Company has applied paragraphs 6-33 of IFRS 1 as adopted by the EU, this transition is not considered to have had a material effect on the Financial Statements.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, presentation of an income statement, presentation of a cash-flow statement, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party transactions. Where relevant, equivalent disclosures have been given in the Group accounts.

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

During the year the Company made a loss of \$1,264.8 million (2014: \$27.3 million profit).

(c) Going concern

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group's producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group's operating cash flows, portfolio management opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. In the currently low commodity price environment, the Group has taken appropriate action to reduce its cost base and had \$1.9 billion of debt liquidity headroom and free cash at the end of 2015. The Group's forecast, taking into account the risks described above, show that the Group will be able to operate within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

Notwithstanding our forecasts of liquidity headroom throughout the 12 month period, there remains a risk, given the volatility of the oil price environment and its impact on operating cash flows and facility availability, that the Group's liquidity position may deteriorate and/or the Group may become technically non-compliant with one of its financial covenants at the end of 2016.

To mitigate this risk, we will continue to maintain our long-term banking relations and will monitor our cash flow projections and, if necessary, take mitigating actions well in advance to maintain our liquidity and compliance with covenants. Actions available to the Group include further rationalisation of our cost base, cuts to discretionary capital expenditure, portfolio management and other funding options.

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

(d) Foreign currencies

The US dollar is the reporting currency of the Company. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date, with a corresponding charge or credit to the income statement. However, exchange gains and losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings, which are a hedge against the Company's overseas investments, are dealt with in reserves.

(e) Investments

Fixed asset investments, including investments in subsidiaries, are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment if there are indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

(f) Derivative financial instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage the Group's exposure to fluctuations in movements in oil and gas prices.

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

The purpose for which a derivative is used is established at inception. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be highly effective in achieving its objective and this effectiveness must be documented at inception and throughout the period of the hedge relationship. The hedge must be assessed on an ongoing basis and determined to have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which the hedge was designated.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as either fair value hedges, when they hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability, or cash flow hedges, where they hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or forecast transaction.

In relation to fair value hedges which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, any gain or loss from re-measuring the derivative and the hedged item at fair value is recognised immediately in the income statement. Any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised in the income statement.

For cash flow hedges, the portion of the gains and losses on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is taken to other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion, as well as any change in time

value, is recognised in the income statement. The gains and losses taken to other comprehensive income are subsequently transferred to the income statement during the period in which the hedged transaction affects the income statement. A similar treatment applies to foreign currency loans which are hedges of the Group's net investment in the net assets of a foreign operation.

Gains or losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment (either from inception or during the life of the instrument) are taken directly to the income statement in the period.

(g) Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

(h) Share issue expenses

Costs of share issues are written off against the premium arising on the issues of share capital.

(i) Finance costs of debt

Finance costs of debt are recognised in the profit and loss account over the term of the related debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount.

Interest-bearing borrowings are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in the income statement using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

(j) Taxation

Current and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax and overseas corporation tax, are provided at amounts expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred corporation tax is recognised on all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more, or right to pay less, tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the underlying temporary differences can be deducted. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on acquisitions that are categorised as Business Combinations. Deferred tax is recognised at acquisition as part of the assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. Any deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement as the underlying temporary difference is reversed.

In order to account for uncertain tax positions management has formed an accounting policy, in accordance with IAS 8, whereby the ultimate outcome of legal proceedings is viewed as a single unit of account. The results of separate hearings in relation to the same matter, such as local tribunals and international arbitration, are not viewed separately and only the final

outcome is assessed by management to determine the best estimate of any potential outcome. If management viewed the results of individual hearings separately an income statement charge could arise due to the differing recognition criteria of assets and liabilities.

(k) Capital management

The Company defines capital as the total equity of the Company. Capital is managed in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits to stakeholders and to safeguard the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Tullow is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital, issue new shares for cash, repay debt, and put in place new debt facilities.

(l) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

• Financial instruments (note 7)

Some of the Company's assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes. The Directors of the Company have determined appropriate valuation techniques and inputs for fair value measurements.

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company uses market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, fair values are estimated by reference to market-based transactions, or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable instruments and commodities involved.

• Investments (note 1)

The Company is required to assess the carrying values of each of its investments in subsidiaries for impairment. The net assets of certain of the Company's subsidiaries are predominantly intangible exploration and evaluation (E&E) assets. Where facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an E&E asset held by a subsidiary may exceed its recoverable amount, by reference to the specific indicators of impairment of E&E assets, an impairment test of the asset is performed by the subsidiary undertaking and the asset is impaired by any difference between its carrying value and its recoverable amount. The recognition of such an impairment by a subsidiary is used by the Company as the primary basis for determining whether or not there are indications that the investment in the related subsidiary may also be impaired, and thus whether an impairment test of the investment carrying value needs to be performed. The results of exploration activities are inherently uncertain, and the assessment of impairment of E&E assets by the subsidiary, and that of the related investment by the Company, is judgemental.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 1. Investments

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2013
\$m
Shares at cost in subsidiary undertakings 4,884.4 4,918.6 3,850.4
Unlisted investments 1.0 1.0 1.0
4,885.4 4,919.6 3,851.4

During 2015, an impairment of \$1,279.8 million (2014: \$661 million) was recorded against the Company's investments in subsidiaries to fund losses incurred by Group service companies. This was partially offset by an increase of investment in the Company's directly held subsidiaries.

The Company's subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2015 are listed on page 176. The principal activity of all companies relates to oil and gas exploration, development and production.

Note 2. Dividends

123.3 110.6
59.0 56.8
182.3 167.4
120.0

The final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Note 3. Deferred tax

The Company has tax losses of \$359.9 million (2014: \$359.9 million) that are available indefinitely for offset against future non-ring-fenced taxable profits in the Company. A deferred tax asset of \$nil million (2014: \$nil million) has been recognised in respect of these losses on the basis that the Company does not anticipate making non-ring-fenced profits in the foreseeable future.

Note 4. Other current assets

Amounts falling due within one year

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2013
\$m
Other debtors 16.4 0.2
Due from subsidiary undertakings 3,475.5 3,689.6 3,602.4
3,475.5 3,706.0 3,602.6

The amounts due from subsidiary undertakings include \$2,951.0 million (2014: \$2,800.8 million) that incurs interest at LIBOR plus 0.875% – 5.95%. The remaining amounts due from subsidiaries accrue no interest. All amounts are repayable on demand. During the year a provision of \$174.8 million (2014: \$128.9 million) was made in respect of the recoverability of amounts due from subsidiary undertakings.

Note 5. Trade and other creditors

Amounts falling due within one year

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2013
\$m
Other creditors 7.3 5.4
Accruals 0.8
VAT and other similar taxes 15.4
Due to subsidiary undertakings 722.5 213.4 175.7
722.5 236.1 181.9

Note 6. Borrowings

2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2013
\$m
Current
Short-term borrowings 14.2
Non-current
Term loans repayable
– After one year but within two years 800.0
– After two years but within five years 2,165.6 1,914.0 445.0
– After five years 906.0
Senior notes due 2020 646.4 645.5 644.0
Senior notes due 2022 650.4 649.6
4,262.4 3,209.1 1,995.0
Carrying value of total borrowings 4,276.6 3,209.1 1,995.0
Accrued interest and unamortised fees 37.6 77.9 107.0
External borrowings 4,314.2 3,287.0 2,102.0

Term loans are secured by fixed and floating charges over the oil and gas assets of the Group Financial Statements.

Note 7. Financial instruments

Disclosure exemptions adopted

Where equivalent disclosures for the requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurements have been included in the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts of Tullow Oil plc, the Company has adopted the disclosure exemptions available to the Company's accounts.

Financial risk management objectives

The Company follows the Group's policies for managing all its financial risks.

Fair values of derivative instruments

All derivatives are recognised at fair value on the balance sheet with valuation changes recognised immediately in the income statement, unless the derivatives have been designated as cash flow or fair value hedges. Fair value is the amount for which the asset or liability could be exchanged in an arm's length transaction at the relevant date. Where available fair values are determined using quoted prices in active markets. To the extent that market prices are not available, fair values are estimated by reference to market-based transactions, or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable instruments and commodities involved.

On 22 December 2015, the Company entered into an intercompany derivative trade with a wholly owned subsidiary, Tullow Oil SPE limited ('SPE'), paying consideration of \$676.3 million in exchange for the right to receive all future receipts, and assumes all future obligations under SPE's existing and future oil derivative contracts with external counterparties. The consideration paid is considered to be at fair value on the date of the transaction.

As at 31 December 2015, none of the Company's derivatives have been designated into hedging relationships at entity level. As such, derivative fair value movements in the year have been recognised immediately in the income statement.

The Company's derivative carrying and fair values were as follows

Assets/liabilities 2015
Less than 1
year
\$m
2015
1-3 years
\$m
2015
Total
\$m
2014
Less than 1
year
\$m
2014
1-3 years
\$m
2014
Total
\$m
Intercompany oil derivatives 405.4 217.6 623.0
Total assets 405.4 217.6 623.0

The following provides an analysis of the Company's financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1: fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3: fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

All of the Company's derivatives are Level 2 (2014: n/a). There were no transfers between fair value levels during the year.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 7. Financial instruments continued

For financial instruments which are recognised on a recurring basis, the Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest-level input which is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

Offset of financial assets and financial liabilities

Netting agreements are in place to enable the Company and its counterparty to set-off liabilities against available assets in the event that either party is unable to fulfil its contractual obligations.

31 December 2015 Gross
amounts
recognised
\$m
Gross
amounts
offset in
Group
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amounts
presented in
balance
sheet
\$m
Related
amounts not
offset in the
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amount
\$m
Intercompany derivative assets 623.0 623.0 (623.0)
Trade and other creditors (722.5) (722.5) 623.0 (99.5)
31 December 2014 Gross
amounts
recognised
\$m
Gross
amounts
offset in
Group
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amounts
presented in
balance
sheet
\$m
Related
amounts not
offset in the
balance
sheet
\$m
Net amount
\$m
Intercompany derivative assets
Trade and other creditors (236.1) (236.1) (236.1)

Income statement summary

Derivative fair value movements during the year which have been recognised in the income statement were as follows

Loss on derivative instruments 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Intercompany oil derivatives (53.3)

Cash flow and interest rate risk

The interest rate profile of the Company's financial assets and liabilities, excluding trade and other receivables and trade and other payables, at 31 December 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

2015
Cash at bank
\$m
2015
Fixed rate
debt
\$m
2015
Floating rate
debt
\$m
2015
Total
\$m
2014
Cash at bank
\$m
2014
Fixed rate
debt
\$m
2014
Floating rate
debt
\$m
2014
Total
\$m
US\$ 2.1 (1,300.0) (2,857.3) (4,155.2) 2.2 (1,300.0) (1,822.4) (3,120.2)
Euro 0.2 0.2
Sterling 0.1 (156.9) (156.8) (0.3) (164.6) (164.9)
Other 1.0 1.0 1.7 1.7
3.4 (1,300.0) (3,014.2) (4,310.8) 3.6 (1,300.0) (1,987.0) (3,283.4)

Cash at bank consisted mainly of deposits which earn interest at rates set in advance for periods ranging from overnight to one month by reference to market rates.

Liquidity risk

The following table details the Company's remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Company can be required to pay.

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
Less than
1 month
\$m
1-3
months
\$m
3 months
to 1 year
\$m
1-5
years
\$m
5+
years
\$m
Total
\$m
31 December 2015
Non-interest bearing n/a 722.5 722.5
Fixed interest rate instruments 6.5%
Principal repayments 650.0 650.0 1,300.0
Interest charge 79.6 318.5 60.9 459.0
Variable interest rate instruments 6.0%
Principal repayments 14.2 3,000.0 3,014.2
Interest charge 9.9 19.7 88.5 206.0 324.1
732.4 19.7 182.3 4,174.5 710.9 5,819.8
Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
Less than
1 month
\$m
1-3
months
\$m
3 months
to 1 year
\$m
1-5
years
\$m
5+
years
\$m
Total
\$m
31 December 2014
Non-interest bearing n/a 236.1 236.1
Fixed interest rate instruments 6.5%
Principal repayments 1,300.0 1,300.0
Interest charge 79.6 318.5 160.9 559.0
Variable interest rate instruments 6.7%
Principal repayments 1,987.0 1,987.0
Interest charge 6.2 12.4 59.5 372.3 450.4
242.3 12.4 139.1 2,677.8 1,460.9 4,532.5

Sensitivity analysis

The following analysis is intended to illustrate sensitivity to changes in market variables, being Dated Brent oil prices and US dollar exchange rates. The analysis is used internally by management to monitor derivatives and assesses the financial impact of reasonably possible movements in key variables.

Equity Foreign currency
denominated liabilities
and equity
Market movement 2015
\$m
2014
\$m
2015
\$m
2014
\$m
Brent oil price 50% (441.1)
Brent oil price (50%) 564.1
US\$/foreign currency exchange rates 20% (31.4) (32.9)
US\$/foreign currency exchange rates (20%) 31.4 32.9

The following assumptions have been used in calculating the sensitivity in movement of oil prices; the pricing adjustments relate only to the point forward mark-to-market (MTM) valuations, the sensitivities have been run only on the intrinsic element of the derivatives as management consider this to be the material component of oil derivative valuations.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2015

Note 8. Loans from subsidiary undertakings

Amounts falling due after more than one year

2015 2014 2013
\$m \$m \$m
Loans from subsidiary companies 1.3

The amounts due from subsidiaries do not accrue interest. All loans from subsidiary companies are not due to be repaid within five years.

Note 9. Called up equity share capital and share premium account

Allotted equity share capital and share premium

At 31 December 2015 911,576,706 147.2 609.8
– Exercise of share options 915,075 0.2 3.4
Issued during the year
At 1 January 2015 910,661,631 147.0 606.4
– Exercise of share options 689,690 0.1 3.2
Issued during the year
At 1 January 2014 909,971,941 146.9 603.2
Equity share
capital allotted
and fully paid
Number
Share
capital
\$m
Share
premium
\$m

The Company does not have an authorised share capital. The par value of the Company's shares is 10 pence.

Note 10. Subsequent events

In January 2016 Tullow completed the farm-down of 25% of its interest in block 12A to Delonex and Tullow also agreed to sell a 20% interest in the Bannu West licence in Pakistan to Mari Gas. Tullow was awarded a 60% operated interest in the Orinduik licence in January 2016, a 1,801 square kilometre block offshore Guyana. On 23 January 2016, the TEN FPSO set sail from Singapore to Ghana with arrival expected in early March 2016.

Subsequent to the balance sheet date there has been a deterioration in the spot price of Brent crude. Sensitivity analysis on the impact of a reduction in Brent crude prices on the carrying value of PP&E is provided in note 12 of the Group accounts.

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

2015 2014 2013* 2012* *Restated
2011
Group income statement \$m \$m \$m \$m \$m
Sales revenue 1,606.6 2,212.9 2,646.9 2,344.1 2,304.2
Cost of sales (1,015.3) (1,116.7) (1,153.8) (968.0) (897.2)
Gross profit 591.3 1,096.2 1,493.1 1,376.1 1,407.0
Administrative expenses (193.6)
(40.8)
(192.4) (218.5) (191.2) (122.8)
Restructuring costs (56.5)
(Loss)/profit on disposal (482.4) 29.5 702.5 2.0
Goodwill impairment (53.7)
(748.9)
(132.8)
Exploration costs written off (1,657.3) (870.6) (670.9) (120.6)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (406.0) (595.9) (52.7) (31.3) (33.6)
Provision for onerous service contracts (185.5)
Operating (loss)/profit (1,093.7) (1,964.6) 380.8 1,185.2 1,132.0
(Loss)/profit on hedging instruments (58.8) 50.8 (19.7) (19.9) 27.2
Finance revenue 4.2 9.6 43.7 9.6 36.6
Finance costs (149.0) (143.2) (91.6) (59.0) (122.9)
(Loss)/profit from continuing activities before taxation (1,297.3) (2,047.4) 313.2 1,115.9 1,072.9
Taxation 260.4 407.5 (97.1) (449.7) (383.9)
(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing activities (1,036.9) (1,639.9) 216.1 666.2 689.0
(Loss)/earnings per share
Basic – ¢ (113.6) (170.9) 18.6 68.8 72.5
Diluted – ¢ (113.6) (170.9) 18.5 68.4 72.0
Dividends paid 182.3 167.4 173.2 114.2
Group balance sheet
Non-current assets 9,506.8 9,335.1 9,439.3 8,087.6 9,463.5
Net current assets/(liabilities) 259.2 747.4 637.0 65.4 (361.2)
Total assets less current liabilities 9,766.0 10,082.5 10,076.3 8,153.0 9,102.3
Long-term liabilities (6,591.3) (6,062.2) (4,629.9) (2,831.4) (4,336.3)
Net assets 3,174.7 4,020.3 5,446.4 5,321.6 4,766.0
Called up equity share capital 147.2 147.0 146.9 146.6 146.2
Share premium 609.8 606.4 603.2 584.8 551.8
Foreign currency translation reserve (249.3) (205.7) (155.1) (167.8) (175.5)
Hedge reserve 569.9 401.6 2.3 (6.5) (14.3)
Other reserves 740.9 740.9 740.9 740.9 740.9
Retained earnings 1,336.4 2,305.8 3,984.7 3,931.2 3,441.3
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent 3,154.9 3,996.0 5,322.9 5,229.2 4,690.4
Non-controlling interest 19.8 24.3 123.5 92.4 75.6
Total equity 3,174.7 4,020.3 5,446.4 5,321.6 4,766.0

* All comparative figures have been re-presented to align disclosure of impairments of property, plant and equipment on the face of the income statement with 2014.

** The 2011 figures have been restated to reflect the adjustment to business combination fair values.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Financial calendar

10 February 2016
28 April 2016
28 April 2016
1 July 2016
27 July 2016
9 November 2016

Shareholder enquiries

All enquiries concerning shareholdings including notification of change of address, loss of a share certificate or dividend payments should be made to the Company's registrars.

For shareholders on the UK register, Computershare provides a range of services through its online portal, Investor Centre, which can be accessed free of charge at www.investorcentre.co.uk. Once registered, this service, accessible from anywhere in the world, enables shareholders to check details of their shareholdings or dividends, download forms to notify changes in personal details, and access other relevant information.

United Kingdom Registrar

Computershare Investor Services PLC The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Tel – UK shareholders: 0870 703 6242 Tel – Irish shareholders: + 353 1 247 5413 Tel – overseas shareholders: + 44 870 703 6242 Contact: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Ghana Registrar

The Central Securities Depository (Ghana) Limited 4th Floor, Cedi House, P.M.B CT 465 Cantonments, Accra, Ghana

Tel – Ghana shareholders: + 233 302 689 313 / 689 314 Contact: [email protected]

Share dealing service

A telephone share dealing service has been established for shareholders with Computershare for the sale and purchase of Tullow Oil shares. Shareholders who are interested in using this service can obtain further details by calling the appropriate telephone number below:

UK shareholders: 0870 703 0084 Irish shareholders: +00 353 1 447 5435

If you live outside the UK or Ireland and wish to trade you can do so through the Computershare Trading Account. To find out more or to open an account, please visit www.computershare-sharedealing.co.uk or phone Computershare on +44 870 707 1606.

ShareGift

If you have a small number of shares whose value makes it uneconomical to sell, you may wish to consider donating them to ShareGift which is a UK registered charity specialising in realising the value locked up in small shareholdings for charitable purposes. The resulting proceeds are donated to a range of charities, reflecting suggestions received from donors. Should you wish to donate your Tullow Oil Plc shares in this way, please download and complete a transfer form from www.ShareGift.Org/forms, sign it and send it together with the share certificate to ShareGift, PO Box 72253, London SW1P 9LQ. For more information regarding this charity, visit www.ShareGift.org

Electronic communication

To reduce impact on the environment, the Company encourages all shareholders to receive their shareholder communications including annual reports and notices of meetings electronically. Once registered for electronic communications, shareholders will be sent an email each time the Company publishes statutory documents, providing a link to the information.

Tullow actively supports Woodland Trust, the UK's leading woodland conservation charity. Computershare, together with Woodland Trust, has established eTree, an environmental programme designed to promote electronic shareholder communications. Under this programme, the Company makes a donation to eTree for every shareholder who registers for electronic communication. To register for this service, simply visit www.etree.com/tullowoilplc with your shareholder number and email address to hand.

Shareholder security

Shareholders are advised to be cautious about any unsolicited financial advice; offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free company reports. More detailed information can be found at www.fca.org.uk/scams and in the Shareholder Services section of the Investors area of the Tullow website: www.tullowoil.com.

Corporate Brokers

Barclays 5 North Colonnade Canary Wharf London E14 4BB

Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

20 Bank Street Canary Wharf London E14 4AD

Davy

Davy House 49 Dawson Street Dublin 2 Ireland

3 LICENCE INTERESTS CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS

WEST AFRICA

Area Tullow
Licence Fields sq km Interest Operator Other Partners
Congo (Brazzaville)
M'Boundi M'Boundi 146 11.00% ENI SNPC
Côte d'Ivoire
CI-26 Special Area "E" Espoir 235 21.33% CNR PETROCI
Equatorial Guinea
Ceiba Ceiba 70 14.25% Hess GEPetrol
Okume Complex Okume, Oveng
Ebano, Elon
Akom North
192 14.25% Hess GEPetrol
Gabon
Arouwe1, 2 4,414 35.00% Perenco ExxonMobil
Avouma Avouma,
South Tchibala
52 7.50% Vaalco Addax (Sinopec), Sasol,
Sojitz, PetroEnergy
Ebouri Ebouri 15 7.50% Vaalco Addax (Sinopec), Sasol,
Sojitz, PetroEnergy
Echira Echira 76 40.00% Perenco
Etame Etame,
North Tchibala
49 7.50% Vaalco Addax (Sinopec), Sasol,
Sojitz, PetroEnergy
Ezanga 5,626 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Gwedidi Gwedidi 5 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Igongo Igongo 117 36.00% Perenco Total, Gov of Gabon
Limande Limande 54 40.00% Perenco
Mabounda Mabounda 6 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Mbigou Mbigou 5 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
M'Oba M'Oba 57 24.31% Perenco
Niembi Niembi 4 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Niungo Niungo 96 40.00% Perenco
Oba Oba 44 5.00% Perenco AIC Petrofi
Omko Omko 16 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Maroc Maroc 17 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Maroc Nord Maroc Nord 17 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Onal Onal 46 7.50% Maurel & Prom Gov of Gabon
Tchatamba Marin Tchatamba Marin 30 25.00% Perenco Oranje Nassau
Tchatamba South Tchatamba South 40 25.00% Perenco Oranje Nassau
Tchatamba West Tchatamba West 25 25.00% Perenco Oranje Nassau
Turnix Turnix 18 27.50% Perenco
Back-In Rights3
Dussafu Marin 2,780 5.00% Harvest Natural
Res
Pan-Petroleum
Etame Marin 2,972 7.50% Vaalco Addax (Sinopec), Sasol, Sojitz,
PetroEnergy
Ghana
Deepwater Tano Wawa 558 49.95% Tullow Kosmos, Anadarko, GNPC,
PetroSA
Ten Development Area4 Tweneboa,
Enyenra, Ntomme
47.18%4
West Cape Three Points Jubilee 412 26.40% Kosmos Anadarko, GNPC, PetroSA
Jubilee Field Unit Area5 Jubilee 110 35.48% Tullow Kosmos, Anadarko, GNPC,
PetroSA

Notes:

  1. Tullow has 'Back-In Rights' on this licence as well as a working interest.

  2. Exploration activities on this licence are dealt with by the New Ventures BDT.

  3. Back-In Rights: Tullow has the option, in the event of a development, to acquire varying interests in licences where there is a Back-In Right.

  4. GNPC has exercised its right to acquire an additional 5% in the Tweneboa, Enyenra and Ntomme (TEN) discoveries. Tullow's interest in these discoveries is now 47.175%.

  5. A unitisation agreement covering the Jubilee field was agreed by the partners of the West Cape Three Points and the Deepwater Tano licences.

LICENCE INTERESTS CONTINUED

CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS

EUROPE6

Area Tullow
Licence Blocks Fields sq km Interest Operator Other Partners
Netherlands
E10 401 30.00% ENGIE EBN
E11 401 30.00% ENGIE EBN
E14 403 30.00% ENGIE EBN
E15a F16-E7 39 4.69% Wintershall Dana, ENGIE, EBN
E15b E18-A7 21 21.12% Wintershall Dana, EBN
E15c 343 20.00% ENGIE EBN, Gas Plus
E18a E18-A7, F16-E7 212 17.60% Wintershall Dana, EBN
E18b 192 30.00% ENGIE EBN
F13a F16-E7 4 4.69% Wintershall Dana, ENGIE, EBN
J9 18 9.95% NAM Oranje Nassau,
Wintershall, EBN
K8 820 22.5% NAM Oranje Nassau,
Wintershall, EBN
K11 18.00%
L13 413 22.50% NAM Oranje Nassau, EBN,
Wintershall
Joint Development Area (JDA)8 31 fields 9.95% NAM Oranje Nassau,
J9, K7, K8, K11, K14a, K15, L13 Wintershall, EBN
United Kingdom
CMS Area
P450 44/21a Boulton B & F 77 9.50% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
P451 44/22a Murdoch 89 34.00% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
44/22b Boulton H9
P452 44/23a (part) Murdoch K9 48 6.91% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
P453 44/28b Ketch 85 40.00% Faroe Petr
P516 44/26a Schooner10 99 42.96% Faroe Petr
P1006 44/17b Munro11 48 20.00% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
P1058 44/18b 46 22.50% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
44/23b Kelvin13
P1139 44/19b Katy (formerly
Harrison)
30 22.50% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
CMS III Unit12 44/17a (part)
44/17c (part)
44/21a (part)
44/22a (part)
44/22b (part)
44/22c (part)
44/23a (part)
Boulton H, Hawksley13
McAdam, Murdoch K
14.10% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
Munro Unit12 44/17b
44/17a
Munro 15.00% ConocoPhillips ENGIE
Schooner Unit12 44/26a 43/30a Schooner 40.00% Faroe Petr
Thames Area
P007 49/24aF1
(Gawain)
Gawain 14, 15 69 50.00% Perenco
P037 49/28a
49/28b
Thames15, Yare15,
Bure15, Deben15,
Wensum15
90 66.67% Perenco Centrica
49/28a(part) Thurne15 86.96% Tullow Centrica
P039 53/04d Wissey15 29 62.50% Tullow First Oil, Faroe Petr
P105 49/29a (part) Gawain14, 15 17 50.00% Perenco
P786 53/03c Horne15 8 50.00% Tullow Centrica
P852 53/04b Horne & Wren15 17 50.00% Tullow Centrica
Gawain Unit12 49/24F1
(Gawain)
Gawain15 50.00% Perenco
49/29a (part)

EAST AFRICA

Area Tullow
Licence Fields sq km Interest Operator Other Partners
Kenya
Block 10BA 15,811 50.00% Tullow Africa Oil, Maersk
Block 10BB 6,172 50.00% Tullow Africa Oil, Maersk
Block 12A 15,390 40.00% Tullow Africa Oil, Delonex
Block 12B 6,200 50.00% Tullow Swala Energy
Block 13T 4,719 50.00% Tullow Africa Oil, Maersk
Uganda
Exploration Area 1 Jobi, Rii,
Jobi East, Gunya,
Ngiri, Mpyo
598 33.33% Total CNOOC
Exploration Area 1A Lyec 85 33.33% Total CNOOC
Exploration Area 2 Kasamene,
Kigogole, Mputa,
Nsogo, Ngege,
Ngara, Nzizi,
Waraga,
Wahrindi
1,025 33.33% Tullow CNOOC, Total
Production Licence 1/12 Kingfisher 344 33.33% CNOOC Total

Notes:

  1. Exploration & production operations in the Netherlands and production in the UK are dealt with by the West Africa BDT despite falling outside this geographic region.

  2. These fields are unitised – interests are as follows: F16-E 4.147%; E18-A 18.357%.

  3. Interests in blocks K7, K8, K11, K14a, K15 and L13 have been unitised. These six blocks, along with block J9, are known as the Joint Development Area (JDA).

  4. Refer to CMS III Unit for field interest.

  5. Refer to Schooner Unit for field interest.

  6. Refer to Munro Unit for field interest.

  7. For the UK offshore area, fields that extend across more than one licence area with differing partner interests become part of a unitised area. The interest held in the Unitised Field Area is split amongst the holders of the relevant licences according to their proportional ownership of the field. The unitised areas in which Tullow is involved are listed in addition to the nominal licence holdings.

  8. This field is no longer producing.

  9. Refer to Gawain Unit for field interest.

  10. These fields are no longer producing. Abandonment works are ongoing.

LICENCE INTERESTS CONTINUED

CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS

NEW VENTURES

Licence Blocks Fields Area
sq km
Tullow
Interest
Operator Other Partners
Ethiopia
South Omo 22,288 50.00% Tullow Africa Oil, Delonex16, Maersk
French Guiana
Guyane Maritime 24,100 27.50% Shell Total, Northpet Investments
Greenland
Block 9 (Tooq) 11,802 40.00% Maersk Nunaoil
Guinea
Offshore Guinea
(Deepwater)17
18,746 40.00% Tullow SCS, Dana
Guyana
Kanuku 6,525 30.00% Repsol 18 RWE18
Orinduik 1,776 60.00% Tullow Eco O&G
Jamaica
Walton Morant 32,065 100.00% Tullow
Madagascar
Mandabe 7,189 65.00% Tullow OMV
(Block 3109)
Berenty 7,492 65.00% Tullow OMV
(Block 3111)
Mauritania
Block C-3 9,825 49.50%19 Tullow Sterling Energy19, SMH
Block C-10 8,025 76.50% Tullow SMH, Sterling Energy
Block C-18 13,225 90.00% Tullow SMH
PSC B Chinguetti 31 22.26% Petronas SMH, Premier, Kufpec
(Chinguetti EEA)20
Namibia
PEL 0030 5,800 25.00% Eco O&G AziNam, NAMCOR
(Block 2012A)
PEL 0037 (Blocks 17,295 65.00% Tullow Pancontinental, Paragon
2112A,B, 2113B)
Norway
North Sea
PL 405 8/10 101 15.00% Centrica Faroe Petr, Suncor
PL 406 18/10 115 20.00% Premier Kufpec
PL 407 17/12 81 20.00% Premier Kufpec
PL 507 25/2, 25/3, 30/11, 1,003 20.00%22 Statoil 21 North Energy, MOL
30/12, 31/10
(parts)
PL 550 31/1, 31/2 469 80.00% Tullow Det norske, VNG
PL 626 25/10 202 30.00% Det norske Fortis Petr, MOL
PL 636 36/7 455 20.00% ENGIE Idemitsu, Wellesley Petr
PL 746S 29/3 55 30.00% Pure E&P Concedo
PL 774 16/7 114 40.00% Tullow Concedo, Petrolia
PL 774B 16/10 22 40.00% Tullow Concedo, Petrolia
PL 775 16/7, 16/8 347 40.00% Tullow Concedo, Petoro, Spike
PL 776 16/5, 16/6, 16/8, 665 40.00% Tullow Concedo, Petoro, Wintershall
16/9
PL 784 25/3, 25/6 273 40.00% Tullow Concedo, North Energy,
Pure E&P
PL 786 31/3, 32/1, 35/12, 732 50.00% ENGIE
36/10
PL 811 7/9, 7/12, 8/7,
8/10
359 20.00% Origo Faroe Petr
PL 826 29/3, 30/1, 33/12 15 30.00% Pure E&P Concedo
PL 827S 35/10 52 40.00% Tullow Statoil, Shell

NEW VENTURES continued

Licence Blocks Area
sq km
Tullow
Interest
Operator Other Partners
Norway
Norwegian Sea
PL 583
6306/6, 6306/7 1,021 55.00% Tullow Svenska
6306/8, 6306/9
PL 650 6507/3 140 25.00% E. ON Statoil
PL 651 6610/8, 6610/9,
6610/11, 6610/12
1,338 35.00% E. ON Dana
PL 689 6306/3 457 20.00% DONG Bayerngas, Svenska
PL 689B 6307/1, 6307/4 128 20.00% DONG Det norske, Bayerngas
PL 701 6406/9, 6406/11,
6406/12
419 30.00% Noreco ENGIE
PL 750 6405/4, 6405/7,
6405/10
1,043 60.00% Tullow Repsol
PL 750B 6404/9, 6404/12,
6405/10
732 60.00% Tullow Repsol
PL 791 6203/7, 6203/8,
6203/9, 6203/10,
6203/11,
6203/12, 6204/10
1,302 50.00% Pure E&P
PL 838 6507/5, 6507/6 125 30.00% PGNiG E. ON
PL 843 6608/12, 6609/7,
6609/8, 6609/9,
6609/10,
6609/11, 6609/12
1,123 20.00% Det norske Pure E&P, Statoil
Barents Sea
PL 537 7324/7, 7324/8 594 20.00% OMV Petoro, Idemitsu, Statoil
PL 610 7222/2,
7222/3 (parts)
403 37.50% ENGIE Pure E&P
PL 659 7121/3, 7122/1,
7122/2, 7221/12,
7222/10,
7222/11, 7222/12
1,462 15.00% Det norske Lundin, Petoro, Pure E&P,
Atlantic Petr
PL 695 7018/3, 7018/6
7019/1
590 40.00% Lundin Petoro
PL 709 7224/6,
7225/4
476 40.00% Det norske ENGIE
PL 710 7218/12,
7219/10, 7219/11
956 20.00% Total Maersk, ENGIE
Pakistan
Bannu West 1,230 20.00%23 Tullow OGDCL, MPCL, SEL
Block 28 6,200 95.00% Tullow OGDCL
Kalchas 2,068 30.00% OGDCL MPCL
Kohat 1,107 40.00% OGDCL MPCL , SEL
Kohlu 2,459 30.00% OGDCL MPCL
Suriname
Block 31 5,560 30.00% Inpex
Block 47 2,369 100.00% Tullow
Block 54 8,480 30.00% Tullow Statoil, Noble Energy
Uruguay
Block 15 8,030 35.00%24 Tullow Statoil, Inpex

Notes

  1. Delonex has acquired Marathon's interest, subject to Government approval.

  2. Area listed is following a 25% relinquishment, subject to Government approval.

  3. Repsol is in the process of acquiring RWE'S interest, subject to Government approval.

  4. Sterling is in the process of withdrawing from this licence; Tullow will revert to 90% on completion.

  5. PSC B (Chinguetti EEA) is dealt with by the West Africa BDT.

  6. Statoil is taking over operatorship of this licence from Tullow, subject to Government approval.

  7. Tullow's interest on completion of deal with Statoil.

  8. Tullow's interest on completion of farm-down to MPCL.

  9. Tullow's interest on completion of deal with Statoil, subject to Government approval.

COMMERCIAL RESERVES AND CONTINGENT RESOURCES SUMMARY (UNAUDITED) WORKING INTEREST BASIS

West Africa East Africa New Ventures Total
Oil
mmbbl
Gas
bcf
Oil
mmbbl
Gas
bcf
Oil
mmbbl
Gas
bcf
Oil
mmbbl
Gas
bcf
Petroleum
mmboe
Commercial reserves
31 December 2014 307.6 226.4 307.6 226.4 345.3
Revisions 3.0 6.8 3.0 6.8 4.1
Transfer from
contingent
resources
0.9 0.9 0.9
Disposals (10.0) (10.0) (1.7)
Production (23.9) (17.4) (23.9) (17.4) (26.8)
31 December 2015 287.6 205.8 287.6 205.8 321.8
Contingent resources
31 December 2014 106.8 993.7 531.6 12.4 101.5 4.2 739.9 1,010.3 908.3
Revisions 9.9 (233.6) 79.1 30.2 89.0 (203.4) 55.1
Additions 18.1 18.1 18.1
Disposals (35.2) (35.2) (5.9)
Transfers to
commercial
reserves
(0.9) (0.9) (0.9)
31 December 2015 115.8 724.9 628.8 42.6 101.5 4.2 846.1 771.7 974.7
Total
31 December 2015 403.4 930.7 628.8 42.6 101.5 4.2 1,133.7 977.5 1,296.5
  1. Proven and Probable Commercial Reserves are based on a Group reserves report produced by an independent engineer. Reserves estimates for each field are reviewed by the independent engineer based on significant new data or a material change with a review of each field undertaken at least every two years.

  2. Proven and Probable Contingent Resources are based on a Group reserves report produced by an independent engineer. Resources estimates are reviewed by the independent engineer based on significant new data received following exploration or appraisal drilling.

  3. The West Africa revisions to reserves relate to Jubilee, Equatorial Guinea and Gabon.

  4. The West Africa disposals relate to the L&Q block in the Netherlands and farm-down of the Vincent discovery.

  5. The West Africa revision to gas contingent resources relates to the relinquishment of the Pelican field in Mauritania.

  6. East Africa additions to oil contingent resources relate to Etom in Kenya.

  7. East Africa revision to contingent resources relate to Kenya and Uganda.

The Group provides for depletion and amortisation of tangible fixed assets on a net entitlements basis, which reflects the terms of the Production Sharing Contracts related to each field. Total net entitlement reserves were 299.1 mmboe at 31 December 2015 (31 December 2014: 321.0 mmboe).

Contingent resources relate to resources in respect of which development plans are in the course of preparation or further evaluation is under way with a view to future development.

TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE

3

Transparency Disclosure

The Reports on Payments to Governments Regulations (UK Regulations) came into force on 1 December 2014 and require UK companies in the extractive sector to publicly disclose payments made to governments in the countries where they undertake extractive operations. The regulations implement Chapter 10 of EU Accounting Directive (2013/34/ EU).

The UK Regulations came into effect on 1 January 2015, but Tullow were early adopters of the EU Directive and have published our tax payments to governments in full, in its Annual Report and Accounts since 2013. The 2015 disclosure remains in line with the EU Directive and UK Regulations and we have provided additional voluntary disclosure on VAT, stamp duty, withholding tax, PAYE and other taxes.

The payments disclosed are based on where the obligation for the payment arose: Payments raised at a project level have been disclosed at a project level and payments raised at a corporate level have been disclosed on that basis. However, where a payment or a series of related payments do not exceed £86,000, they are disclosed at a corporate level, in accordance with the UK Regulations. The voluntary disclosure has been prepared on a corporate level.

All of the payments disclosed in accordance with the Directive have been made to National Governments, either directly or through a Ministry or Department of the National Government with the exception of Ghana payments in respect of production entitlements and licence fees which are paid to the Ghana National Oil Company. Our total economic contribution to all stakeholders can be found on page 66. Detailed disclosure on our 2015 tax payments can be found on pages 172 to 175.

Production entitlements in barrels – includes non-cash royalties and state non-participating interest paid in barrels of oil or gas out of Tullow's working interest share of production in a licence. The figures disclosed are produced on an entitlement basis rather than a liftings basis. It does not include the Government's or NOC's working interest share of production in a licence. Production entitlements have been multiplied by the Group's 2015 average realised oil price \$67.0/bbl.

Income taxes – This represents cash tax calculated on the basis of profits including income or capital gains. Income taxes are usually reflected in corporate income tax returns. The cash payment of income taxes occurs in the year in which the tax has arisen or up to one year later. Income taxes also include any cash tax rebates received from the government or revenue authority during the year. Income taxes do not include fines and penalties.

Royalties – This represents cash royalties paid to governments during the year for the extraction of oil or gas. The terms of the royalties are described within our PSCs and can vary from project to project within one country. Royalties paid in kind have been recognised within the production entitlements category. The cash payment of royalties occurs in the year in which the tax has arisen.

Bonus payments – This represents any bonus paid to governments during the year, usually as a result of achieving certain milestones, such as a signature bonus, POD bonus or a production bonus.

Licence fees – This represents licence fees, rental fees, entry fees and other consideration for licences and/or concessions paid for access to an area during the year (with the exception of signature bonuses which are captured within bonus payments).

Infrastructure improvement payments – This represents payments made in respect of infrastructure improvements for projects that are not directly related to oil and gas activities during the year. This can be a contractually obligated payment in a PSC or a discretionary payment for building/improving local infrastructure such as roads, bridges, ports, schools and hospitals.

VAT – This represents net cash VAT received from/paid to governments during the year. The amount disclosed is equal to the VAT return submitted by Tullow to governments with the cash payment made in the year the charge is borne. It should be noted the operator of a joint venture typically makes VAT payments in respect of the joint venture as a whole and as such where Tullow has a non-operated presence in a country limited VAT will be paid.

Stamp Duty – This includes taxes that are placed on legal documents usually in the transfers of assets or capital. Usually these taxes are reflected in stamp duty returns made to governments and are paid shortly after capital or assets are transferred.

Withholding tax (WHT) – This represents tax charged on services, interest, dividends or other distributions of profits. The amount disclosed is equal to the WHT return submitted by Tullow to governments with the cash payment made in the year the charge is borne. It should be noted the operator of a joint venture typically makes WHT payments in respect of the joint venture as a whole and as such where Tullow has a non-operated presence in a country limited WHT will be paid.

PAYE & national insurance – This represents payroll and employer taxes paid (such as PAYE and national insurance) by Tullow as a direct employer. The amount disclosed is equal to the return submitted by Tullow to governments with the cash payment made in the year the charge is borne.

Carried interests – This comprises payments made under a carrying agreement or PSC/PSA, by Tullow for the cash settlement of costs owed by a government or national oil company for their equity interest in a licence.

Customs duties – This represents cash payments made in respect of customs/excise/import and export duties made during the year including items such as railway levies. These payments typically arise through the import/transportation of goods into a country with the cash payment made in the year the charge is borne.

Training allowances – This comprises payments made in respect of training government or national oil company staff. This can be in the form of mandatory contractual requirements or discretionary training provided by a company.

TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE 2015 (UNAUDITED)

UK Regulations
Production
entitlements
Production
entitlements
Income taxes Royalties
(cash only)
Dividends Bonus
payments
Licence
fees
Infrastructure
improvement
payments
Licence / Company level bbls (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000)
M'Boundi 226
Total Congo 226
CI-26 Espoir 274
Corporate
Total Côte d'Ivoire 274
Ceiba 149
Okume Complex 346
Corporate 37,381
Total Equatorial Guinea 495 37,381
Echira 1,304
Etame 3,124
Ezanga 706 20,000
Limande 3,236
M'Oba 157
Niungo 3,013
Tchatamba 9,413
Turnix 1,088
Corporate – Tullow Oil Gabon SA 15,775 94
Oba 1,106
Corporate – Tulipe Oil SA 2,122
Total Gabon 17,897 23,241 20,000
Jubilee 664 915
TEN 237
Company level 60 3,190
Total Ghana 664 60 4,342
Company level 75 60
Total Guinea 75 60
PSC B (Chinguetti EEA) 47 258
Corporate 70
Total Mauritania 47 328
South Omo 441 197
Corporate
Total Ethiopia 441 197
Corporate 9 486
Total Kenya 9 486
Block 3111 300
Corporate 300
Total Madagascar 600
Corporate 1
Total Mozambique 1
Company level 127
Total Namibia 127
Voluntary disclosure
PAYE &
Training Customs Carried national Withholding
TOTAL
US\$ (000)
allowances
US\$(000)
duties
US\$ (000)
interests
US\$ (000)
insurance
US\$ (000)
tax
US\$ (000)
Stamp duty
US\$ (000)
VAT
US\$(000)
274
59 59
333 59
37,381
37,381
1,304
3,124
20,706
3,236
157
3,013
9,413
1,088
16,870 588 69 344
1,106
2,124 2
62,141 590 69 344
915
237
191,456 250 10,215 94,114 16,597 63,321 3,709
192,608 250 10,215 94,114 16,597 63,321 3,709
160 25
160 25
258
2,101 700 61 1,270
2,359 700 61 1,270
638
(1,421) 150 160 49 (1,780)
(783) 150 160 49 (1,780)
33,240 958 993 21,634 9,003 157
33,240 958 993 21,634 9,003 157
300
303 3
603 3
1
1
370 55 188
370 55 188
Training
allowances TOTAL TOTAL

TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE 2015 (UNAUDITED) CONTINUED

UK Regulations
Production
entitlements
Production
entitlements
Income taxes Royalties
(cash only)
Dividends Bonus
payments
Licence
fees
Infrastructure
improvement
payments
Licence / Company level bbls (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000)
Corporate 505
Total South Africa 505
Corporate 36,059 11
Total Uganda 36,059 11
Corporate (2,919)
Total Ireland (2,919)
Walton Morant 128
Corporate
Total Jamaica 128
Corporate (5,755) 259
Total Netherlands (5,755) 259
PL 405B 263
PL 406 391
PL 438 1,002
PL 519 186
PL 550 1,370
Corporate (144,867) 71
Total Norway (144,867) 3,283
Corporate 10 14
Total Pakistan 10 14
Block 47 258
Block 54 258
Corporate
Total Suriname 516
Murdoch 260
Ketch 299
Schooner 434
Corporate 7,080 634 238
Total UK 7,080 1,627 238
Corporate
Total Uruguay
TOTAL 1,432 274 (54,609) 23,241 20,000 7,435 5,367
Voluntary disclosure
PAYE &
Training Customs Carried national Withholding
TOTAL allowances duties interests insurance tax Stamp duty VAT
US\$ (000) US\$(000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$ (000) US\$(000)
6,405 5,428 472
6,405 5,428 472
49,660 276 6,121 6,286 907
49,660 276 6,121 6,286 907
3,398 8,910 (2,593)
3,398 8,910 (2,593)
128
102 102
230 102
(4,606) 490 400
(4,606) 490 400
263
391
1,002
186
1,370
(137,861) 135 10,597 (3,797)
(134,649) 135 10,597 (3,797)
301 7 270
301 7 270
258
258
242 242
758 242
260
299
434
44,378 63,015 (26,589)
45,371 63,015 (26,589)
220 100 153 (33)
220 100 153 (33)
295,501 2,598 11,343 94,114 134,273 80,268 (28,803)
TOTAL US\$ (000) 391,429
US\$ (000) 95,928
Payments in kind in

TULLOW OIL PLC SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 9 FEBRUARY 2016

% of nominal value
Company name Country of Incorporation of shares held (all
ordinary shares)
Type of Ownership
Hardman Mauritania Finance Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Hardman Oil and Gas Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Hardman Petroleum (Uganda) Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Hardman Petroleum (West Africa) Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Hardman Petroleum Tanzania Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Hardman Resources Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Tullow Chinguetti Production Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Tullow Petroleum (Mauritania) Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd Australia 100% Indirect
Tullow Do Brasil Petroleo E Gas Ltda Brazil 100% Indirect
Eagle Drill Limited British Virgin Islands 50% Indirect
Tullow (EA) Holdings Limited British Virgin Islands 100% Indirect
Energy Africa UK Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Planet Oil International Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Planet Oil Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow CMS (North Sea) Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Energy Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Exploration & Production UK Limited Scotland 100% Indirect
Tullow Greenland Exploration Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow Group Services Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Guinea Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow Mozambique Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow Jamaica Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil (International) Norge Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil 100 Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil 101 Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil Finance Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil SK Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil SNS Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil SPE Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Oil TS Limited England & Wales 100% Direct
Tullow Uruguay Limited England & Wales 100% Indirect
Hardman Petroleum France S.A.S. France 100% Indirect
Tulipe Oil SA Gabon 50% Indirect
Tullow Oil Gabon SA Gabon 100% Indirect
Hardman Petroleum Holdings Ltd Guernsey 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil (Mauritania) Ltd Guernsey 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil Holdings (Guernsey) Ltd Guernsey 100% Indirect
Invest In Africa Guernsey 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil Ltd Ireland 100% Direct
Tullow Oil Overseas Finance Limited Ireland 100% Direct
Tullow Congo Limited Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Equatorial Guinea Ltd Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Gabon Holdings Limited Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Gabon Limited Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Kudu Ltd Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Mauritania Ltd Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Senegal Ltd Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Uganda Ltd Isle of Man 100% Indirect
Tullow Cote D'Ivoire Exploration Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow Cote D'Ivoire Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow Ghana Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
% of nominal value
of shares held (all
Company name Country of Incorporation ordinary shares) Type of Ownership
Tullow India Operations Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow Madagascar Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil International Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow Pakistan (Developments) Ltd Jersey 100% Indirect
Tullow 101 Netherlands B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow 6 B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Angola B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow DRC B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Ethiopia B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Exploration & Production B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Exploration & Production Netherlands B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Global Compliance B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Guyana B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Hardman Holdings B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Kenya B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Liberia B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Mexico B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Netherlands Holding Cooperatief B.A. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Overseas Holdings B.V. Netherlands 100% Direct
Tullow Sierra Leone B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Suriname B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Tanzania B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Uganda Holdings B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Zambia B.V. Netherlands 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil Norge AS Norway 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil (Bream) Norge AS Norway 100% Indirect
Energy Africa Bredasdorp (Pty) Ltd South Africa 100% Indirect
Tullow South Africa (Pty) Ltd South Africa 100% Indirect
Tullow St. Lucia Holdings Ltd St. Lucia 100% Indirect
Tullow Trinidad Ltd Trinidad and Tobago 100% Indirect
Tullow Oil Canada Ltd Canada 100% Indirect
T.U. S.A. Uruguay 100% Indirect

Note 1. All holdings in the second from right column are of ordinary shares, and the proportion of the nominal value of shares held.

Note 2. The financial results and the financial position of all companies listed above are included in the Tullow Oil Plc consolidated accounts.

GLOSSARY

AGM Annual General Meeting
AFS Available for sale
APP African Partner Pool
ASOC Advanced Security Operations Centre
bbl Barrel
bcf Billion cubic feet
BDT Business Delivery Team
boe Barrels of oil equivalent
boepd Barrels of oil equivalent per day
bopd Barrels of oil per day
¢ Cent
Capex Capital expenditure
CISP Cyber Information Sharing Partnership
CMS Caister Murdoch System
CMS III A group development of five satellite
fields linked to CMS
CNOOC China National Offshore Oil Corporation
CSA Control self-assessment
CSO Civil Society Organisations
D&O Development and Operations
DD&A Depreciation, Depletion and Amortisation
DEFRA Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
DoA Delegation of Authority
DSBP Deferred Share Bonus Plan
E&A Exploration and Appraisal
E&P Exploration and Production
EBITDA Earnings Before Interest, Tax,
Depreciation and Amortisation
EHS Environment, Health and Safety
EITI Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative
EPS Earnings per share
EuroStoxx A European market index
ESOS Executive Share Option Scheme
EWT Extended Well Test
FEED Front End Engineering and Design
FID Final Investment Decision
FFD Full Field Development
FPSO Floating Production Storage and
Offloading vessel
FRC Financial Reporting Council
FRS Financial Reporting Standard
FTSE 250 Equity index consisting of the 101st to 350th largest
UK listed companies by market capitalisation
FVTPL Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
G&H Gifts and hospitality
GHG Greenhouse gas
GJFFD Greater Jubilee Full Field Development
GNPC Ghana National Petroleum Corporation Group
Company and its subsidiary undertakings
HIPO High Potential Incident
HMRC HM Revenue & Customs
IAS International Accounting Standard
IASB International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
IIA Invest in Africa
IMF International Monetary Fund
IMS Integrated Management System
IOC International oil company
IR Investor Relations
ITLOS International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea
km Kilometres
KNPS Kenya National Police Service
KPI Key Performance Indicator
LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
LTI Lost Time Injury
LTIF Frequency Rate measured in LTIs
per million hours worked
mmbo Million barrels of oil
mmboe Million barrels of oil equivalent
mmscfd Million standard cubic feet per day
MoU Memorandum of Understanding
MSP Major Simplification Project
MTM Mark-to-Market
MVC Motor vehicle collision
MVCF Motor vehicle collision frequency
NGO Non-Governmental Organisation
Opex Operating expenses
OSE Organisation Strategy & Effectiveness
p Pence
PAYE Pay As You Earn
PEP Politically exposed persons
PoD Plan of Development
PP&E Property, plant and equipment
PRT Petroleum Revenue Tax
PSA Production Sharing Agreement
PSC Production Sharing Contract
PSP Performance Share Plan
S&P 500 Standard & Poor's 500, US stock market index
based on market capitalisation
SC Supply Chain
SCT Supplementary Corporation Tax
SEENT South East Etame North Tchibala
SID Senior Independent Director
SIP Share Incentive Plan
SOGA Skills for oil and gas in Africa
SOP Share Option Plan
Sq km Square kilometres
SRI Socially Responsible Investment
SSEA Safety, Sustainability & External Affairs
TEN Tweneboa – Enyenra – Ntomme
TIP Tullow Incentive Plan
TGSS Tullow Group Scholarship Scheme
TSR Total Shareholder Return
TRI Total recordable injuries
UK GAAP UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
VAT Value Added Tax
VP Vice President
VPSHR Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
WAEP Weighted Average Exercise Price
WHO World Health Organization
Wildcat Exploratory well drilled in land not known

STAY UP TO DATE WWW.TULLOWOIL.COM

Our main corporate website has key information about our business, operations, investors, media, sustainability, careers and suppliers.

Online communications

Financial results, events, corporate reports, webcasts and fact books are all stored in the Investor Relations section of our website:

www.tullowoil.com/investors

2015 Annual Report and Accounts www.tullowoil.com/reports

Suppliers

Tullow's online supplier form provides local and international companies the facility to register their interest to become a supplier:

www.tullowoil.com/suppliers

E-communications

All documents on the website are available to view without any particular software requirement other than the software which is available on the Group's website.

For every shareholder who signs up for electronic communications, a donation is made to the eTree initiative run by Woodland Trust. You can register for email communication at: www.etree.com/tullowoilplc

Company Secretary & registered office

Kevin Massie Tullow Oil plc 9 Chiswick Park 566 Chiswick High Road London W4 5XT United Kingdom

Tel: +44 20 3249 9000 Fax: +44 20 3249 8801

To contact any of Tullow's principal subsidiary undertakings, please find address details on www.tullowoil.com/contacts or send 'in care of' to Tullow's registered address.

This report is printed on mixed source paper which is FSC® certified (the standards for well-managed forests, considering environmental, social and economic issues).

Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc Printed by Pureprint Group

Tullow Oil plc 9 Chiswick Park 566 Chiswick High Road London W4 5XT United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)20 3249 9000 Fax: +44 (0)20 3249 8801

Email: [email protected] Website: www.tullowoil.com

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.